On the agenda: Ozaukee County meeting — DATA CENTER (Apr 2)

AGENDA
PUBLIC SAFETY COMMITTEE
REGULAR MEETING
WEDNESDAY, APRIL 2, 2025 – 10:30 AM
ADMINISTRATION CENTER - ROOM A-200
121 W. MAIN STREET, PORT WASHINGTON, WI 53074
The public can access the meeting by viewing the live stream at the link which will be opened five minutes before the call to
order:
Public Safety Committee Live Stream
The public can submit comments here: Public Comment Form
Public Comment Policy & Instructions for Submitting Public Comments Online

1. CALL TO ORDER
2. PROPER NOTICE
3. PUBLIC COMMENTS, CORRESPONDENCE, COMMUNICATIONS
4. APPROVAL OF MINUTES
March 18, 2025
5. MEDICAL EXAMINER
a. Management/Financial/Informational Reports:
6. DISTRICT ATTORNEY
a. Action Items:
1. Digital Evidence/Discovery
b. Management/Financial/Informational Reports
1. DA Financials
7. CLERK OF COURTS
a. Management/Financial/Informational Reports:
8. SHERIFF'S DEPARTMENT
a. Action Items:
1. Review/Approve Dispatch Center Electrical Bid
b. Management/Financial/Informational Reports:
1. Management/Financial Reports
c. Closed Session:
Pursuant to Section 19.85 (1)(b) of the WI Statute: Personnel Discipline
d. Open Session: Action Item
1. Consideration of Sheriff's Recommendation of Disciplinary Action
9. NEXT MEETING DATE
May 20, 2025
10. ADJOURNMENT
A quorum of members of committees or the full County Board of Ozaukee County may be in attendance at this meeting for purposes related to committee or board
duties, however, no formal action will be taken by these committees or the board at this meeting.
Persons with disabilities requiring accommodations for attendance at this meeting should contact the County Clerk’s Office at 262-284-8110, twenty-four (24) hours in
advance of the meeting.

Updated 3/28/2025 11:55 AM

Public Safety Committee
AGENDA INFORMATION SHEET
AGENDA DATE:
DEPARTMENT:
DIRECTOR:
PREPARER:

April 2, 2025
County Clerk
Kellie Kretlow
Kellie Kretlow

Agenda Summary March 18, 2025
https://www.ozaukeecounty.gov/AgendaCenter/ViewFile/Minutes/_03182025-3551

PUBLIC SAFETY COMMITTEE

Packet Pg. 2

6.a.1

Public Safety Committee
AGENDA INFORMATION SHEET
AGENDA DATE:
DEPARTMENT:
DIRECTOR:
PREPARER:

April 2, 2025
District Attorney
Benjamin Lindsay
June Marx

Agenda Summary Digital Evidence/Discovery
Background Information:

As Sheriff’s Department and Wisconsin State Patrol transition to Axon, every law enforcement
agency in Ozaukee County will be utilizing Axon with the exception of Saukville Police Department.
In order to effectively manage data received from the sheriff’s office and other law enforcement
partners, the District Attorney’s Office is seeking to implement Axon Justice to manage all
discovery. While Axon has free prosecutor access as part of each law enforcement agencies
contract, that does not allow us to create discovery case files or enable us to share that data with
defense attorneys.

Analysis:

Axon justice will result in workload reduction for both the sheriff’s office and district attorney’s
office. Currently records management staff in both offices have to manually upload and download
files using Box.com, a separate file-sharing service. For larger files this can take hours to
accomplish. Further, we cannot review discovery that is stored in Box and have to again download
the files to our local server in order to review digital media. Further, Axon Justice allows for a
discovery auditing in the event that there is a dispute about what items have been turned over to
the defendant.

The attached executive summary outlines the services offered with an Axon Justice subscription.
Additional quotes were not solicited given that Axon has already been selected by the sheriff’s
office and other law enforcement agencies.

Fiscal Impact

Axon Justice pricing is based upon number of FTE in the district attorney’s office. The attached fiveyear budgetary estimate provided by Axon was:

Packet Pg. 3

6.a.1

May 2025:

$15,310.42

May 2026:

$15,922.84

May 2027:

$16,559.76

May 2028:

$17,222.15

May 2029:

$17,911.03

Funding Source:

It is anticipated that the cost of Axon Justice can be recuperated through upcoming changes to
district attorney billing practices. The district attorney’s office currently bills a flat rate of $10.00
per case for access to digital discovery. Many other counties have shifted to a per MB fee structure
for digital discovery. I anticipate that the district attorney’s office would charge a $5.00
administrative fee and then $0.03 per 5 MB of data. This will likely bring in sufficient funds to cover
the costs of the Axon Justice subscription.

Recommended Motion:

Approve the contract with Axon Justice in the amount provided in the budgetary estimate.

Committee Approval: Yes ___ No ____
Committee Vote: __________________
Members Voting For: _______________
Members Voting Against: ____________
ATTACHMENTS:
•
•

Executive Summary - ozaukee county wi (PDF)
Q-678168-45733.733KD (PDF)

PUBLIC SAFETY COMMITTEE

Packet Pg. 4

Attachment: Executive Summary - ozaukee county wi (Digital Evidence/Discovery-Axon)

6.a.1.a

D I G I TA L E V I D E N C E
MANAGEMENT
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
Ozaukee County District Attorney

Axon Enterprise, Inc. (Corporate Headquarters)
1 7 8 0 0 No r t h 8 5 t h S t r e e t

Scottsdale, AZ 85255

P A GE

1

Packet Pg. 5

6.a.1.a

To give context to the current request, a recent national prosecutor survey indicates that
over 90% of all cases contain video evidence. When we expand that scope to all digital
evidence, including photos, PDFs and audio recordings, we see this number grow to over
95% of all cases. The consequences of exponentially growing digital evidence trends
include rising costs around storage, difficulties obtaining, reviewing, organizing all digital
evidence, and challenges around disclosing all evidence to the defense with real danger of
losing evidence or committing Brady violations. Due to the rising evidence trends, one
recent study indicated that a staggering 30-50% of attorney time is spent on clerical work
around digital evidence.
To combat this wasted time, while expediting justice workflows for the Office, the Ozaukee
County District Attorney’s Office is requesting Axon’s Justice offering to greatly improve
workflow efficiencies and reduce wasted time and energy. The agencies in the County will
benefit from a unified management system of digital evidence by expediting discovery
timelines and due process for defendants.
The system is built around simplifying the three pillars of evidence management:
1. Ingesting all evidence from all possible sources,
2. Reviewing every piece of evidence efficiently, and
3. Discovering that evidence easily to defense.
The Ozaukee County District Attorney’s Office would benefit from the Axon Justice package
for the following high-level reasons:
•

•

•

•

Axon Justice offers unlimited storage. This would be able to replace storage costs for
the Prosecutor’s Office currently incurred on hard drives, CDs, Box.com and physical
server space.
Current digital evidence storage is fragmented across multiple locations including
thumb drives, and download links. This means that it is a timely and manual
process, which increases the risk of damaged or lost evidence.
Disclosure portals will facilitate seamless discovery with defense counsel through a
cloud-based platform. This includes comprehensive audit trails, advanced agency
analytics, and usage reports as well as disclosure logs to easily document discovery
in court.
Axon Auto-Transcribe transforms evidence review by quickly and accurately
generating transcripts. With the ability to scan transcripts and search keywords

P A GE

2

Packet Pg. 6

Attachment: Executive Summary - ozaukee county wi (Digital Evidence/Discovery-Axon)

Executive Summary:

•

•

•

•
•

•

across multiple files, Auto-Transcribe enhances efficiency, eliminating the need to
watch every second of digital evidence.
Ingestion portals and trusted users will allow non-Axon partners to upload digital
evidence into a single secure cloud for review. This would allow the Office to
accumulate all forms of evidence (ie non-Axon body or fleet cameras, jail calls, 3rd
party surveillance, citizen videos, etc) from a variety of sources in any given case to
one simple source of truth: the case file in Justice Premier.
Types of digital evidence include PDFs, photos, body worn camera footage,
surveillance videos, third-party video footage, cell phone records, audio/video
interviews, social media messages/posts, jail calls, etc.
AI Redaction tools are included and will provide our Office with the ability to easily
redact PDFs, audio, and video clips as mandated by the Court. Object tracking and
audio redaction are also simple feature that will have immediate impact on plea
bargains and court-ready exhibits.
Multi-cam video playback: review up to 4 Axon video streams simultaneously
ensures faster reviewing of stops with multiple camera views.
Third-Party Playback will allow the Office to review third-party video (such as
Walmart surveillance tape or Ring doorbell footage) all within the program, so the
Office will not need to waste time downloading a player or request assistance from
IT around video playback.
Investigate is a video review and playback tool included in the offering that will allow
all videos to be exported into MP4s for simple court playback without compromising
original evidence. It allows for multiple clips to be synced, as well as video
enhancement and stitching of clips in an efficient, forensically sound manner.

P A GE

3

Packet Pg. 7

Attachment: Executive Summary - ozaukee county wi (Digital Evidence/Discovery-Axon)

6.a.1.a

Non-Binding Budgetary Estimate

6.a.1.b

Shipping Locations
Location Number
1

Street

City

State

Zip

Country

1201 S Spring St Rm 212

Port Washington

WI

53074-2491

USA

May 2025
Invoice Plan

Item

Description

Qty

Subtotal

Tax

Total

Year 1
Year 1

100490
S00015

AXON JUSTICE - PSO - FAST PASS
BUNDLE - JUSTICE PREMIER

1
11

$923.14
$14,387.28

$0.00
$0.00

$923.14
$14,387.28

$15,310.42

$0.00

$15,310.42

Total

May 2026
Invoice Plan

Item

Description

Qty

Subtotal

Tax

Total

Year 2
Year 2

100490
S00015

AXON JUSTICE - PSO - FAST PASS
BUNDLE - JUSTICE PREMIER

1
11

$960.06
$14,962.78

$0.00
$0.00

$960.06
$14,962.78

$15,922.84

$0.00

$15,922.84

Total

May 2027
Invoice Plan

Item

Description

Qty

Subtotal

Tax

Total

Year 3
Year 3

100490
S00015

AXON JUSTICE - PSO - FAST PASS
BUNDLE - JUSTICE PREMIER

1
11

$998.46
$15,561.30

$0.00
$0.00

$998.46
$15,561.30

$16,559.76

$0.00

$16,559.76

Total

May 2028
Invoice Plan

Item

Description

Qty

Subtotal

Tax

Total

Year 4
Year 4

100490
S00015

AXON JUSTICE - PSO - FAST PASS
BUNDLE - JUSTICE PREMIER

1
11

$1,038.40
$16,183.75

$0.00
$0.00

$1,038.40
$16,183.75

$17,222.15

$0.00

$17,222.15

Total

May 2029
Invoice Plan

Item

Description

Qty

Subtotal

Tax

Total

Year 5
Year 5

100490
S00015

AXON JUSTICE - PSO - FAST PASS
BUNDLE - JUSTICE PREMIER

1
11

$1,079.94
$16,831.09

$0.00
$0.00

$1,079.94
$16,831.09

$17,911.03

$0.00

$17,911.03

Total

Page 4

Q-678168-45733.736KD
Packet Pg. 8

Attachment: Q-678168-45733.733KD (Digital Evidence/Discovery-Axon)

Payment Details

6.b.1

Public Safety Committee
AGENDA INFORMATION SHEET
AGENDA DATE:
DEPARTMENT:
DIRECTOR:
PREPARER:

April 2, 2025
District Attorney
Benjamin Lindsay
June Marx

Agenda Summary DA Financials
ATTACHMENTS:
•
•

DA March 24th Financials (PDF)
VW March 24th Financials (PDF)

PUBLIC SAFETY COMMITTEE

Packet Pg. 9

6.b.1.a
Ozaukee County Committee Report

General Fund District Attorney

Current
Month
Actual

2025
YTD
Actual

2025
Amended
Budget

Budget
Balance

%
Budget
YTD

$650
$650

$3,475
$3,475

$15,000
$15,000

$11,525
$11,525

23.17%
23.17%

$15,364
$7,012
$44
$1,026
$129
$23,575

$73,675
$35,256
$103
$7,171
$549
$116,754

$424,495
$186,208
$5,000
$9,385
$18,605
$16,185
$659,878

$350,820
$150,952
$5,000
$9,282
$11,434
$15,636
$543,124

17.36%
18.93%
0.00%
1.10%
38.54%
3.39%
17.69%

Total Expenditures

$23,575

$116,754

$659,878

$543,124

17.69%

Net Increase (Decrease)

($22,925)

($113,279)

($644,878)

($531,599)

17.57%

Revenues
Public Charges for Services
Total Revenues
Expenditures
Salaries
Fringe Benefits
Travel/Training
Supplies
Purchased Services
Interdepartment Charges
Total Operating Expenditures

Attachment: DA March 24th Financials (DA Financials)

For the Three Months Ending Monday, March 31, 2025
Profit and Loss Statement ACTUAL TO AMENDED BUDGET

Capital Outlay

E q u i t y:

CommRpt2025

2025 Oversight Comm Recommended PnL Amended Bdgt

3/24/2025

Packet Pg. 10

6.b.1.b
Ozaukee County Committee Report

General Fund District Attorney Victim Witness

Current
Month
Actual

2025
YTD
Actual

2025
Amended
Budget

Budget
Balance

%
Budget
YTD

Revenues
Intergovernmental Revenues
Total Revenues

$47,925
$47,925

$47,925
$47,925

$55,000
$55,000

$7,075
$7,075

87.14%
87.14%

Expenditures
Salaries
Fringe Benefits
Travel/Training
Supplies
Purchased Services
Interdepartment Charges
Total Operating Expenditures

$4,652
$1,165
$5,817

$22,086
$5,798
$167
$41
$163
$28,255

$125,587
$38,728
$975
$150
$450
$1,540
$167,430

$103,501
17.59%
$32,930
14.97%
$975
0.00%
($17) 111.33%
$409
9.11%
$1,377
10.58%
$139,175
16.88%

Total Expenditures

$5,817

$28,255

$167,430

$139,175

16.88%

Net Increase (Decrease)

$42,108

$19,670

($112,430)

($132,100)

-17.50%

Attachment: VW March 24th Financials (DA Financials)

For the Three Months Ending Monday, March 31, 2025
Profit and Loss Statement ACTUAL TO AMENDED BUDGET

Capital Outlay

E q u i t y:

CommRpt2025

2025 Oversight Comm Recommended PnL Amended Bdgt

3/24/2025

Packet Pg. 11

8.a.1

Public Safety Committee
AGENDA INFORMATION SHEET
AGENDA DATE:
DEPARTMENT:
DIRECTOR:
PREPARER:

April 2, 2025
Administrator
Jason Dzwinel
Jason Wittek

Agenda Summary Review/Approve Dispatch Center Electrical Bid
BACKGROUND INFORMATION: The Sheriff's Office is in the process of renovating a
space in the Justice Center to accommodate a larger and updated Dispatch Center. $1.3M
in ARPA funds were set aside for the renovation. The Sheriff's Office and Facilities
Management have been working with an Architect. The first bid to be released was for the
electrical for the renovation of the Dispatch Center.

ANALYSIS: Facilities Management released an Invitation for Bids on 2/27/25. Three bids
were received for the work on 3/25/25. The lowest responsive and responsible bidder was
Miller Electric at $164,770. They also submitted the required bid bond, along with their bid
proposal. When the contract is executed, a payment and performance bond will be
required as well.

Miller Electric - $164,770
Steiner Electric - $182,197
Kohl Electric Services - $202,744

FISCAL IMPACT:
Balance Current Year: $164,770
Next Year’s Estimated Cost: $0
FUNDING SOURCE:
County Levy:$0
Non-County Levy: $164,770

Packet Pg. 12

8.a.1

Indicate source: ARPA
RECOMMENDED MOTION: Approve Bid of $164,770 from Miller Electric to contract
for the Dispatch Center Electrical.
ATTACHMENTS:
•
•

Miller Electric Bid Proposal_3-25-25_Justice Dispatch Electrical (PDF)
Project Documents_Invitation for Bid_Justice_Dispatch_Electrical_FINAL_2-27-2025
(PDF)

PUBLIC SAFETY COMMITTEE

Packet Pg. 13

Attachment: Miller Electric Bid Proposal_3-25-25_Justice Dispatch Electrical (Review/Approve Dispatch Center Electrical Bid)

8.a.1.a

Packet Pg. 14

Attachment: Miller Electric Bid Proposal_3-25-25_Justice Dispatch Electrical (Review/Approve Dispatch Center Electrical Bid)

8.a.1.a

Packet Pg. 15

Attachment: Miller Electric Bid Proposal_3-25-25_Justice Dispatch Electrical (Review/Approve Dispatch Center Electrical Bid)

8.a.1.a

Packet Pg. 16

Attachment: Miller Electric Bid Proposal_3-25-25_Justice Dispatch Electrical (Review/Approve Dispatch Center Electrical Bid)

8.a.1.a

Packet Pg. 17

Attachment: Miller Electric Bid Proposal_3-25-25_Justice Dispatch Electrical (Review/Approve Dispatch Center Electrical Bid)

8.a.1.a

Packet Pg. 18

ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS
ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS
OZAUKEE COUNTY

Invitation for Bid for Dispatch Center Electrical
Sealed bids will be received by Ozaukee County until 10:00 AM (local time) on Tuesday, March 25th, 2025
at the Ozaukee County Justice Center, 1201 S Spring St, Port Washington, WI, for the Dispatch Center
Electrical located at the Justice Center, 1201 S Spring St, Port Washington, WI 53074. At that time, all bids
will be publicly opened and read aloud.
The County seeks a qualified Contractor for the construction project for Dispatch Center Electrical
located at Justice Center, 1201 S Spring St, Port Washington, WI 53074. The proposed renovation is for
the electrical work for the Newly Renovated Dispatch Center. The project includes the installation of an
Uninterruptable Power Supply to power critical dispatch systems within the Dispatch Center.
Prequalification of Bidders will not be required. A pre-submittal conference will be held on Thursday,
March 6th at 10am at Justice Center, 1201 S Spring St, Port Washington, WI 53074.
Bidding Documents, including Drawings and Specifications, may be obtained via email by contacting
Ryan Tackes, at [email protected] or by calling (262) 284-8399. Copies may also be obtained
at the Ozaukee County Justice Center located at 1201 S Spring St, Port Washington, Wisconsin.
A certified check or bond payable without condition to Ozaukee County in an amount not less than
five percent (5%) of the total amount bid shall be submitted with each bid as a guarantee that if the
contract is awarded, a proper contract and bond will be executed and filed within ten (10) days after the
acceptance of the bid. If the Contractor fails to execute and file such contract and bond, the amount of
the check or bond shall be forfeited as liquidated damages.
No bid shall be withdrawn after the bid opening without the consent of Ozaukee County for a period
of sixty (60) days after the time of opening. Each Contractor agrees upon submission of a proposal that
if the same be accepted within said time period, contractor shall be bound by the terms of acceptance
hereinafter contained.
Ozaukee County reserves the right to reject any or all bids, to waive any technicality, and to accept any
bid deemed to be in the best interest of Ozaukee County. The successful Contractor will be required to
furnish a satisfactory performance bond in the sum of the full amount of the contract.
All bids must be prepared on the forms included in the Contract Documents and must be sealed and
addressed to Ozaukee County Dispatch Center Electrical Bid, and submitted to the Office of the Sheriff,
Ozaukee County Justice Center located at 1201 S Spring St, Port Washington, WI, 53074. There shall
appear on the envelope of each proposal, the name and address of the Contractor and purpose for which
the proposal is intended.
Published 2/27 & 3/6

Packet Pg. 19

Attachment: Project Documents_Invitation for Bid_Justice_Dispatch_Electrical_FINAL_2-27-2025 (Review/Approve Dispatch Center Electrical

8.a.1.b

PROJECT DOCUMENTS FOR
Invitation for Bid for Dispatch Center Electrical
For
Ozaukee County
Justice Center
1201 Spring Street

Port Washington, Wisconsin

Instructions to Prospective Bidders

2

Bid Proposal

7

Special Provisions

10

Contract

12

Payment and Performance Bond

16

General Conditions

20

Attachments: Electrical Drawings & Specifications

1
Packet Pg. 20

Attachment: Project Documents_Invitation for Bid_Justice_Dispatch_Electrical_FINAL_2-27-2025 (Review/Approve Dispatch Center Electrical

8.a.1.b

Invitation for Bid for Dispatch Center Electrical
For
Ozaukee County
III.

INSTRUCTIONS TO PROSPECTIVE BIDDERS
Scope of Work:
A. The Work under these Project Documents includes development of the Electrical
System for the Dispatch Center Located at the Ozaukee County Justice Center. The
project includes an Uninterruptable Power Supply that supplies power to critical
dispatch systems. The successful prospective contractor shall furnish all labor,
materials, and equipment necessary to complete the work.
B. Unless otherwise specified herein, the prospective contractor shall supply all things
required (including tools, materials, consumable supplies, labor and insurance) to
complete the work shown, described, or intended in this contract. It is the
prospective contractor’s responsibility to request any clarifications or substitutions.
Any errors or omissions that would impact the project will be borne by the
prospective contractor.
C. All general proposal questions and requests to inspect the site should be directed to
Ryan Tackes, Justice Center Building Superintendent, Ozaukee County at
[email protected] or (262) 284-8399.

2.

Preparation of Proposal:
Bid proposal shall be firmly sealed in a proposal envelope labeled “Dispatch Center
Electrical Bid Proposal” and delivered to the office designated in the Advertisement for
Proposals.
All proposals are to be made out in accordance with the Instructions and on the Bid
Proposal Forms furnished by the Owner and included in this document.
Only Bid Proposals which are made out upon the regular Bid Forms included in this
document will be considered. THE PROPOSAL FORMS MUST NOT BE SEPARATED
FROM THIS DOCUMENT.

3.

Bid Security:
No Bid will be considered unless accompanied by a certified check, bank draft, or bonds, as
defined in the Request for Proposals, payable to the Owner as a guarantee that if the bid is
accepted the Contractor will execute and file the proposed Contract and Performance Bond
(and Labor and Materials Bond, if required) within ten (10) days from the date of the award

2
Packet Pg. 21

Attachment: Project Documents_Invitation for Bid_Justice_Dispatch_Electrical_FINAL_2-27-2025 (Review/Approve Dispatch Center Electrical

8.a.1.b

of the contract. On failure of the Contractor to execute the Contract and required Bonds, he
will forfeit the deposit as agreed liquidated damages, and the acceptance of the Bid will be
contingent upon the Contractor agreeing to this provision.
The bid security of the Contractors will be held until a Contract is executed and approved and
then the balance of the proposal securities submitted will be returned within ten (10) days
after the opening of proposals.
4.

Examination of Site and Specifications:
(a)

Contractors shall inform themselves of all the conditions under which the work is
to be performed concerning the site of the work, the structure of the ground, the
obstacles which may be encountered, whether shown on the plans or not, and all
other relevant matters concerning the work to be performed.
The Contractor to whom a Contract is awarded will not be allowed any extra
compensation by reason of any such matters or things concerning which the
Contractor did not inform himself prior to submitting a proposal. The successful
Contractor must employ, as far as possible, such methods and means in the carrying
out of his work as will not cause any interruption or interference with the operation of
the facility or with any other Contractors.

5.

(b)

The Contractor is expected to base bid pricing on materials and equipment complying
fully with the Contract Specifications, and in the event,
he names or includes
in his bid materials or equipment which do not conform,
he will, if awarded a
contract, be responsible for furnishing materials and equipment which fully
conform at no change in the Contractor’s contact price.

(c)

Contractor must satisfy themselves by personal examination of the locations of the
proposed work and by such other means as they may prefer as to the correctness of
any quantities listed in the Bid, and shall not, after submission of their Bid, dispute or
complain of such estimate, nor assert that there was any misunderstanding in regard
to the nature or amount of work to be done.

(d)

Before submitting a Bid, each Contractor should read the complete Project
Documents, Instructions to Bidders, the Form of Contract, all of which contain
provisions applicable not only to the successful Contractor, but also to any of the
Contractor’s subcontractors.

Interpretation of Proposed Project Documents:
If any person contemplating submitting a bid for any contract on this project is in doubt as to
the true meaning of any part of the Contract Specifications, or other sections of the Contract
Document, they may submit to the Owner a written request for an interpretation thereof. The
person submitting the request will be responsible for its prompt delivery.
Any interpretation of the Project Document will be made only by addendum duly issued or
delivered to each person receiving a set of such documents. The Owner will not be

3
Packet Pg. 22

Attachment: Project Documents_Invitation for Bid_Justice_Dispatch_Electrical_FINAL_2-27-2025 (Review/Approve Dispatch Center Electrical

8.a.1.b

responsible for any other explanations or interpretations of the Project Documents or
Contract.

6.

7.

Bid Requirements:
(a)

Each Contractor shall submit only one Bid.

(b)

Each Contractor must submit with his Bid, special data, if any, in respect to items
of equipment, alternates, or other items which any section of the Contract Document
requires to be submitted with each Bid.

Conditions in Contractor’s Bid:
A Contractor shall not stipulate in the Bid any conditions not contained in the Form of Bid
contained in the Project Documents.

8.

“Or Equal” Clause:
Whenever in any section of the Project Documents any article, material, or equipment is
defined by describing a proprietary product by using the name of a manufacturer or vender,
the term “or equal,” if not inserted shall be implied. The specific article, material, or
equipment mentioned shall be understood as indicating the type, function, minimum standard
of design, efficiency, and quality desired and shall not be construed in such a manner as to
exclude manufacturer’s products of comparable quality, design and efficiency, as approved
by the Owner.
If any Contractor proposes to furnish an item or material which he claims to be of equal
value, utility, or merit to a named product or material in the specification, the Contractor,
supplier, or manufacturer shall submit a written statement to Ozaukee County 5 days prior to
the proposal opening. The statement shall name and describe the item or material claimed to
be equal and shall include supporting data along with a request for approval.

9.

Standard Manufacturer:
Whenever the terms “standard,” “recognized,” or “reputable” manufacturer are used, they
shall be construed as meaning manufacturers who have been engaged in the business of
fabricating materials, equipment or suppliers of the nature called for by the Specifications for
a reasonable period of time prior to the date set for opening of proposals, and who can
demonstrate to the satisfaction of the Owner that said manufacturer has successfully installed
equipment, materials or supplies of the type proposed to be furnished in at least three
instances and that the performance of such materials, equipment or supplies has been
satisfactory.
Manufacturers who have been engaged in the business of manufacturing said materials,
equipment or supplies for a period of over twelve months prior to the date fixed for opening

4
Packet Pg. 23

Attachment: Project Documents_Invitation for Bid_Justice_Dispatch_Electrical_FINAL_2-27-2025 (Review/Approve Dispatch Center Electrical

8.a.1.b

bids shall, unless a longer period of time is specifically stated in the Specifications, prima
facie be deemed to have been engaged in such business for a reasonable length of time.

10.

Withdrawal of Bid:
Any Contractor may withdraw their bid at any time prior to the scheduled closing time for the
receipt of proposals, but no proposal may be withdrawn after the scheduled closing time for
the receipt of proposals within the period of time stated in the Advertisement for Bids.

11.

12.

Signing of Bid:
(a)

Bids which are not signed by individuals making them shall have attached thereto a
power of attorney evidencing authority to sign the proposal in the name of the person
to whom it is signed.

(b)

Bids which are signed for a co-partnership shall be signed by all of the co-partners or
by an attorney-in-fact. If signed by an attorney-in-fact, there shall be attached to the
proposal a power of attorney, evidencing authority to sign the proposal.

(c)

Proposals which are signed for a corporation shall have the correct corporate name
thereof signed in handwriting or in typewriting, and the signature of the president or
other authorized officer of the corporation should be manually written below the
written or typewritten corporate name following the word
“BY________________________________________.”

(d)

For any legal entity, the authority of the person signing for such legal entity shall
be attached to the Proposal.

Definition of Award:
The contract shall be deemed to have been awarded when formal notice of award has been
duly served upon an intended awardee (i.e., the Contractor to whom the Owner
contemplated awarding a contract) by some officer or agent whom the Owner duly
authorized to give such notice.

13.

Execution of Contracts and Bonds:
Each contract must be executed in four (4) original counterparts and no more, and there shall
be executed original counterparts of the Contractor’s Performance Bond (and Labor and
Materials Bond, if required) in equal number to the executed original counterpart of the
Contract. Three copies of such executed documents will be retained by the Owner, the other
one will be delivered to the Contractor. The successful Contractor must provide

5
Packet Pg. 24

Attachment: Project Documents_Invitation for Bid_Justice_Dispatch_Electrical_FINAL_2-27-2025 (Review/Approve Dispatch Center Electrical

8.a.1.b

compensation insurance and public liability as outlined in the General Conditions of the
Contract. The costs of executing the bonds and contract insurance, including all notary fees
and expenses are to be paid by the Contractor to whom the contract is awarded.

14.

Commencement and Completion of Work:
Upon award of a Contract, the Owner shall determine the date on which the Contractor shall
commence work. This date will not be prior to the time stated in the Proposal Form.
Attention to all prospective Contractors is also directed to the number of calendar days stated
in the Bid Form for completion of the work to the point of final acceptance by the Owner.

15.

Make-up of Contract Document:
The attention of Contractors is directed to the make-up of this Contract Document. The
specifications governing work to be performed on this project and included in this document
are composed of Project Specifications, Special Provisions, and Bid Forms.

16.

Payment:
Contractors will be paid at intervals stated in the Contract.

17.

Award of Contract:
It is the intent of the OWNER to award the Contract to a responsible prospective contractor
or prospective contractors provided the bid has been submitted in accordance with the
requirements of the Project Documents and does not exceed the funds available.
The right is reserved by the OWNER to reject any or all proposals; to accept an alternate
proposal; to waive technicalities; to re-advertise for proposals; and to accept the proposal
which in its judgment, is deemed most advantageous for the OWNER.

6
Packet Pg. 25

Attachment: Project Documents_Invitation for Bid_Justice_Dispatch_Electrical_FINAL_2-27-2025 (Review/Approve Dispatch Center Electrical

8.a.1.b

Invitation for Bid for Dispatch Center Electrical
For
Ozaukee County

BID PROPOSAL
TO:

Ozaukee County Sheriff’s Office
1201 S. Spring St
Port Washington, WI 53074-0994
The undersigned having become familiar with the local conditions effecting the cost of the
work and with the Project Documents including the form of Proposal, Form of Contract,
Special Provisions, Specifications, and Addenda and Exhibits issued and attached to the
Official Contract Document on file in the office of the Ozaukee County, hereby proposes to
perform everything required to be performed and to provide and furnish all of the labor,
materials, necessary tools, equipment, expendable and otherwise and all utility and
transportation services necessary to perform and complete in a workmanlike manner all of
the work required for and the work described in the following Bid Schedule, in accordance
with the following specifications as prepared by Ozaukee County including
Addenda Nos. ___,___,___, and ___, issued thereto for the sums set forth in the following
Proposal Schedule.

I.

BID LUMP SUM
State the amount to provide construction and development of the Electrical System
for the Dispatch Center Located at the Ozaukee County Justice Center. The project
includes an Uninterruptable Power Supply that supplies power to critical dispatch
systems. Including all labor and material to design, furnish and install and the related
work of other trades described herein.

BID LUMP SUM

$_________________

Total Bid Price (in dollars written)______________________________________________

7
Packet Pg. 26

Attachment: Project Documents_Invitation for Bid_Justice_Dispatch_Electrical_FINAL_2-27-2025 (Review/Approve Dispatch Center Electrical

8.a.1.b

II.

BID CONDITIONS:
(1)

TOTAL BID PRICE:

The Undersigned has carefully checked the above Bid Price Schedule against the
provisions of the Request for Proposal and Project Documents before preparing this
Bid and accepts as correctly listing the complete work to be done in accordance with
the Request for Proposal, Project Documents.

(2)

BID SECURITY

Accompanying this Bid is a (Certified Check) (Bank Draft) (Bid Bond) in the amount
of $___________________________________DOLLARS ($_______________)
payable to (which protects) the Owner, and which it is agreed, will be retained by the
Owner as liquidated damages if the undersigned fails to execute the Contract in
conformance with the form of Contract incorporated in the Project Documents, and
furnish a Performance Bond as specified within ten (10) days from the notification of
the award of the Contract to the undersigned.
In submitting this Bid, it is understood and agreed by the undersigned, that the right is
reserved by the Owner to reject any or all Bids. It is further understood and agreed
that this Proposal may not be withdrawn for a period of sixty (60) days from the
opening thereof.
(3)

STARTING AND COMPLETION

If awarded a contract under this proposal, the undersigned agrees to commence work
on the project within ten (10) days after receipt of formal notice to proceed from
Ozaukee County. Ozaukee County anticipates awarding this contract April 2, 2025,
and anticipates issuing the formal notice to proceed after April 9, 2025. Construction
to start on or about May 1, 2025 and Conclude Dec 31, 2025.

8
Packet Pg. 27

Attachment: Project Documents_Invitation for Bid_Justice_Dispatch_Electrical_FINAL_2-27-2025 (Review/Approve Dispatch Center Electrical

8.a.1.b

(4)

SUBCONTRACTOR LISTING

The undersigned proposes to employ the following listed subcontractors for the
following enumerated classes of work and not to alter or add to such a list without the
written consent of the owner.
Class of Work

Subcontractor/Supplier Name

Percent (%) Value of Total
Proposal Price

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

I hereby certify that all statements are made on behalf of __________________________________
Name of Co. Submitting Bid
__________________, State of ___________________________, that I have examined and carefully
prepared this proposal from the specification and have checked the same in detail before submission;
that I have full authority to make such statements and proposal in (its, their, my) behalf, and that said
statements are true and correct.

Signed By:____________________________________ Date:__________________
Title:_________________________________________
Company:_____________________________________

9
Packet Pg. 28

Attachment: Project Documents_Invitation for Bid_Justice_Dispatch_Electrical_FINAL_2-27-2025 (Review/Approve Dispatch Center Electrical

8.a.1.b

Invitation for Bid for Dispatch Center Electrical
For
Ozaukee County
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
1. INSURANCE AND LIABILITY
The Contractor and the Surety will be held responsible for and shall save the Owner (Ozaukee
County,) harmless from all liability for damages occasioned by the digging up, use or occupancy of
the street, alley, highway, public grounds and private grounds or which may result therefrom, or
which may result in any way from the negligence or carelessness of the Contractor, his agents,
employees or workmen; or by reason of the elements, unforeseen or unusual difficulties,
obstructions, or obstacles encountered in the prosecution of the work; and they shall indemnify the
Owner for and save it harmless from all claims and liabilities, actions and causes of action, and liens
for materials furnished or labor performed in the construction or execution of the work, and from all
costs, charges and expenses incurred in defending such suits or actions, and from and against all
claims and liabilities for injury or damage to persons or property emanating from defective or
careless work methods, or from and against all claims or liabilities for royalties, license fees, actions,
suits, charges and expenses or damage from infringement for reason of the use of any invention or
improvement in tools, equipment or plant or any process, device or combination of devices used in
the construction of the work.
The Contractor shall not commence work under a Contract until obtaining all insurance required
under this paragraph and has filed certificates thereof with the Owner, nor shall the Contractor allow
a Subcontractor to commence work until all similar insurance required has been so obtained and
filed.
A. Workmen’s Compensation
Statutory coverages as required by chapter 102 of the Revised Statutes of the State of
Wisconsin for the year 1967 and all acts amendatory thereof and supplementary thereto,
for all employees of the contractor. All subcontractors shall furnish to the Contractor and
to Ozaukee County, evidence of similar insurance for all of their respective employees
unless such employees are covered by the protection afforded by the contractor.
B. Comprehensive General Liability and Property Damage Insurance
Coverage to include operations; contractor’s protective insurance, products coverage and
completed operations; contractual coverage; underground coverage; blasting, explosion
and collapse; all subject to the following limits:
Bodily Injury

$1,000,000 Per Person
$2,000,000 Aggregate

10
Packet Pg. 29

Attachment: Project Documents_Invitation for Bid_Justice_Dispatch_Electrical_FINAL_2-27-2025 (Review/Approve Dispatch Center Electrical

8.a.1.b

Property Damage

C.

$500,000 Per Occurrence
$500,000 Aggregate

Comprehensive Automobile Liability and Property Damage
Operation of owned, hired and non-owned motor vehicles:

2.

Bodily Injury

$1,000,000 Per Person
$1,000,000 Per Occurrence

Property Damage

$1,000,000 Per Occurrence

PERMITS
All State and Local permits which may be required for the construction development of the
Electrical System for the Dispatch Center located at the Ozaukee County Justice Center. The
project includes an Uninterruptable Power Supply that supplies power to critical dispatch
systems work shall be obtained, filed, and paid for by the Contractor.

3.

PAYMENT AND PERFORMANCE BOND – WAIVERS OF LIEN
The Contractor shall be required to furnish a Payment and Performance Bond, including
labor and materials, in the amount of the total amount of the Contract. Said Bond shall name
the Owner and be delivered to the Owner at the time of execution of the Contract. The
Contractor shall be required to file waivers of lien from all suppliers, subcontractors, etc.,
with the Owner prior to receiving payment on the project.

4.

SITE RESTORATION
Unless otherwise noted, site restoration shall include restoration of all disturbed site
improvements, including but not limited to, protective barriers, asphalt pavement, concrete
curb and gutter, concrete pavement, landscaping materials and building facilities, unless
noted otherwise on the plans.

5.

SITE SAFETY
The Contractor shall exercise extreme safety precautions while working under this contract.
The Contractor will be required to shield all open excavations from pedestrian and vehicular
traffic during and at the end of each working day.

11
Packet Pg. 30

Attachment: Project Documents_Invitation for Bid_Justice_Dispatch_Electrical_FINAL_2-27-2025 (Review/Approve Dispatch Center Electrical

8.a.1.b

CONTRACT

12

Packet Pg. 31

Attachment: Project Documents_Invitation for Bid_Justice_Dispatch_Electrical_FINAL_2-27-2025 (Review/Approve Dispatch Center Electrical

8.a.1.b

Invitation for Bid for Dispatch Center Electrical

For
Ozaukee County

CONTRACT
THIS CONTRACT made on the

day of

, 2025 by and between.

Hereinafter called the ‘CONTRACTOR’ and Ozaukee County, Wisconsin, hereinafter called the
“OWNER”
WITNESSES that the Contractor, and the Owner of the consideration stated herein agree as follows:
ARTICLE I. SCOPE OF WORK
D. The Contractor shall perform everything required under these Project Documents, which includes
development of the Electrical System for the Dispatch Center Located at the Ozaukee County
Justice Center. The project includes an Uninterruptable Power Supply that supplies power to
critical dispatch systems. Invitation for Bids including any and all addenda prepared by Ozaukee
County are made part of the Contract, and in strict compliance with the Contractor’s Proposal
and the other sections of the Project Documents.

ARTICLE II. THE CONTRACT PRICE
The Owner shall pay to the Contractor for the performance of this Contract, subject to any additions
or deductions provided herein, in current funds, the contract price as follows:

Total Lump Sum Price___$________________________________________
One Lump Sum price for all labor and material for construction of the electrical for the dispatch
center located at the Ozaukee County Justice Center. The project includes an Uninterruptable Power
Supply that supplies power to critical dispatch systems. Price includes all labor and material to
construct, furnish and install and the related work of other trades described herein, including the
related work of other trades such as General Construction and Electrical as specified in the Project
Documents, for a single Lump Sum.

13
Packet Pg. 32

Attachment: Project Documents_Invitation for Bid_Justice_Dispatch_Electrical_FINAL_2-27-2025 (Review/Approve Dispatch Center Electrical

8.a.1.b

The foregoing Total Bid Price shall be the basis for establishing the amount of Payment and
Performance Bond. It is understood and agreed that payment shall be made on the basis of the lump
sum bid amount for the work.

ARTICLE III. SPECIAL CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS
1.

Component Parts of the Contract
Each Contract consists of the following component parts, all of which are as fully a part of
this Contract as if herein set out verbatim, or, if not attached, as if attached hereto:
1.

This Instrument

2.

Addenda Nos. _ and ___.

3.

Special Provisions of the contract

4.

General Conditions

5.

Instructions to Prospective Contractors

6.

Advertisement for Proposals

7.

Contractor’s Bid Proposal

8.

County’s Request for Proposal

In the event that any provision in any of the above component parts of this Contract conflicts with
any provision in any other of the component parts, the provision in the component part first
enumerated above shall govern over any other component part which follows it numerically, except
as may be otherwise specifically stated.
This Contract is intended to conform in all respects to applicable statues of the State of Wisconsin,
and if any part or provision of this Contract conflicts therewith, the said statute shall govern.
2.

Starting and Completion
If awarded this contract, the undersigned agrees to commence work on the project within ten
(10) days after receipt of formal notice to proceed from Ozaukee County.
Ozaukee County anticipates awarding this contract on or about April 2, 2025 and anticipates
issuing the formal notice to proceed on or about April 9, 2025.
All work on this Contract, shall be substantially completed by Dec 31, 2025 and fully
completed to the satisfaction of Ozaukee County.

3.

Liquidated Damages for Delay

14
Packet Pg. 33

Attachment: Project Documents_Invitation for Bid_Justice_Dispatch_Electrical_FINAL_2-27-2025 (Review/Approve Dispatch Center Electrical

8.a.1.b

The Contractor guarantees that he can and will complete the work within the time limit stated
in the Contract Documents, or within the time as authorized and extended by the Owner.
Inasmuch as the damage and loss to Ozaukee County which will result from the failure of
Contractor to complete the work within the stipulated time, will be most difficult or
impossible of accurate assessment, the damages to Ozaukee County for such delay and
failure on the part of the Contractor shall be liquidated in the sum of Five Hundred Dollars
($500.00) for each calendar day, Sundays and Holidays included, by which the Contractor
shall fail to complete the work or any part thereof in accordance with the provisions hereof,
and such liquidated damages shall not be considered as a penalty. If the Owner can, with
certainty, establish actual damage and loss to the Owner caused by the Contractor’s failure to
complete the project on time, and that amount is higher than the liquidated damages provided
for herein, then at its option Owner may charge against the contract monies due said actual
damages rather than liquidated damages.
IN WITNESS THEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this instrument to be executed in three
original counterparts, the day and year first written above.
CONTRACTOR:
Company Name:

Seal:
___________________
Authorized Agent

___________________________
Title

_______________________________
Attest

____________
Date
____________
Date

OZAUKEE COUNTY
Seal:
_______________________________
Jason Dzwinel, County Administrator

____________
Date

________________________
Kellie Kretlow, County Clerk

_____________
Date

15
Packet Pg. 34

Attachment: Project Documents_Invitation for Bid_Justice_Dispatch_Electrical_FINAL_2-27-2025 (Review/Approve Dispatch Center Electrical

8.a.1.b

PAYMENT AND PERFORMANCE BOND
INSTRUCTIONS FOR EXECUTION OF PAYMENT BOND AND EXECUTION OF
PERFORMANCE BOND

The penal amount of the Payment and Performance Bond for a unit price Contract shall be the
summation of the correct and checked extension of the unit prices with the estimated number of
units.
The form of bonds attached hereto shall be used for each Contract. This form contemplates one
corporate surety only. In case co-sureties will be furnished, proper forms therefrom shall be
obtained.
If the principal is an individual, his full legal name, and residence shall be inserted in the body
thereof, and he shall sign the bond with his usual signature on the line opposite the scroll seal.
If the principals are partners, their individual names shall appear in the body of the bond, with the
recital that they are partners composing a firm, naming it.
If the principal is a corporation, the name of the State in which incorporated shall be inserted in the
appropriate place in the body of the bond. Said instrument shall be executed and attested under the
corporate seal as indicated in the form. If the corporation has no corporate seal, the fact shall be
stated, in which case a scroll or adhesive seal shall appear following the corporate name. This also
applies to execution by the surety.
If persons other than the President and Secretary are executing the Contract, then a copy of the
Corporate Resolution adopted by the Board of Directors authorizing the parties to bind the
corporation to this Contract must be attached to this Contract.
The date of the bond must not be prior to the date of the Contract for which it is given.
A Power of Attorney authorizing the execution of the bond by an attorney-in-fact, or Agent, shall be
attached to the executed counterpart of the bond. If the bond is executed by an out-of-state agent, the
executed counterpart of the bond shall be countersigned by a licensed resident agent.

16
Packet Pg. 35

Attachment: Project Documents_Invitation for Bid_Justice_Dispatch_Electrical_FINAL_2-27-2025 (Review/Approve Dispatch Center Electrical

8.a.1.b

PAYMENT AND PERFORMANCE BOND
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that________________________________ as
Principal, and ________________________________________________________________ as
Surety, are held and firmly bound unto____________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________ in
the full and just sum of __________________________________________________ Dollars
($______________________________) lawful money of the UNITED STATES OF AMERICA for
the payment of which sum of money well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, heirs, executors,
administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents.
WHEREAS: The Principal has entered into a certain written Contract, dated the _____ day
of ____________________, 20____, with the _____________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
for___________________________________________________________________________
complete, as described in the foregoing Contract and Article of Agreement.
NOW THE CONDITIONS OF THIS OBLIGATION ARE SUCH, that if the said Principal
shall in all respects well and truly keep and perform the said contract, and shall pay all sums of
money due or become due, for any labor, materials, apparatus, fixtures or equipment furnished for
the purpose of constructing the work provided in said Contract, and shall defend, indemnify and save
harmless said ______________________________________________ against any and all liens,
encumbrances, damages, claims demands expenses, costs and charges
of every kind except as otherwise provided in said specifications and other Project Documents,
arising out of or in relations to the performance of said work and the provisions of said Contract, and
shall remove and replace any defects in workmanship or materials which may be apparent or may
develop within a period of one (1) year from the date of final acceptance, then this obligation shall be
null and void; otherwise it shall remain in full force and effect.

17
Packet Pg. 36

Attachment: Project Documents_Invitation for Bid_Justice_Dispatch_Electrical_FINAL_2-27-2025 (Review/Approve Dispatch Center Electrical

8.a.1.b

And said Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of
time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Contract, or to the work to be performed thereunder or
the specifications accompanying the same shall in anyway affect its obligation on this bond, and it
does hereby waive notice of any such change, extenuation of time, alteration or addition to the terms
of the Contract or to the work or to the specifications.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, we have hereunto set our hands and seals this ______ day of
___________________________________, 20_______
___________________________________(SEAL)
WITNESS:

___________________________________(SEAL)

____________________________

___________________________________(SEAL)
(IF INDIVIDUAL OR FIRM)
___________________________________(SEAL)
ATTEST:

(IF CORPORATION)
ATTEST:

____________________________

___________________________________(SEAL)
SURETY

APPROVED_______________, 20_____

______________________________________
SURETY

TITLE

18
Packet Pg. 37

Attachment: Project Documents_Invitation for Bid_Justice_Dispatch_Electrical_FINAL_2-27-2025 (Review/Approve Dispatch Center Electrical

8.a.1.b

GENERAL CONDITIONS

19

Packet Pg. 38

Attachment: Project Documents_Invitation for Bid_Justice_Dispatch_Electrical_FINAL_2-27-2025 (Review/Approve Dispatch Center Electrical

8.a.1.b

GENERAL CONDITIONS TO THE CONTRACT
DEFINITIONS
The following terms used in these Contract Documents are respectively defined as follows:
(a)

“Project”
The entire improvement proposed by the Owner to be constructed in whole or in part
pursuant to the within Contract or Contracts.

(b)

“Owner”
The contracting party initiating the project as set forth in the Contract acting through
its authorized representative in accordance with specific duties delegated to such
representative.

(c)

“Contractor”
The person, persons, firm or corporation to whom the within Contract is awarded by
the Owner, and who is subject to the terms of said Contract. Also the agents,
employees, workmen, or assignees of the Contractor.

(d)

“Subcontractor”
A person, firm or corporation, other than the Contractor, supplying labor and
materials or labor only, on work at the site of the project.

(e)

“Work”
All materials, labor, supervision, use of tools, and equipment necessary to complete
the project in full compliance with the terms of the Contract.

(f)

“Engineer”
Engineer(s) appointed by the Owner for the supervision of construction of the project.

(g)

“Bidder”
The term “Bidder” shall refer to a firm who submits a response to this
specification.

(h)

“Surety”
The person, firm or corporation that has executed as Surety the Contractor’s
Performance Bond, securing the performance of the within Contract. Also, the
person, firm or corporation that has executed as Surety the Contractor’s payment
bond which guarantees payment to all persons supplying labor and material utilized
in the prosecution of the work included in the Contract.

(i)

“Notice”
Where in any section of the Contract Document there is any provision in respect to
the giving of any notice, such notice shall be deemed to have been given (as to the
Owner) when written notice shall be delivered to the Owner, or shall have been
placed in the United States mails, addressed to the Highway Commissioner or County
Clerk of the Owner, at the place where the bids or proposals for the Contract were

20
Packet Pg. 39

Attachment: Project Documents_Invitation for Bid_Justice_Dispatch_Electrical_FINAL_2-27-2025 (Review/Approve Dispatch Center Electrical

8.a.1.b

opened; (as to the Contractor) when a written notice shall be delivered to the Chief
Representative of the Contractor at the site of the project to be constructed under the
Contract, or when such written notice shall have been placed in the United States
mails, addressed to the Contractor at the place stated in the Proposal as the address of
his permanent place of business; (as to the Surety) on the Performance Bond when a
written notice is placed in the United States mails, addressed to the Surety at the
home office of such Surety, and when two (2) copies of such notice shall have been
filed with the Owner
INTENT OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
The Sections of the Contract Document are complementary and what is called for by any one
shall be binding as if called for by all. The intention of the Contract Document is to include
in the contract price the cost of all labor and materials, water, fuel, tools, plants, equipment,
light, transportation, and all other expenses as may be necessary for the proper execution and
completion of the work included in the Contract.
In interpreting the Contract Documents, words describing materials which have a well-known
technical or trade meaning unless otherwise specifically defined in the Contract Documents,
shall be construed in accordance with such well known meanings recognized by Consultants,
Engineers, and the trade.
EXISTING UTILITIES AND PIPING
It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to make all necessary arrangements with the
utility companies to locate their facilities including service laterals in the field during
construction operations and to relocate any portions of their facilities as required to permit
the installation of work included in these Contracts.
SHOP DRAWINGS
The Contractor, as soon as possible, after the approval of the source and purchase of items of
materials and equipment, shall submit to the Owner, shop or setting drawings and schedules
for every item of equipment or material to be incorporated in the work which is fabricated or
manufactured off the site, including but not limited to those pertaining to structural and
reinforcing steel, electrical, plumbing, carpentry, heating and ventilation. The Contractor
shall make any corrections in the drawings required by the Owner or the Consultant and resubmit same without delay, together with drawings first submitted. Six (6) final copies of all
corrected and approved shop or setting drawings shall be submitted to the Owner or
Consultant who, after checking, will retain three (3) copies and return three (3) copies to the
Contractor.
The Owner or Consultant’s approval of shop drawings of equipment and materials shall
extend only to determining the conformity of such equipment and materials with the general
features of the Contract. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to determine the
correctness of all dimensions and minor details of such equipment and materials so they will
fit into the completed work, and so that when incorporated in the work, correct operation will
result.

21
Packet Pg. 40

Attachment: Project Documents_Invitation for Bid_Justice_Dispatch_Electrical_FINAL_2-27-2025 (Review/Approve Dispatch Center Electrical

8.a.1.b

SCHEDULE OF EQUIPMENT ITEMS
As soon as possible after the execution of the contract on all contracts incorporating
manufactured items, the contractor shall submit to the Owner for approval, the name of the
manufacturer of each item proposed to be purchased, together with a complete description of
the item and catalog cuts. No final purchase of major equipment shall be made until the
written approval of the Owner is obtained, and no deviation from the selected manufacturers
as stated in the Contract will be accepted.

22
Packet Pg. 41

Attachment: Project Documents_Invitation for Bid_Justice_Dispatch_Electrical_FINAL_2-27-2025 (Review/Approve Dispatch Center Electrical

8.a.1.b

INSPECTION
The Owner and their representative shall at all times have access to the work wherever and
whenever it is located in performance or progress, and the Contractor shall provide proper
facilities for such access and inspection.
The Owner or Consultant shall have the right to reject materials and workmanship which are
defective, or to require their correction. Rejected workmanship shall be satisfactorily
corrected, and rejected materials shall be removed from the premises without charge to the
Owner. If the Contractor does not correct such condemned work and remove rejected
materials within a reasonable time fixed by written notice, the Owner may remove them and
charge the expense to the Contractor.
Should it be considered necessary or advisable by the Owner at any time before final
acceptance of the entire work, or at any other time, to make an examination of work already
completed by removing or tearing out same, the Contractor shall on request promptly furnish
all necessary facilities, labor and materials. If such work is found to be defective in any
material respect due to fault of the Contractor or their subcontractors, the Contractor shall
bear all the expense of such examination and of satisfactory reconstruction. If, however,
such work is found to meet the requirements of the Contract, the actual cost of labor and
materials necessarily involved in the examination and replacement, plus 15% will be allowed
the Contractor.
All materials to be incorporated in the work, all labor performed, all tools, appliances and
methods used shall be subject to the inspection and approval or rejection of the Owner.
If any authorized agent of the Owner shall point out to the Contractor, Contractor foreman or
agent, any neglect or disregard of the contract provisions, such neglect or disregard shall be
remedied and further defective work be at once discontinued, but the right of final acceptance
or rejection of the work will not be waived by reason thereof, not by any other act of the
Owner or its agents.
The Contractor shall, at times, be executing the work in the presence of the Owner or
Consultant or Inspector during the working hours of the day. The presence of the Owner or
Consultant or Inspector shall in no way relieve the contractor of the responsibility of his
contract, or be any warrant for furnishing of bad material or poor workmanship.
The inspection of the work by the Owner or Consultant is intended to aid the Contractor in
applying labor, materials and workmanship in compliance with the contract provisions. Such
inspection, however, shall not operate to release the Contractor from any of his contract
obligations.
SUPERINTENDENCE
The Contractor will give personal superintendence to the work, or have at the site of the
work, at all times, a competent foreman, superintendent, or other representative, satisfactory
to the Owner and having the authority to act for the Contractor.

23
Packet Pg. 42

Attachment: Project Documents_Invitation for Bid_Justice_Dispatch_Electrical_FINAL_2-27-2025 (Review/Approve Dispatch Center Electrical

8.a.1.b

Insofar as is practicable, and excepting in the event of discharge by the Contractor, or in the
event of proven incompetence, the individual who has been accepted by the Owner to
represent the contractor shall so act, and shall follow without delay instructions of the
Engineer in the prosecution of the work in conformity with the contract.
LABOR
The Contractor shall employ none but competent and skilled workmen and foremen in the
prosecution of work on this Contract. The Owner shall have the authority to order the
removal from the work any Contractor’s employee who refuses to or neglects to obey any of
its instructions or those of the Consultant or Inspectors, relating to the carrying out of the
provisions and intent of the provisions of the Contract, or who is incompetent, unfaithful,
abusive, threatening or disorderly in conduct, and any such person shall not again be
employed on this project.
PROTECTION OF WORK
The Contractor shall continuously maintain adequate protection of all work from damage,
and shall protect the Owner’s and adjacent property from injury arising in connection with
this Contract.
The Contractor shall be responsible for any and all damage to property, public or private, that
may be caused by said Contractor’s operations in the performance of the Contract, and the
contractor shall defend any suite that may be brought against them and/or the Owner on
Account of damage inflicted by the Contractor’s operations, and shall pay any judgments
awarded to cover such damage.
COST OF SERVICES
The Contractor shall be required to pay the established water rates obtained from the Owner.
Large quantities of water for masonry cleaning, repointing, or other operations shall be drawn
only at night, or at times specifically authorized by the Owner.
USE OF JOB SITE
The Contractor shall confine equipment, apparatus, the storage of materials and operations of
workman to limits indicated by the law, ordinances, permit or directions of the Owner and
shall not encumber the premises with Contractor materials.
The Contractor shall not load or permit any part of the structure to be loaded with a weight
that will endanger its safety. The contractor shall observe and enforce the Owner’s
instructions regarding signs, advertisements, fires and smoke.
USE OF PRIVATE LAND
The Contractor shall not use any vacant lot or private land as a plant site, depository for
materials, as a spill site, or for any other purpose without the written authorization of the
Owner of the land (or his agent). A copy of written authorization shall be filed with the
Owner.

24
Packet Pg. 43

Attachment: Project Documents_Invitation for Bid_Justice_Dispatch_Electrical_FINAL_2-27-2025 (Review/Approve Dispatch Center Electrical

8.a.1.b

ACCESS TO PRIVATE PROPERTY AND SCHEDULE OF CONSTRUCTION
Prior to commencement of any work under this Contract, the Contractor shall confer with the
Engineer and other representative of the Owner and prepare a detailed schedule of
construction operations.
This schedule shall be subject TO THE APPROVAL OF THE Owner, and the Owner
reserves the right to subsequently modify the schedule should he deem it necessary.
All construction work shall be prosecuted in a fashion which will cause a minimum of
interference with pedestrian and vehicular traffic. Access to alleys and private driveways
shall also be provided as soon as possible.
At the close of each day’s construction work, at least two lanes of traffic, one in each
direction, shall be maintained on all streets.
SUBCONTRACTS
The Contractor shall notify the Owner, in writing, of the names of the subcontractors
proposed on the Contract and shall not employ any subcontractors until the Owner’s approval
in writing has been obtained.
The Contractor agrees to be fully responsible to the Owner for the acts or omissions of their
subcontractors and of anyone employed directly or indirectly by them, and this Contract
obligation shall be in addition to the liability imposed by law upon the Contractor.
Nothing contained in the Contract Documents shall create any contractual relationship
between any subcontractors and the Owner. The Contractor agrees to bind every
subcontractor (and every subcontractor of a subcontractor) by the terms of the General and
special Provisions of the Contract, as far as applicable to their work, unless specifically noted
to the contrary in a subcontract approved in writing as adequate by the Owner.
ASSIGNMENT OF CONTRACT
No assignment by the Contractor of any construction contract, or any part thereof, or of the
funds to be received there under by the Contractor, will be recognized, unless such
assignment has had the written approval of the Owner and the Surety has been given due
notice of such assignment and has furnished written consent thereto. Such written approval
by the Owner shall not relieve that Contractor of the obligations incurred under the terms of
this Contract. In addition to the usual recitals in assignment contracts, the following
language must be set forth:
“It is agreed that the funds to be paid to the assignee under this assignment are
subjected to a prior lien for services rendered or materials supplied for the
performance of the work called for in said contract in favor of any persons, firms, or
corporations rendering such services or supplying such materials”.

25
Packet Pg. 44

Attachment: Project Documents_Invitation for Bid_Justice_Dispatch_Electrical_FINAL_2-27-2025 (Review/Approve Dispatch Center Electrical

8.a.1.b

OTHER CONTRACTS
The Owner may award other contracts for additional work at the site of the project (or other
locations) and the Contractor shall fully cooperate with such other Contractors and carefully
fit their own work to that provided under other contracts as may be directed by the Owner.
The Contractor shall not commit or permit any act which will interfere with the performance
of work by any other contractor.
OWNER’S RIGHT TO DO WORK
If the Contractor neglects to prosecute the work to be performed on this Contract properly, or
fails to perform any provision of this Contract, the Owner, after three days’ written notice to
the Contractor and their Surety, may, without prejudice to any other remedy they may have,
make good such deficiencies and may deduct the cost thereof from the payment due the
Contractor.
TERMINATION FOR BREACH
In the event that any of the provisions of this Contract are violated by the Contractor or by
any of his subcontractors, the Owner may serve written notice upon the Contractor and the
Surety of its intention to terminate this Contract, such notice to contain the reasons for such
intention to terminate this Contract, and unless within ten (10) days after the serving of such
notice upon the Contractor, such violation shall cease and satisfactory arrangements for
correction is made, the Contract shall upon expiration of said ten (10) days cease and
terminate. In the event of any such termination, the Owner shall immediately serve notice
thereof upon the Surety and the contractor, and the surety shall have the right to take over and
perform the Contract; provided, however, that if the Surety does not commence performance
thereof within thirty (30) days from the date of the mailing to such Surety of notice of
termination, the Owner may take over the work and prosecute the same to completion by
contract or force account and the expense of the Contractor and their Surety shall be liable to
the Owner for any excess cost thereby occasioned the Owner.
In cases where the Contractor has failed to complete minor items of work within the time set
for completion of the Contract, but limited to cases where the value of such uncompleted
work does not exceed five percent (5%) of the total construction cost of the work, then the
Owner shall have the privilege, without terminating this Contract, of completing said items of
work and then deducting from the sums due the Contractor under this Contract the total cost
which the Owner incurs in completing such minor items of work. In such cases the Owner
may complete such minor items of work by force account or by employing some other
Contractor to complete such minor items of work. In the event the Owner desires to adopt
this procedure, they shall deliver to the Contractor a written statement, enumerating and
describing the items not completed, or imperfectly completed, and shall in such statement
demand that the Contractor within a time to be fixed in such statement by the Owner, and
then if the Contractor refuses to comply, or if they neglects to comply with time stated, the
Owner may proceed as in above set forth. The time within which the Contractor shall be
required to complete the items set forth in such statement must depend on the amount of time
reasonably required for the performance of the work in question, but shall not in any event be
less than ten (10) days, nor more than thirty (30) days.

26
Packet Pg. 45

Attachment: Project Documents_Invitation for Bid_Justice_Dispatch_Electrical_FINAL_2-27-2025 (Review/Approve Dispatch Center Electrical

8.a.1.b

MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP
Unless otherwise stipulated in the Contract, all workmanship, equipment, materials and
articles incorporated in the work covered by this Contract shall be new and of the best grade
of their respective kinds for the purpose. The Contractor shall furnish to the Owner for their
approval the name of manufacturers of machinery, mechanical or other equipment, which
contemplate installing together with their performance capacities and other pertinent
information.
If not otherwise provided, materials or work called for in this Contract shall be furnished and
performed in accordance with well-known established practice and standards recognized by
Consultants, Engineers and the trade.
When required by the Contract or when called for by the Owner, the Contractor shall furnish
the Owner, for approval, full information concerning the materials or articles which they
contemplate incorporating in the work. Samples of materials shall be submitted for approval
when so directed. Machinery equipment, materials and articles installed or used without such
approval shall be at the risk of subsequent rejection. All materials and workmanship shall be
guaranteed by the Contractor and the Surety for a period of one year from the date of final
acceptance, and this guarantee must be covered in the Surety Bond for the Contract.
At any time during the course of construction of this project, when, in the opinion of the
Owner, Contract conditions are being violated by the Contractor or their employees, the
Owner shall have the right and authority to order all construction to cease or materials to be
removed, until arrangements satisfactory to the Owner are made by the Contractor for
resumption of the work in compliance with the provisions of the Contract. It shall not be
construed as a waiver of defects if the Owner shall not order the work stopped or more
material removed, as the case may be.
CUTTING AND PATCHING
The Contractor shall do all cutting, fitting or patching of their work that may be required to
make its several parts fit together or to receive work of other Contractors shown upon, or
reasonably implied by the Specifications for the completed project.
Any cost caused by defective or ill-timed work shall be borne by the party responsible
therefore.
The contractor shall not endanger any work by cutting, digging or otherwise shall not cut or
alter the work of any Contractor without the consent of the Owner, or of the Owner’s
authorized representative.
GUARANTEES
All work to be performed under this Contract shall be constructed in compliance with the
contract Specifications and standard construction codes, and must be guaranteed by the
Contractor and their Surety for a period of one (1) year from the date of final acceptance by

27
Packet Pg. 46

Attachment: Project Documents_Invitation for Bid_Justice_Dispatch_Electrical_FINAL_2-27-2025 (Review/Approve Dispatch Center Electrical

8.a.1.b

the Owner against defective workmanship and material of any nature. On all items of
equipment to be incorporated in the completed project, the Contractor and their Surety must
guarantee that the type, quality, design and performance will fully meet the requirements of
the Contract Specifications.
In placing orders for equipment, the contractor shall purchase same only under a written
guarantee from the respective manufacturers that the equipment supplied will function
satisfactorily as an integral part of the completed project in accordance with the Contract
Specifications and that the manufacturer will repair or otherwise make good any defects in
workmanship or materials which may develop within a period of one (1) year from the date
of final acceptance. Furthermore, the Contractor shall require that the manufacturer agree in
writing at the time the order for equipment is placed that he will be responsible for the proper
functioning of the equipment in cooperation with the Contractor, and that whenever
necessary during the installation period or tuning-up period following the construction
period, the manufacturer will cooperate as may be necessary for initial successful operation
and will supply, without additional cost to the Owner, such superintendence and mechanical
labor as may be necessary to make any adjustments, and to supply additional parts and labor
needed to make the equipment function satisfactorily, even if same was not shown on the
approved shop drawings. Two (2) copies of each guarantee of agreement shall be furnished
to the Owner by the Contractor.

FINAL TESTS
After completion of the work to be performed on this Contract, the Contractor shall make any
and all tests required by this project document, Municipal or State regulations, and, where so
provided in said regulations, shall furnish the Owner with certificates of inspection by the
Municipal or State regulatory bodies. The Contractor shall also make all tests required by
the National Board of Fire Underwriters for the purpose of determining insurance rates or
other protection of the Owner or the public, and all tests needed to determine complete and
faithful compliance with all provisions of the Contract.
CLEANING UP AND FINAL INSPECTION
The Contractor shall at all times keep the site of the work free from accumulation of waste
material or rubbish caused by his employees on the construction work, and at the completion
of the work he shall remove all their rubbish from and about the work and all their tools,
equipment, scaffolding, and surplus materials, and shall leave the competed work clean and
ready for use. In case of dispute, the Owner may remove the rubbish and surplus materials
and charge the cost to several Contractors, if more than one is employed on the project, in
proportion to the amounts as shall be determined by the Owner to be just.
When requested by the Consultant, the Contractor shall, remove sheeting, clean up the area,
restore subgrade and/or pavement, replace topsoil, seed areas, etc., for individual sections of
the work as they are completed rather than upon completion of the project.
On or before completion of the work the Contractor shall, without charge, tear down and
remove all buildings and other structures built by him for facilitating the carrying out of the

28
Packet Pg. 47

Attachment: Project Documents_Invitation for Bid_Justice_Dispatch_Electrical_FINAL_2-27-2025 (Review/Approve Dispatch Center Electrical

8.a.1.b

work, and shall remove all rubbish of all kinds from the grounds which he has occupied and
shall leave the work clean and in good condition.
All sewers, conduits, pipes and appurtenances and all tanks, pump wells, chambers, buildings
and other structures shall be kept clean during construction and as the work, or any part
thereof, approaches completion, the Contractor shall systematically and thoroughly clean and
make any needed repairs to them. They shall furnish at their own expense suitable tools and
labor for removing all water and clearing out all dirt, mortar and foreign substances. Any
undue leakage of water into the structures, such as to make the work, in the opinion of the
Consultant, fall short of first class work shall be promptly corrected by the Contractor at their
own expense. Cleaning and repairs shall be arranged, as far as practicable, to be completed
upon finishing the construction work.
Notice to begin final cleaning and repairing, if such is needed, will be given by the
Consultant who, at the time, will make their final inspection of the work. The Consultant
will not approve the final payment of any portion of the work until after the final inspection
is made and the work found satisfactory.
CONTRACTOR’S INSURANCE
The Contractor shall not commence work under this Contract until they have obtained all
insurance required under this paragraph. Certificates of Insurance, together with duplicates
of the policies, fully executed by officers of the Insurance Company, shall be filed with the
Consultant and Owner for approval. The Contractor shall not allow any subcontractor to
commence work on his subcontract until all similar insurance required for the subcontractor
has been so obtained and approved. The Contractor shall also submit the original insurance
policies for inspection and approval of the Owner before work is commenced. Said policies
shall not thereafter be cancelled, permitted to expire, or to be changed without ten (10) days’
notice in advance to the Owner and consented to by the Owner, and the policy shall so
provide.
(a)

Compensation Insurance: Before any work is commenced, the contractor
shall take out and maintain during the life of this Contract, Worker’s
Compensation Insurance for all of his employees employed at the site of the
Project. In case any work shall be sublet, the Contractor, shall require the
Subcontractor similarly to provide Worker’s Compensation Insurance for all
of the latter’s employees, unless such employees are covered by the
protection afforded by the Contractor. In case any class of employees
engaged in work under this Contract at the site of the Project is not protected
under the Worker’s Compensation Statute, the Contractor shall provide
Employer’s Liability Insurance for the protection of his employees not
protected by the Worker’s Compensation Statute.

(b)

Public Liability and Property Damage Insurance: The Contractor shall take
out and maintain during the life of this Contract such Comprehensive Public
Liability and Property Damage Insurance as shall protect them, the Owner,
and any subcontractor during the performance or work covered by this
Contract from claims or damages for personal injury, including death, as well
as for claims for property damages, which may arise from operation under

29
Packet Pg. 48

Attachment: Project Documents_Invitation for Bid_Justice_Dispatch_Electrical_FINAL_2-27-2025 (Review/Approve Dispatch Center Electrical

8.a.1.b

this Contract, whether such operations be by the Contractor or by any
Subcontractor, or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by either of
them, or in such a manner as to impose liability on the Owner, and the
amounts of such insurance shall name the Owner as insured along with the
Contractor, and shall hold harmless the Owner against all suits and claims
arising from or as the result of the operations of the Contractor or his
Subcontractors. In absence of specific regulations, the amount of coverage
shall be as follows:

Comprehensive Public Liability Insurance in an amount not less than
$1,000,000 for injuries, including accidental death to any one person, and
subject to the same limit for each person in an amount not less than
$3,000,000 on account of one accident, and Property Damage Insurance in an
amount not less than $500,000. In addition to the above, the Contractor’s
Liability and Property Damage Insurance shall be endorsed to provide
contractual liability coverage for the Owner.
(c)

Insurance covering Special Hazards: Special hazards as determined by the
Owner, shall be covered by rider or riders in the Comprehensive Public
Liability and/or Property Damage Insurance policy or Policies herein
elsewhere required to be furnished by the Contractor, or by separate policies
of insurance in the amounts as defined in the Special Provisions of the
Contract, included herewith.

(d)

Automobile Insurance: The Contractor shall take out and maintain during the
life of the Contract, Automobile Public Liability Insurance in amounts not
less than $1,000,000 and Property Damage Liability Insurance in an amount
not less than $1,000,000 if any teams or motor vehicles are engaged in
operating within the terms of this Contract on the site of the work to perform
thereunder. Such insurance shall cover the use of all such teams and motor
vehicles engaged in operating within the terms of this Contract on the site of
the work to be performed thereunder, unless such coverage is included in the
insurance specified in Paragraph (b) above.

(e)

Subcontractor’s Insurance: The Contractor shall require Subcontractors, if
any, not protected under the Contractor’s insurance policies to take out and
maintain insurance of the same nature and in the same amounts as required of
the Contractor for Comprehensive Public Liability and Property Damage.

(f)

Fire Insurance: The Contractor shall take out and maintain a fire, extended
coverage, vandalism and malicious mischief insurance policy protecting the
Contractor and the Owner up to the date of final acceptance of the completed
work performed under this Contract, in an amount equal to the value of the
work completed.

30
Packet Pg. 49

Attachment: Project Documents_Invitation for Bid_Justice_Dispatch_Electrical_FINAL_2-27-2025 (Review/Approve Dispatch Center Electrical

8.a.1.b

PROOF OF CARRYING INSURANCE
The Contractor shall furnish to the Owner satisfactory proof of carriage of the insurance
required in a reliable company or companies before commencing any work. Such proof shall
consist of certificates executed by the respective insurance companies and filed with the
Owner. The Contractor shall also submit the original insurance policies for inspection and
approval of the Owner before work is commenced. Said policies shall not thereafter be
cancelled, permitted to expire, or be changed without notice of ten (10) days’ in advance to
the Owner and consented to by the Owner.
If the Contractor does not furnish evidence of insurance coverage required for fire, extended
coverage, vandalism and malicious mischief insurance as required under Paragraph 27 (f)
above, he shall be deemed to be self-insured for these insurance requirements.
CONTRACT SECURITY
The Contractor shall furnish a Surety Bond, or Bonds (form attached) in an amount at least
equal to 100 percent (100%) of the contract price as security for the faithful performance of
the Contract. The Performance Bond must contain a separate binding provision that the
Surety will guarantee the payment of all persons performing labor and furnishing materials in
connection with this Contract.
DAMAGE CLAIMS TO BE PAID BY CONTRACTOR – OWNER TO BE HELD HARMLESS
The Contractor in the performance of this Contract, shall put up and maintain barriers and
lights as will effectively prevent the happening of any accident in consequence of any
depressions, holes or the accumulation of any obstruction or hazards of any nature
whatsoever made or suffered upon premises, public sidewalks, highways, or areas within the
immediate vicinity of said construction; and shall hold the Owner safe and harmless for the
happening of any accident claimed or alleged to be the result of any negligence which is the
proximate result of the doing or performing any work or service in connection with the
immediate vicinity; and Contractor and his Surety or liability carrier will assume such
liabilities and will pay on demand any and all damage or damages occasioned as herein
specified.
The Contractor shall well and truly save and indemnify and keep harmless the Owner against
all liability, judgments, costs and expenses which may in any way come against the Owner in
consequence of the granting of this Contract to said Contractor, or which may in any way
result from the carelessness or neglect of the said Contractor, or the agents, employees, or
workmen of said Contractor in any respect whatsoever.
CLAIMS AND PAYMENT FOR LABOR, MATERIAL OR WORK
The Contractor shall save the Owner (Ozaukee County) harmless from all claims or demands
of any Subcontractor employed by the Contractor or from any claims or demands of any
person, firm or corporation furnishing any material, apparatus, fixtures, services, machinery
or labor to the Contractor herein for the doing of the work referred to herein, and it is
expressly understood and agreed that the liability of whatsoever kind or nature, including

31
Packet Pg. 50

Attachment: Project Documents_Invitation for Bid_Justice_Dispatch_Electrical_FINAL_2-27-2025 (Review/Approve Dispatch Center Electrical

8.a.1.b

those referred to and established by Sec. 779.16 and 289.53 of the Wisconsin Statutes of
1955 and acts supplementary thereto.
Further, the Contractor shall pay all claims for work and labor performed and materials
furnished in or about the work herein referred to, and Surety shall undertake that the
Contractor will pay all claims for work or labor performed and materials furnished, and that
the said Contractor shall pay to each and every person or party entitled thereto all claims for
work or labor performed and materials furnished for on, in, or about said construction or
under this Contract.
DEFENSE OF CLAIMS OR SUITS BY REASON OF PATENT INFRINGEMENT
The Contractor shall pay for all royalties and patents for any patented product used by them
or incorporated in the work, and shall defend all claims or suits for infringement of any
patent right brought against the Contractor or the Owner, and shall save the Owner harmless
from loss on account thereof; the Contractor shall indemnify and save harmless the Owner
and its officers and agents from all damages, judgments, claims and expenses arising from
the infringement of any letters patent, or patent right, or because of any royalty, fee or license
for the use, arrangement or operation of any tools, machinery, appliances, devices, or
materials which may be used by the Contractor or furnished by them in fulfillment of the
requirements of this Contract. In the event of any claim or action at law on account of such
patents or fees, it is agreed that the Owner may retain out of the monies which are or which
may become due the Contractor under this Contract, a sum of money sufficient to protect
itself against loss, and to retain the same until said claims are paid or satisfactorily adjusted.
PERMITS, SURVEYS AND COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS
The Contractor shall procure and pay for all permits, licenses, and bonds necessary for the
prosecution of the work and/or required by Municipal, State and Federal Regulations and
Laws, unless specifically provided otherwise in the Special Provisions of the Contract, and/or
in the Contract Specifications.
The Contractor shall give all notices, pay all fees, and comply with all Federal, State and
Municipal Laws, Ordinances, Rules and Regulations, and Building and Construction Codes
bearing on the conduct of the work. This contract, as to all matters not particularly referred
to and defined therein, shall notwithstanding be subject to the provisions of all pertinent
ordinances of the Municipality within whose limits the work is constructed which ordinances
are hereby made a part hereof with the same force and effect as if specifically set out herein.
ACCIDENT PREVENTION
Precautions shall be exercised at all times for the protection of persons (including employees)
and property. The safety provisions of applicable laws, building and construction codes shall
be observed. The Contractor shall be responsible for protection of all machinery equipment
and all hazards shall be guarded (or hazards eliminated) in accordance with the safety
provisions of the manual of Accident Prevention in Construction, published by the
Associated General Contractors of America, to the extent that such provisions are not in
contravention of applicable law.

32
Packet Pg. 51

Attachment: Project Documents_Invitation for Bid_Justice_Dispatch_Electrical_FINAL_2-27-2025 (Review/Approve Dispatch Center Electrical

8.a.1.b

The Contractor shall put up and maintain such barriers and supply such watchmen as will
effectively prevent accidents and, in addition, during night hours he shall put up and maintain
sufficient lights and flares to warn and safeguard the public against accidents. The
Contractor in executing the work on this project shall not unnecessarily impede or interfere
with traffic on public highways or streets, and the Owner is to be the sole judge as to what
constitutes unnecessary interference with traffic, or as to what constitutes a hazard in traffic.
The Contractor shall confer with the Owner and keep local Police and Fire Departments fully
informed as to streets or alleys which are to be closed to traffic for construction purposes.
NOTICE TO START WORK
The Contractor shall notify the Owner or Consultant in writing one week (7 days) before
starting work at the site of this Contract of intent to do so. In case of a temporary suspension
of work, similar notice shall be given before resuming work.
OWNER’S RIGHT TO WITHHOLD CERTAIN AMOUNTS AND MAKE APPLICATION
The Owner may withhold from payments to the Contractor, in addition to retained
percentage, such an amount or amounts as may be necessary to cover:
(a)

Payments that may be earned or due for just claims for labor or materials furnished in
and about the work.

(b)

For defective work not remedied.

(c)

For failure of the contractor to make proper payments to the Subcontractors.

(d)

Reasonable doubt that this Contract can be completed for the balance then unpaid.

(e)

Evidence of damage to another Contractor.

(f)

Liquidated damages due to failure to meet contract completion dates.

The Owner will disburse and shall have the right to act as agent for the Contractor in
disbursing such funds as have been withheld pursuant to this paragraph to the part or
parties who are entitled to payment therefrom. The Owner will render to the
Contractor a proper accounting of all such funds disbursed in behalf of the
Contractor.

33
Packet Pg. 52

Attachment: Project Documents_Invitation for Bid_Justice_Dispatch_Electrical_FINAL_2-27-2025 (Review/Approve Dispatch Center Electrical

8.a.1.b

The Owner also reserves the right, even after full completion and acceptance of the
work, to refuse payment of the final ten percent (10%) due the contractor until it is
satisfied that all Subcontractors, material suppliers and employees of the Contractor
have been paid in full.
CHANGES – PAYMENT
The Owner may, upon proper action of its Common Council, authorize changes in the work
to be performed or the materials to be furnished under the provisions of this Contract.
Adjustment, if any, in the amounts to be paid to the Contractor by reason of any such changes
shall be determined by one or more of the following methods:
(a)

By unit prices contained in the Contractor’s original bid and incorporated in his
construction contract.

(b)

By a supplemental schedule of prices contained in the Contractor’s original bid and
incorporated in this construction contract.

(c)

By an acceptable lump sum or unit price proposal by the Contractor.

(d)

On a cost-plus limited basis not to exceed a specified limit (defined as the cost of
labor, materials and insurance) plus a specified percentage of the cost of such labor,
materials and insurance provided the specified percentage does not exceed fifteen
percent (15%) of the aggregate of the cost of such labor, materials and insurance, and
shall in no event exceed a specified limit.

No claim for an addition to the contract price will be valid unless authorized as aforesaid.
In cases where a lump sum proposal is submitted by the Contractor in excess of Five
Hundred Dollars ($500.00) and the Owner considers the proposal so submitted is excessive
or unreasonable for the changes or added work contemplated, the Owner reserves the right to
request a proposal for the same changed items from other Contractors. If a proposal for such
added work is obtained from other Contractors at a lesser amount, the Owner reserves the
right to make an award of such work to another Contractor, unless the Contractor on this
Contract agrees to do the added work or changed work for the price named by the other
Contractor.
It shall be expressly understood and hereby agreed to by the Contractor that no claim for
extra work will be recognized by the Owner unless same has been ordered, in writing, by the
Owner, or unless claim for such added work has been filed by the Contractor within five (5)
days after the end of the calendar month in which such alleged work was performed.

34
Packet Pg. 53

Attachment: Project Documents_Invitation for Bid_Justice_Dispatch_Electrical_FINAL_2-27-2025 (Review/Approve Dispatch Center Electrical

8.a.1.b

Inspectors and Resident Engineers are not authorized to act for the Owner in giving orders
for the Owner for extra or additional work, either in writing or verbally.
DEDUCTION FOR UNCORRECTED WORK
If the Owner deems it expedient to accept work damaged or not done in accordance with the
Contract, an equitable adjustment will be made with a proper deduction from the contract
price for unsatisfactory work.
FINAL ACCEPTANCE OF THE WORK
The Contract shall be deemed as having been finally accepted by the Owner when its
governing body, by formal resolution, accepts the work.
CORRECTION OF WORK AFTER FINAL PAYMENT
Neither the final payment on this Contract by the Owner nor any provision in these Contract
Documents shall relieve the Contractor or Surety of the responsibility for negligence in the
furnishing and installation of faulty materials or for faulty workmanship which shows up
within the extent of the period provided by law nor of the responsibility of remedying such
faulty workmanship and materials.

OWNER’S RIGHT TO USE UNCOMPLETED WORK
The Owner shall have the right to take possession of and use portions of the work prior to
final acceptance without waiving rights against the Contractor or their Surety for defects in
the work or failure to complete same in its entirety.
PAYMENTS
Pay estimate periods shall close on the last day of each calendar month so that completed
estimates can be computed for processing. On each partial payment during the progress of
the project, the Owner will retain an amount in accordance with Chapter 66.29 Wisconsin
Statutes. The value of work installed will be computed by deducting the estimated cost of
street surfacing and site restoration work on those portions of the work installed from the unit
bid price extensions for the various items of work. No payment will be made for material
stored at the job site.
SITE RESTORATION
The Contractor shall restore the entire site and adjacent properties to the same condition it
was prior to the start of work by the Contractor. All items including but not limited to alleys,
parking lots, gravel shoulders, driveways, water pipes and laterals, storm sewers, retaining
walls, fences, ditches, stone rip-rap, sanitary sewers and laterals, gas mains, culverts, utility
poles, signs, mail boxes, walks, sod, shrubs, trees, asphalt walks, etc., shall be protected by
the Contractor, and such items as the Contractor finds it impossible to protect from damage
or removal shall be replaced in kind by the Contractor.

35
Packet Pg. 54

Attachment: Project Documents_Invitation for Bid_Justice_Dispatch_Electrical_FINAL_2-27-2025 (Review/Approve Dispatch Center Electrical

8.a.1.b

DELAYS
If the work of the Contractor is delayed because of any acts or omissions of any other
Contractor, the Contractor shall have no claim against the Owner on that account other than
an extension of time.
In case any action in court is brought against the Owner or Consultant, or any officer or agent
of either of them, for the failure, omission or neglect of the Contractor, utility company or
Owner of other facilities within the project area to perform any of the covenants, acts, matters
or things by this Contract undertaken, or for injury or damage caused by the alleged
negligence of the Contractor or his subcontractors or his or their agents, or in connection with
any claim based on lawful demands of subcontractors, workmen, material men, or suppliers,
the Contractor shall indemnify and save harmless the Owner and Consultant and their
officers or agents, from all losses, damages, costs, expenses, judgments or decrees arising out
of such action.

36
Packet Pg. 55

Attachment: Project Documents_Invitation for Bid_Justice_Dispatch_Electrical_FINAL_2-27-2025 (Review/Approve Dispatch Center Electrical

8.a.1.b

DESCRIPTION

SYMBOL

DESCRIPTION

GENERAL NOTE FOR LIGHT FIXTURE SYMBOLS.

SYMBOL

DESCRIPTION

SINGLE RECEPTACLE
DUPLEX RECEPTACLE

XX

THE MOUNTING TYPE OF LIGHT FIXTURES IS INDICATED IN THE
SYMBOLS ON THE DRAWINGS AS FOLLOWS:
- NO CENTER DOT INDICATES FIXTURE IS RECESSED.
- FILLED CENTER DOT INDICATES FIXTURE IS SURFACE/PENDANT
MOUNTED.
REFER TO LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE AND LIGHTING PLAN NOTES FOR
FURTHER INFORMATION.

(GFB)
(GFI)
(IG)
(TR)
(USB)
(WP)
XX

GROUND FAULT BREAKER
GROUND FAULT INTERUPTER
ISOLATED GROUND
TAMPER RESISTANCE
W/ USB CHARGING
WEATHERPROOF

X/X

DUPLEX RECEPTACLE - MOUNTED AT SPECIAL
MOUNTING HEIGHT INDICATED ON DRAWING
OR AS INDICATED IN THE ASSOCIATED
ARCHITECTURAL ELEVATION.
INDICATES MOUNTING HEIGHT WHEN
SHOWN
DUPLEX RECEPTACLE MOUNTED ABOVE
COUNTER BACKSPLASH
SPLIT DUPLEX RECEPTACLE
DUPLEX RECEPTACLE ON EMERGENCY
CIRCUIT
FLOOR DUPLEX RECEPTACLE

SQUARE/RECTANGULAR LIGHTING
FIXTURE

LINEAR LIGHTING FIXTURE

ROUND/RING LIGHTING FIXTURE

CEILING DUPLEX RECEPTACLE

QUADRAPLEX RECEPTACLE

XX

WALL WASH LIGHTING FIXTURE

WALL-MOUNTED FIXTURES

(GFB)
(GFI)
(IG)
(TR)
(USB)
(WP)

DIRECTIONAL LIGHT, TRACK, FLOOD
LIGHT TRACK
LOW VOLTAGE LINEAR LIGHT

(AN)
(BB)
(CP)
(ER)
(TC)
(WF)
(NAC)
XX

CEILING QUADRAPLEX RECEPTACLE
QUADRAPLEX RECEPTACLE ON EMERGENCY
CIRCUIT
WALL EQUIPMENT CONNECTION - SEE SCHEDULE
CEILING EQUIPMENT CONNECTION - SEE SCHEDULE
FLOOR EQUIPMENT CONNECTION - SEE SCHEDULE

EMERGENCY LIGHTING UNIT, CEILINGMOUNTED, INTEGRAL BATTERY
EMERGENCY LIGHTING UNIT, CEILINGMOUNTED, REMOTE BATTERY

WALL JUNCTION BOX
FLOOR JUNCTION BOX
CEILING JUNCTION BOX

EMERGENCY BATTERY UNIT, WALLMOUNTED, INTEGRAL BATTERY
EMERGENCY BATTERY UNIT, WALLMOUNTED, REMOTE BATTERY

FB - FLOOR BOX
PT - POKE THROUGH
CT - COUNTER TOP
TT - TABLE TOP

EXIT LIGHT, CEILING-MOUNTED, SHADING
AND ARROWS INDICATE FACES AND
DIRECTION

EXIT LIGHT, WALL-MOUNTED, SHADING
AND ARROWS INDICATE FACES AND
DIRECTION

GROUND FAULT BREAKER
GROUND FAULT INTERUPTER
ISOLATED GROUND
TAMPER RESISTANCE
W/ USB CHARGING
WEATHERPROOF

QUADRAPLEX RECEPT. MOUNTED ABOVE
COUNTER BACKSPLASH
QUADRAPLEX RECEPTACLE - MOUNTED AT SPECIAL
MOUNTING HEIGHT INDICATED ON DRAWING
OR AS INDICATED IN THE ASSOCIATED
ARCHITECTURAL ELEVATION.
INDICATES MOUNTING HEIGHT WHEN
SHOWN
FLOOR QUADRAPLEX RECEPTACLE

XX

FB A
2 2

F XX
F XX

(CO)
(COD)
(CV1)
(CV2)
(CV3)
(CV4)
(DH)
(DI)
(DP)
(HC)
(HF)
(HO)
(HR)
(HV1)
(HV2)
(HV3)
(HV4)
(MMX)

FLOOR BOX

EXIT/EBU COMBO

PT A
2 2

POKE THROUGH

POST-TOP AREA LIGHT
BOLLARD LIGHT
MO
5

SOLID HATCH INDICATES LIGHT ON AN
LIFE SAFETY/EMERGENCY CIRCUIT
DIAGONAL HATCH INDICATES LIGHT ON A
CRITICAL/OPTIONAL CIRCUIT

PARTIAL DIAGONAL HATCH INDICATES PART OF
LIGHT ON A NORMAL CIRCUITAND PART OF
LIGHT ON A CRITICAL/OPTIONAL CIRCUIT

A
5

(PS)
(RE)
(SB)
(SI)
(SO)
(SP)
(MSO)
(MSV1)
(MSV2)
(MSV3)
(MSV4)
(MV1)
(MV2)
(MV3)
(MV4)
(SV1)
(SV2)
(SV3)
(SV4)
(VO)
(VO1)
(VO2)
(VO3)
(VO4)

CABLE TRAY
CT
12" 4"
INDICATES DEPTH (IN INCHES)
INDICATES WIDTH (IN INCHES)

SINGLE POLE SWITCH
3

UNDERFLOOR DUCT

3-WAY SWITCH

4

4-WAY SWITCH

K

KEYED SWITCH

PL
DLS

UF
12 3
INDICATES DEPTH (IN INCHES)
INDICATES WIDTH (IN INCHES)

SWITCH W/PILOT
DUAL LEVEL SWITCH
DIMMER SWITCH
SURGICAL LIGHT CONTROL
DIGITAL DISTRIBUTED IN-ROOM SWITCH

TRENCH DUCT
T
12 5

DIGITAL DISTRIBUTED IN-ROOM DIMMER
SWITCH

OS

REFER TO SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS IN
SPECIFICATIONS 26 09 29 OR SEQUENCE OF
OPERATION SCHEDULE
OCCUPANCY SENSOR W/ MANUAL SWITCH
WALL MOUNT
OCCUPANCY SENSOR CEILING MOUNT

DL

DAYLIGHT SENSOR WALL MOUNT

DL

DAYLIGHT SENSOR CEILING MOUNT

T

TIME CLOCK - SEE TIME CLOCK SCHEDULE

TC

TIME CONTROL STATION

SO##

OS

INDICATES NUMBER OF COMPARTMENTS
INDICATES WIDTH (IN INCHES)

WALL DUCT

XX

#TYPE

PHOTO-CELL

P

G/1
LOW VOLTAGE SWITCH STATION - SEE LOW
VOLTAGE SWITCH STATION SCHEDULE
DIGITAL DISTRIBUTED LOW VOLTAGE SWITCH
STATION - SEE DISTRIBUTED LOW VOLTAGE
SWITCH STATION SCHEDULE
WIRE SWITCH - LINE VOLTAGE SOURCE

L
D

W

G

MOTOR

XX-1

IDENTITY (SEE SCHEDULE)

SWITCH STATION - SEE SWITCH STATION
SCHEDULE

SAFETY DISCONNECT SWITCH (NON-FUSED)

C

CONTACTOR - SEE CONTACTOR SCHEDULE

SAFETY DISCONNECT SWITCH (FUSED)

UL924 EMERGENCY LIGHTING CONTROL
DEVICE WALL MOUNT
UL924 EMERGENCY LIGHTING CONTROL
DEVICE CEILING MOUNT

PUSH BUTTON

EC
EC

LCP/X

T1

INDICATES PANEL NAME - SEE LIGHTING
CONTROL PANEL SCHEDULE

SECURITY, ACCESS CONTROL AND DOOR
MONITORING WALL MOUNT

N
N

CEILING TELECOMMUNICATIONS OUTLET
(WAP)

C

XX

INTRUSION DETECTION AND DOOR
MONITORING WALL MOUNT

ID XX

INTRUSION DETECTION AND DOOR
MONITORING CEILING MOUNT
(DB)
(DC)
(GB)
(KP)
(KS)
(LM)
(MD)
(MI)
(ML)
(MU)
(RM)
(RP)

G XX

POWER POLE (OPEN OFFICE STYLE)

PLYWOOD

GROUND MODULE
POWER GROUND
REMOTE INDICATOR

NURSE CALL CEILING MOUNT
AUDIO/VISUAL SINGLE PATIENT STATION W/ CALL CORD
AUDIO/VISUAL SINGLE PATIENT STATION W/ PILLOW SPEAKER
AUDIO/VISUAL DOUBLE PATIENT STATION W/ CALL CORD
AUDIO/VISUAL DOUBLE PATIENT STATION W/ PILLOW SPEAKER
AUDIO/VISUAL BUS STATION
ANNUNCIATOR
CODE BUTTON
DOME LIGHT
DUTY STATION
EMERGENCY STATION
EMERGENCY STATION WITH AUDIO
EMERGENCY STATION - WET LOCATION
MINI-CORRIDOR LIGHT
MASTER STATION
NURSE LOCATOR
PULL CORD
PULL CORD WITH AUDIO
ROOM STATUS SWITCH
STAFF ASSIST
STAFF ASSIST/CODE BUTTON
SIDE COMMUNICATIONS RECEPTACLE FOR BED CONNECTION
STAFF STATION
STAFF TERMINAL
STAFF TERMINAL PROVISION
NURSE CALL TELEVISION INTERFACE
VISUAL ONLY SINGLE PATIENT STATION W/ CALL CORD
VISUAL ONLY SINGLE PATIENT STATION W/ PILLOW SPEAKER
VISUAL ONLY DOUBLE PATIENT STATION W/ CALL CORD
VISUAL ONLY DOUBLE PATIENT STATION W/ PILLOW SPEAKER
VISUAL ONLY PUSH FOR HELP/PATIENT STATION W/ CALL CORD
VISUAL ONLY PUSH FOR HELP/PATIENT STATION W/ PILLOW SPEAKER
ZONE LIGHT

E000
E001
E101
E201
E400
E401
E500
E600
E601

ELECTRICAL SYMBOLS AND SHEET INDEX
ELECTRICAL ABBREVIATIONS, CODES AND DESIGNATORS
OVERALL FIRST FLOOR ELECTRICAL PLAN
FIRST FLOOR ELECTRICAL PLANS
ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS
ELECTRICAL ONELINE DIAGRAM
ELECTRICAL DETAILS
ELECTRICAL SCHEDULES
ELECTRICAL SCHEDULES

Consultant:

17400 West Capitol Drive - Brookfield, WI 53045
301 South Blount Street, Suite 101 - Madison, WI 53703
Phone: 414.778.1700 / Fax: 414.778.2360 / [email protected]
RD Project Number: 224051.01

Project:
XX

DOOR HARDWARE - SEE DETAILS, ARCHITECTURAL PLANS AND
SPECIFICATIONS. DEVICES FURNISHED BY OTHERS: ROUGH-IN AND
WIRING BY EC.
(AA)
(AM)
(AO)
(ED)
(DE)
(EL)
(ES)
(KS)
(ML)
(PS)
(PT)
(RL)
(RM)

OZAUKEE COUNTY
JUSTICE CENTER

AUTODOOR ACTUATOR (PUSH PLATE)
AUTODOOR ACTUATOR (MOTION SENSOR)
AUTODOOR OPERATOR
ELECTRIC EXITING DEVICE
DELAYED EGRESS MODULE
ELECTRONIC LATCH/LOCK
ELECTRIC STRIKE
KEY SWITCH
MAGNETIC LOCK
POWER SUPPLY
POWER TRANSFER HINGE
RELAY MODULE
SEPARATELY MOUNTED REQUEST TO EXIT MOTION
SENSOR NOT ASSOCIATED WITH SECURITY SYSTEM

Location:
1201 S. Spring St
Port Washington,WI 53074
Key Plan:

P XX
P XX
P XX
P XX

PAGING AND SOUND SYSTEMS RECESSED
WALL MOUNT
PAGING AND SOUND SYSTEMS SURFACE
WALL MOUNT
PAGING AND SOUND SYSTEMS RECESSED CEILING MOUNT
PAGING AND SOUND SYSTEMS SURFACE
CEILING MOUNT

(DB/SP)
(DP/SP)
(HP/SP)
(HW/SP)
(LM/SP)
(PC/MP)
(PC/SP)
(TS/SP)
(WR/SP)
(PM/SP)
(DB/PB)
(DP/MP)
(DP/VC)
(HP/MP)
(HP/VC)
(HW/MP)
(HW/VC)
(HW/VS)
(LM/VC)
(PC/MP)
(TS/VC)
(WR/VC)
(WR/VS)

DOORBELL SPEAKER
DEPARTMENT PAGING SPEAKER
HOSPITAL PAGING SPEAKER
HOSPITAL WIDE PAGING & WIRED RADIO SPEAKER
LOCAL MUSIC SPEAKER
PROCEDURE ROOM COMMUNICATIONS CEILING MOUNTED
MICROPHONE
PROCEDURE ROOM COMMUNICATIONS SPEAKER
TELEVISION SYSTEM SPEAKER
WIRED RADIO SPEAKER
PROCEDURE ROOM MUSIC SPEAKER
DOORBELL PUSH BUTTON
DEPARTMENT PAGING MICROPHONE OUTLET
DEPARTMENT PAGING VOLUME CONTROL
HOSPITAL PAGING MICROPHONE OUTLET
HOSPITAL PAGING VOLUME CONTROL
HOSPITAL PAGING & WIRED RADIO MICROPHONE OUTLET
HOSPITAL PAGING & WIRED RADIO VOLUME CONTROL
HOSPITAL PAGING & WIRED RADIO VOLUME CONTROL WITH
STATION SELECTOR
LOCAL MUSIC SYSTEM VOLUME CONTROL
PROCEDURE ROOM COMMUNICATIONS MICROPHONE
TELEVISION SYSTEM VOLUME CONTROL
WIRED RADIO VOLUME CONTROL
WIRED RADIO VOLUME CONTROL WITH STATION SELECTOR

Sheet:

ELECTRICAL SYMBOLS
AND SHEET INDEX

GRAPHICAL REPRESENTATION OF PHASING, TYPICAL FOR ALL SYMBOLS.

EXISTING TO REMAIN
M
XX-1

RELOCATED
M
XX-1

EXISTING TO REMAIN

DEMOLISHED
M
XX-1

ITEM TO BE
REMOVED
AREA NOT IN
CONTRACT

NEW

WIRELESS ACCESS POINT

12" ANALOG CLOCK, SINGLE FACE
9" ANALOG CLOCK, SINGLE FACE
12" ANALOG CLOCK, DOUBLE FACE
9" ANALOG CLOCK, DOUBLE FACE
DIGITAL CLOCK, HR:MIN:SEC
DIGITAL CLOCK, HR:MIN
DIGITAL CLOCK, ELAPSED TIMER
ELAPSED TIMER CONTROL

REVISION NUMBER - SHOWN ON PLANS
---

NUMBER OF DETAIL ON SHEET
NUMBER OF SHEET WHERE DETAIL APPEARS

#

KEYED NOTE

No.

Date:

ROOM NAME AND NUMBER

1

11/22/24 CB-1

Revisions:

Room
6

Description:

INDICATES DETAIL DESIGNATOR
DATA RACK

----

STATIC GROUND RECEPTACLE
(GM)
(PG)
(RI)

NURSE CALL WALL MOUNT
(A1)
(A2)
(A3)
(A4)
(A5)
(AN)
(CB)
(DL)
(DS)
(ES)
(ESA)
(EW)
(MCL)
(MS)
(NL)
(PC)
(PCA)
(RS)
(SA)
(SB)
(SC)
(SS)
(ST)
(STP)
(TV)
(V1)
(V2)
(V3)
(V4)
(V5)
(V6)
(ZL)

DURESS BUTTON
DOOR CONTACT
GLASS BREAK DETECTOR
KEYPAD - SECURITY SYSTEM
KEYED SWITCH
LATCHBOLT MONITOR
MOTION SENSOR - DUAL TECHNOLOGY
MOTION SENSOR - INFRARED
MAGNETIC LOCK
MOTION SENSOR - ULTRASONIC
REQUEST FOR EXIT - MOTION
REQUEST FOR EXIT PUSH BUTTON

FLOOR CLEARANCE AREA

P

DESCRIPTION

CLOCK SYSTEM

(A1)
(A2)
(A3)
(A4)
(D1)
(D2)
(ET)
(EC)
PLY

XX
XX

SECURITY, ACCESS CONTROL AND DOOR
MONITORING CEILING MOUNT
(CR)
CARD READER
(CXX)
CLOSED CIRCUIT CAMERA - SEE
CAMERA SCHEDULES (XX-DENOTES
SPECIFIC UNIT)
(DB)
DURESS BUTTON
(DC)
DOOR CONTACT
(EL)
ELECTRONIC LATCH/LOCK
(ES)
ELECTRIC STRIKE
(GB)
GLASS BREAK DETECTOR
(KE)
KEYLESS ENTRY
(KP)
KEYPAD - SECURITY SYSTEM
(KS)
KEYED SWITCH
(LM)
LATCHBOLT MONITOR
(MD)
MOTION SENSOR - DUAL TECHNOLOGY
(MI)
MOTION SENSOR - INFRARED
(ML)
MAGNETIC LOCK
(MO)
CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION MONITOR
(MU)
MOTION SENSOR - ULTRASONIC
(RC)
CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION REMOTE
CAMERA CONTROLS
(RM)
REQUEST FOR EXIT - MOTION
(RP)
REQUEST FOR EXIT PUSH BUTTON
(VC)
VIDEO RECORDER

EXISTING TO BE REMOVED

TRANSFORMER
PANELBOARDS. PANELBOARD DOORS MAY BE
SHOWN TO INDICATE OPENING SIDE OF
RECESSED PANELBOARDS. SEE PANELBOARD
IDENTIFICATION FOR DESIGNATION CODES.

LIGHTING CONTROL PANEL

SYMBOL

FLOOR TELECOMMUNICATIONSOUTLET
XX

S

TELECOMMINCATIONS OUTLET

SEE TELECOMMUNICATIONS
HORIZONTAL CABLING SCHEDULE FOR
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.
INDICATES JACK/CABLE QUANTITY

GENERATOR

M

CONTROL MODULE. X DENOTES SPECIFIC UNIT.
SEE CONTROL MODULE SCHEDULE
CHIME ONLY
CARBON MONOXIDE DETECTOR
CHIME W/ 15 CANDELA STROBE
CHIME W/ 30 CANDELA STROBE
CHIME W/ 75 CANDELA STROBE
CHIME W/ 110 CANDELA STROBE
DOOR HOLDER
IONIZATION SMOKE DETECTOR (DUCT)
PHOTOMETRIC SMOKE DETECTOR (DUCT)
HEAT/COMBINATION (RATE OF RISE/FIXED)
HEAT DETECTOR (FIXED)
HORN ONLY
HEAT DETECTOR (RATE OF RISE)
HORN W/ 15 CANDELA STROBE
HORN W/ 30 CANDELA STROBE
HORN W/ 75 CANDELA STROBE
HORN W/ 110 CANDELA STROBE
MONITOR MODULE - SEE MONITOR MODULE
SCHEDULE (X-DENOTES SPECIFIC UNIT)
PULL STATION
RE-ENTRANT HORN
SOUNDER BASE
IONIZATION SMOKE DETECTOR
SPEAKER ONLY
PHOTOELECTRIC SMOKE DETECTOR
MASS NOTIFICATION SPEAKER ONLY
MASS NOTIFICATION SPEAKER W/ 15 CANDELA STROBE
MASS NOTIFICATION SPEAKER W/ 30 CANDELA STROBE
MASS NOTIFICATION SPEAKER W/ 75 CANDELA STROBE
MASS NOTIFICATION SPEAKER W/ 110 CANDELA STROBE
MASS NOTIFICATION DEVICE W/ 15 CANDELA STROBE
MASS NOTIFICATION DEVICE W/ 30 CANDELA STROBE
MASS NOTIFICATION DEVICE W/ 75 CANDELA STROBE
MASS NOTIFICATION DEVICE W/ 110 CANDELA STROBE
SPEAKER W/ 15 CANDELA STROBE
SPEAKER W/ 30 CANDELA STROBE
SPEAKER W/ 75 CANDELA STROBE
SPEAKER W/ 110 CANDELA STROBE
VISUAL UNIT ONLY
VISUAL UNIT ONLY, 15 CANDELA STROBE
VISUAL UNIT ONLY, 30 CANDELA STROBE
VISUAL UNIT ONLY, 75 CANDELA STROBE
VISUAL UNIT ONLY, 110 CANDELA STROBE

DESCRIPTION

ID XX

BY OTHERS
DISTRIBUTED ANTENNA SYSTEM (DAS)
DIRECTIONAL
FIRST RESPONDER RADIO
MULTIDIRECTIONAL
OMNI DIRECTIONAL

WALL PHONE OUTLET
TELECOMMINCATIONS OUTLET MOUNTED
ABOVE COUNTER BACKSPLASH
TELECOMMINCATIONS OUTLET - MOUNTED AT
SPECIAL MOUNTING HEIGHT INDICATED ON
DRAWING OR AS INDICATED IN THE
ASSOCIATED ARCHITECTURAL ELEVATION.
INDICATES MOUNTING HEIGHT WHEN
SHOWN

W
W
12 5

INDICATES NUMBER OF COMPARTMENTS
INDICATES WIDTH (IN INCHES)

S XX

FIRE ALARM WALL MOUNT
FIRE ALARM CEILING MOUNT
(CMX)

NUMBER OF DATA OUTLETS

PT

ANNUNCIATOR
BACKBOARD
CONTROL PANEL
EQUIPMENT RACK
TERMINAL CABINET
WALL FIELD
NOTIFICATION APPLIANCE PANEL

S XX

D

NUMBER OF DUPLEX
RECEPTACLES

POLE/AREA LIGHTS

AREA OF REFUGE
CABLE TELEVISION
CODE BUTTON
CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION
CLOCK SYSTEM
DOOR BELL
DIGITAL TELEVISION
EMERGEMCY COMMUNICATION
FIRE ALARM
HOUSE PAGING
INTERCOM
INTRUSION DETECTION
INFANT SECURITY
LOCAL MUSIC
LOCAL PAGING
MASTER ANTENNAE TELEVISION
MASS NOTIFICATION
MUSIC SYSTEM
NURSE CALL
PROCEDURE ROOM -TWO WAY COMMUNICATION
PROCEDURE ROOM -MUSIC SYSTEM
PUBLIC ADDRESS
SECURITY ACCESS
SYSTEM CLOCK
TELECOMMUNICATIONS
TELEVISION
VOICE DATA
WIRED RADIO

ANTENNA
(BO)
(DA)
(DR)
(FR)
(MD)
(OD)

BOX TYPE
FB

SYMBOL

SYSTEMS EQUIPMENT CABINET

(AR)
(CA)
(CB)
(CC)
(CLK)
(DB)
(DV)
(EC)
(FA)
(HP)
(IC)
(ID)
(IS)
(LM)
(LP)
(MA)
(MN)
(MS)
(NC)
(P1)
(P2)
(PA)
(SA)
(SC)
(TC)
(TV)
(VD)
(WR)

ELECTRICAL SHEET INDEX

Attachment: Project Documents_Invitation for Bid_Justice_Dispatch_Electrical_FINAL_2-27-2025 (Review/Approve Dispatch Center Electrical Bid)

SYMBOL

212 North 25th Street | Milwaukee, WI 53233 | ventarch.com

ELECTRICAL SYMBOL LEGEND

TELEPHONE [414] 2 7 1 . 3 3 5 9
FACSIMILE [414] 4 7 6 . 8 5 8 2

8.a.1.b

SEE SECTION DETAIL
INDICATES SHEET NUMBER

GROUND BAR

Date:

November 8, 2024
Project No.:

Set Type:

240023.00

Final Owner Review

Sheet No.:

E000

1

Packet Pg. 56

1 POLE (2P, 3P, 4P, ETC.)
MAN
MANUAL MOTOR STARTER
AMPERE
MAX
MAXIMUM
ABOVE COUNTER
MAG
MAGNETIC STARTER
ABOVE CEILING
M/C
MOMENTARY CONTACT
AUTOMATIC DOOR OPENER
MC
MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR
AMP FRAME
MCB
MAIN CIRCUIT BREAKER
ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR
MCC
MOTOR CONTROL CENTER
ABOVE FINISHED GRADE
MDC
MAIN DISTRIBUTION CENTER
ARC FAULT CIRCUIT
MDP
MAIN DISTRIBUTION PANEL
INTERRUPTER
MER
MAIN EQUIPMENT ROOM (AKA "MDF")
AHU
AIR HANDLING UNIT
MFR
MANUFACTURER
AL
ALUMINUM
MFS
MAIN FUSED DISCONNECT SW
ALT
ALTERNATE
MH
MANHOLE
AMP
AMPERE
MIC
MICROPHONE
AMPL
AMPLIFIER
MIN
MINIMUM
ANN
ANNUNCIATOR
MISC
MISCELLANEOUS
APPROX APPROXIMATELY
MLO
MAIN LUGS ONLY
ARCH ARCHITECT, ARCHITECTURAL
MOA
MULTIOUTLET ASSEMBLY
AS
AMP SWITCH
MPOE MAIN POINT OF ENTRANCE
AT
AMP TRIP
MSB
MAIN SWITCHBOARD
ATS
AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH
MT
MOUNT
AUTO AUTOMATIC
MTS
MANUAL TRANSFER SWITCH
AUX
AUXILIARY
MTR
MOTOR, MOTORIZED
AV
AUDIO VISUAL
N.C.
NORMALLY CLOSED
NEC
NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE
AWG
AMERICAN WIRE GAUGE
BATT
BATTERY
NEMA NATIONAL ELECTRICAL
BLDG
BUILDING
MANUFACTURER'S ASSOCIATION
BMS
BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
NIC
NOT IN CONTRACT
C
CONDUIT
NL
NIGHT LIGHT
N.O.
NORMALLY OPEN
CAB
CABINET
CAT
CATALOG
NPF
NORMAL POWER FACTOR
CATV
CABLE TELEVISION
NTS
NOT TO SCALE
CB
CIRCUIT BREAKER
NU
NEAR UNIT
CCTV
CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION
OH
OVERHEAD
CKT
CIRCUIT
OL
OVERLOADS
CLG
CEILING
OSP
OUTSIDE PLANT
COMB COMBINATION
OU
OM UNIT
CMPR COMPRESSOR
PA
PUBLIC ADDRESS
CONN CONNECTION
PB
PULL BOX OR PUSHBUTTON
CONST CONSTRUCTION
PC
PLUMBING CONTRACTOR
PE SW PNEUMATIC ELECTRIC
CONT CONTINUATION OR CONTINUOUS
CRT
CATHODE-RAY TUBE
PED
PEDESTAL
CP
CONTROL PANEL
PEN
PENDANT
CS
COMBINATION STARTER
PF
POWER FACTOR
CT
CURRENT TRANSFORMER
PH
PHASE
PLBG
PLUMBING
CTR
CENTER
CU
COPPER
PNL
PANEL
DC
DATA CENTER
PP
POWER POLE
DEPT
DEPARTMENT
PR
PAIR
DET
DETAIL
PRI
PRIMARY
DIA
DIAMETER
PROJ
PROJECTION
DISC
DISCONNECT
PRV
POWER ROOF VENTILATOR
DIST
DISTRIBUTION
PT
POTENTIAL TRANSFORMER
DN
DOWN
PVC
POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (CONDUIT)
DS
SAFETY DISCONNECT SWITCH
PWR
POWER
DT
DOUBLE THROW
QUAN QUANTITY
R
RELAY
DWG
DRAWING
EC
ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR
RECPT RECEPTACLE
EF
ENTRANCE FACILITY (LEC)
REQD REQUIRED
ELEC
ELECTRIC, ELECTRICAL
RM
ROOM
ELEV
ELEVATOR
RTU
ROOF TOP UNIT
RVS
REDUCED VOLTAGE STARTING
EBU
EMERGENCY BATTERY UNIT
EMER EMERGENCY
SEC
SECONDARY
EMS
ENERGY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
SHT
SHEET
EMT
ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING
SIM
SIMILAR
EOL
END OF LINE RESISTOR
S/N
SOLID NEUTRAL
SPEC
SPECIFICATION
EP
ELECTRIC PNEUMATIC
SPKR
SPEAKER
EQUIP EQUIPMENT
ER
EXISTING RELOCATED
SPR
SPARE
ES
EXPOSED STRUCTURE
SS
STAINLESS STEEL
EX
EXISTING TO REMAIN
SSW
SELECTOR SWITCH
EWC
ELECTRIC WATER COOLER
S/S
STOP/START PUSHBUTTONS
STA
STATION
EXH
EXHAUST
EXP
EXPLOSION PROOF
STD
STANDARD
F
FLUSH
SURF
SURFACE MOUNTED
FA
FIRE ALARM
SW
SWITCH
FABP
FIRE ALARM BOOSTER POWER
SWBD SWITCHBOARD
SYM
SYMMETRICAL
SUPPLY PANEL
FACP
FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL
SYS
SYSTEM
FBO
FURNISHED BY OTHER
TBB
TELECOMMUNICATION BONDING
FDR
FEEDER
BACKBONE
FIXT
FIXTURE
TC
TIME CLOCK
TCC
TEMPERATURE CONTROL
FLR
FLOOR
CONTRACTOR
FLUOR FLUORESCENT
FS
FLOW SWITCH
TCP
TEMPERATURE CONTROL PANEL
FU
FUSE
TE
TELECOMMUNICATIONS ENCLOSURE
FVNR
FULL VOLTAGE NON-REVERSING
TEL
TELEPHONE
TEL/DATA
TELEPHONE/DATA
GA
GAUGE
TERM TERMINAL
GAL
GALLON
GALV
GALVANIZED
TGB
TELECOMMUNICATIONS GROUNDING
GC
GENERAL CONTRACTOR
BUSBAR
GEN
GENERATOR
TL
TWIST LOCK
GFB
GROUND FAULT BREAKER
TMGB TELECOMMUNICATIONS MAIN
GROUNDING BUSBAR
GFI
GROUND FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTER
GFP
GROUND FAULT PROTECTOR
TO
TELECOMMUNICATIONS OUTLET
GRD
GROUND
TR
TAMPER RESISTANT
GRC
GALVANIZED RIGID STEEL (CONDUIT)
TV
TELEVISION
GYP
GYPSUM BOARD
TYP
TYPICAL
UC
UNDER COUNTER
HOA
HANDS-OFF-AUTOMATIC SWITCH
UE
UNDERGROUND ELECTRICAL
HORIZ HORIZONTAL
HP
HORSEPOWER
UG
UNDERGROUND
HPF
HIGH POWER FACTOR
UNIV
UNIVERSAL
HT
HEIGHT
UT
UNDERGROUND TELEPHONE
UTIL
UTILITY
HV
HIGH VOLTAGE
USS
UNIT SUBSTATION
HVAC HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR
CONDITIONING
UV
ULTRAVIOLET
IC
INTERRUPTING CAPACITY
V
VOLT
IG
ISOLATED GROUND
VA
VOLT-AMPERES
IMC
INTERMEDIATE METAL CONDUIT
VERT
VERTICAL
VFD
VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE
INCAND INCANDESCENT
VOL
VOLUME
IR
INFRARED
I/W
INTERLOCK WITH
W
WATT
J-BOX JUNCTION BOX
W/
WITH
KV
KILOVOLT
W/O
WITHOUT
WP
WEATHERPROOF
KVA
KILOVOLT-AMPERE
XFMR TRANSFORMER
KVAR
KILOVOLT-AMPERE REACTIVE
KW
KILOWATT
XFR
TRANSFER
KWH
KILOWATT HOUR
∠
ANGLE
LEC
LOCAL EXCHANGE CARRIER (E.G AT&T) @
AT
LG
LAY-IN GRID
▲
DELTA
LOC
LOCATE OR LOCATION
'
FEET
LT
LIGHT
"
INCHES
LTG
LIGHTING
#
NUMBER
LTNG
LIGHTNING
Ø
PHASE
LV
LOW VOLTAGE
C
CENTER LINE
P
PLATE

ELECTRICAL CIRCUITING:
PROJECT NOTES

FIRE STOPPING NOTES - NON-DFD
CODES FOR THIS PROJECT

A.

B.

C.

D.

E.

F.

G.

REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL PLANS, ELEVATIONS, AND DETAILS FOR LOCATIONS
AND MOUNTING HEIGHTS OF ALL ELECTRICAL DEVICES PRIOR TO COMMENCING
ROUGH-IN AND/OR INSTALLATION.
ALL MOUNTING HEIGHTS INDICATED ARE TO THE CENTERLINE OF THE ITEM UNLESS
OTHERWISE INDICATED.
WHERE CONDUIT IS SHOWN TO BE ROUTED ABOVE EXISTING REMOVABLE
CEILINGS, THE EC SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR REMOVING CEILING TILES AND/OR
GRID AS NEEDED AND REPLACING ALL CEILING BACK TO THE EXISTING CONDITION.
THE EC SHALL TAKE NOTE OF AND NOTIFIY EITHER THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR OR
OWNER OF ANY DAMAGED TILES OR SECTIONS OF CEILINGS. IF THIS IS NOT
PERFORMED, THE EC SHALL BE HELD RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY DAMAGED CEILING
COMPONENTS FOUND.
COORDINATE WALL AND CEILING MOUNTED ELECTRICAL, FIRE ALARM, AND
TELECOMMUNICATION DEVICES WITH ARCHITECTURAL, MECHANICAL, PLUMBING,
A/V, AND SECURITY SYSTEMS. REFERENCE ARCHITECTURAL ELEVATIONS AND
FLOOR PLANS FOR EXACT LOCATIONS AND MOUNTING HEIGHTS OF ELECTRICAL
DEVICES. UTILIZE MULTI-GANG ASSEMBLIES WITH BARRIERS, IF REQUIRED, WHERE
ADJACENT DEVICES ARE SHOWN ON PLANS. MOUNT DEVICES IN READILY
ACCESSIBLE LOCATIONS AND AVOID MOUNTING DEVICES BEHIND DOORS. CONFIRM
EXACT MOUNTING LOCATIONS WITH ARCHITECT/ENGINEER WHERE ELECTRICAL
DEVICES ARE ADJACENT TO OTHER TRADES, IN SPECIALTY WALL APPLICATIONS, OR
A SPECIAL FIELD CONDITION IS PRESENT.
WHAT FOLLOWS IS WRITTEN TO PROVIDE AN UNDERSTANDING OF THIS PROJECT'S
ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR'S SCOPE OF WORK AS WELL AS THE OWNER'S
EXPECTATIONS FOR ITS EXECUTION. THE INTENT IS THAT THIS BE A GUIDELINE TO
USE IN THE CREATION OF THE BID PACKAGE AND WORK PLANNING DOCUMENTS.
THE WORK PLAN IS THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY AND SHALL
BE COORDINATED WITH THE OWNER AND ENGINEER PRIOR TO IMPLEMENTATION.
CIRCUIT NUMBERS INDICATED DO NOT REFLECT THE ACTUAL POSITION OF THE
CIRCUIT BREAKERS IN THE PANEL; RATHER, THE NUMBERS INDICATE WHICH
DEVICES ARE CONNECTED TO A COMMON CIRCUIT.
EXISTING TO REMAIN, "ETR", ON THIS PLAN REFERS TO THE STATUS OF BASIC
ELECTRICAL DEVICES. THERE MAY BE SOME WORK REQUIRED IN THESE SPACES
INVOLVING BACK-FEEDING EXISTING CIRCUITS OR OTHER MODIFICATIONS. SEE ALL
DOCUMENTS THAT MAKE UP THIS CONTRACT FOR THE TOTAL EXTENT OF WORK
REQUIRED IN ALL SPACES.

A.

B.

C.

REFER TO ARCHTECTURAL PLANS FOR THE FIRE RATING OF ALL WALLS AND
FLOORS. FIRESTOP ALL PENETRATIONS THROUGH FIREWALLS AND FLOORS WITH A
UL RATED SOLUTION. REFER TO FIRE STOPPING SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL
INFORMATION.

EDITION

LIGHTING FIXTURES:
CODE

WISCONSIN 361 - 366 ADMINISTRATION AND
ENFORCEMENT
THIS INCLUDES THE 2015 EDITION OF:
INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE
INTERNATIONAL ENERGY CODE
INTERNATIONAL MECHANICAL CODE
INTERNATIONAL FUEL GAS CODE
INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE

IN EXISTING OCCUPIED AREAS, PERMANENTLY SEAL AND LABEL ANY
PENETRATIONS MADE IN A FIRE OR SMOKE BARRIER WITHIN 24 HOURS OF MAKING
THE PENETRATION.
PROVIDE APPROVED FIRE RATING LABEL ON BOTH SIDES OF A PENETRATION
SEPARATED BY BUILDING AND FLOOR.

INDICATES FIXTURE TYPE (TYPICAL)

A
1a
3b

A
(X-*)a
E-*

EMERGENCY LIGHTING CONTROL DESIGNATOR (TYPICAL)

FIRST DESIGNATOR (TYPICAL)
SECOND DESIGNATOR (TYPICAL)
LIGHTING CIRCUITING NOTES -

BY ADOPTING THE 2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING
CODE, THE FOLLOWING NFPA CODES ARE ADOPTED:
2013 NFPA 20 STANDARD FOR THE
INSTALLATION OF STATIONARY PUMPS FOR
FIRE PROTECTION
2013 NFPA 72 NATIONAL FIRE ALARM AND
SIGNALING CODE
2015 NFPA 101 LIFE SAFETY CODE
2013 NFPA 110 STANDARD FOR EMERGENCY
AND STANDBY SYSTEMS
DEC.
2019

WISCONSIN SPS 316 STATE ELECTRICAL CODE INCLUDES
2017 EDITION OF NFPA 70
LIGHTING ENERGY CALCULATION METHOD:
IECC 2015 OR ASHRAE 90.1-2013

1. SINGLE DESIGNATOR INDICATES THE CIRCUIT AND CONTROL MEANS FOR THE ENTIRE FIXTURE.
2. NO HATCH INDICATES FIXTURE FED FROM NORMAL BRANCH OF POWER. DIAGONAL HATCH
INDICATES FIXTURE SERVED FROM OPTIONAL OR CRITICAL BRANCH OF POWER. SOLID HATCH
INDICATES FIXTURE SERVED FROM EMERGENCY OR LIFE SAFETY BRANCH OF POWER.
3. WHEN TWO DESIGNATORS, AND THE FIRST DESIGNATOR IS IN PARENTHESES, THAT INDICATES
THAT A FIXTURE IS A CONTROLLED EMERGENCY / LIFE SAFETY LIGHT UTILIZING A UL924 LISTED
EMERGENCY LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICE TO ILLUMINATE THE FIXTURE TO FULL BRIGHTNESS IN A
LOSS OF NORMAL POWER. IN THIS SITUATION, THE FIRST DESIGNATOR INDICATES THE (NORMAL
BRANCH SENSING CIRCUIT) AND CONTROL MEANS FOR THE FIXTURE. THE SECOND DESIGNATOR
INDICATES THE EMERGENCY / LIFE SAFETY BRANCH CIRCUIT FOR THE FIXTURE. REFER TO
LIGHTING DETAILS FOR WIRING DIAGRAMS.
4. WHEN TWO DESIGNATORS AND NO PARENTHESES, THAT INDICATES THAT A FIXTURE IS WIRED
TO TWO SEPARATE CIRCUITS AND CONTROL MEANS. THE FIRST DESIGNATOR IS WIRED TO ONE
SET OF LED BOARDS AND DRIVER(S) WITHIN THE FIXTURE. THE SECOND DESIGNATOR IS WIRED
TO A SEPARATE SET OF LED BOARDS AND DRIVER(S) WITHIN THE FIXTURE. REFER TO LIGHT
FIXTURE SCHEDULE FOR MORE INFORMATION.

Consultant:

DESIGNATOR DESCRIPTION:

X-3b

LOWER CASE LETTERS INDICATE SWITCH DESIGNATION CONTROLLING
ASSOCIATED FIXTURE. ABSENCE OF ANY LETTER INDICATES FIXTURES
CONTROLLED VIA SWITCH(ES) IN THE ASSOCIATED ROOM. UPPERCASE "U"
INDICATES ASSOCIATED FIXTURES ARE UNSWITCHED.

17400 West Capitol Drive - Brookfield, WI 53045
301 South Blount Street, Suite 101 - Madison, WI 53703
Phone: 414.778.1700 / Fax: 414.778.2360 / [email protected]
RD Project Number: 224051.01

INDICATES THE CIRCUIT NUMBER SERVING FIXTURES.

PROJECT NOTES - DEMOLITION
A.

ALL ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT SHOWN ON THE DEMOLITION PLANS ARE "EXISTING TO
BE REMOVED" UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. IN ADDITION TO REMOVING
DEVICES, REMOVE ALL ASSOCIATED ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS, CONDUITS AND
CONDUCTORS, BACK TO SOURCE. REFER TO THE SPECIFICATIONS FOR
ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION REQUIREMENTS. EMILY ADD: THIS SCOPE OF WORK
INCLUDES COMMUNICATIONS AND OTHER LOW VOLTAGE CABLINE INDICATED ON
DEMOLITION PLANS.

B.

EXISTING TO REMAIN "EX" REFERS TO THE STATUS OF BASIC ELECTRICAL DEVICES.
THERE MAY BE SOME WORK REQUIRED IN THESE SPACES INVOLVING BACKFEEDING EXISTING CIRCUITS OR OTHER MODIFICATIONS. SEE ALL DOCUMENTS
THAT MAKE UP THIS CONTRACT FOR THE TOTAL EXTENT OF WORK REQUIRED IN
ALL SPACES.

C.

ALL INFORMATION SHOWN ON THE PLANS WAS GATHERED FROM FIELD
OBSERVATION AND EXISTING DRAWINGS. FIELD VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS AND
PROVIDE ADDITIONAL TRACING, REMOVING, RELOCATING AND EXTENDING OF
CIRCUITS AND DEVICES NECESSARY TO MAINTAIN CONTINUITY OF EXISTING
EQUIPMENT NOT IN THE AREA OF WORK. FIELD VERIFY EXACT DEMOLITION
REQUIREMENTS AND INCLUDE ALL ASSOCIATED COSTS. ALL ABANDONED WIRING,
CONDUITS, FITTINGS, BOXES, SUPPORTS, ETC. TO BE REMOVED FROM THE
DEVICES BACK TO THE RESPECTIVE SOURCE PANEL. PROVIDE REVISED TYPED
CIRCUIT DIRECTORY IN PANELBOARDS THAT HAVE CIRCUITS REMOVED. REFER TO
THE SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION REQUIREMENTS.

D.

E.

F.

DASHED WALLS ON THE DEMOLITION PLANS INDICATE, IN GENERAL, EXISTING
WALLS BEING DEMOLISHED. DO NOT RELY ON ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS TO
DETERMINE EXTENT OF GENERAL CONSTRUCTION DEMOLITION. REFER TO
ARCHITECTURAL DEMOLITION PLANS FOR THE EXACT EXTENT OF GENERAL
CONSTRUCTION DEMOLITION REQUIRED BY THIS CONTRACT.
REFER TO DEMOLITION DRAWINGS OF OTHER TRADES. WHERE MOTORS, CONTROL
PANELS, AND OTHER LOADS THAT HAVE AN ELECTRICAL CONNECTION ARE BEING
REMOVED, INCLUDE THE DISCONNECTION AND REMOVAL OF ASSOCIATED
ELECTRICAL FEEDS, CIRCUITS, AND LOOSE CONTROL EQUIPMENT IN THIS
CONTRACT.
SUPPORT AND PROTECT ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT EXISTING TO REMAIN, INCLUDING
BUT NOT LIMITED TO; CONDUITS, WIRING, DEVICES, AND FIXTURES AS REQUIRED.

INDICATES BRANCH PANELBOARD SERVING THE FIXTURE. SEE PLAN FOR AREAS
SERVED BY PANELBOARD(S).
ELECTRICAL DEVICES:

Project:
X-3

XX
X-3

SPECIAL OUTLET
DESIGNATOR

DESIGNATOR

OZAUKEE COUNTY
JUSTICE CENTER

DESIGNATOR DESCRIPTION:
X-3
INDICATES THE CIRCUIT NUMBER SERVING DEVICE.
INDICATES BRANCH PANELBOARD SERVING THE DEVICE. SEE PLAN FOR AREAS SERVED BY
PANELBOARD(S).

Key Plan:

OFFICE - 277 & 120 VOLTS

NH NL QH QL EH EL -

Location:
1201 S. Spring St
Port Washington,WI 53074

NORMAL BRANCH - 277 VOLTS
NORMAL BRANCH - 120 VOLTS
EQUIPMENT BRANCH - 277 VOLTS
EQUIPMENT BRANCH - 120 VOLTS
EMERGENCY BRANCH - 277 VOLTS
EMERGENCY BRANCH - 120 VOLTS

NOTE DESCRIPTIONS -

GENERAL NOTES

-

SHEET NOTES
KEYED NOTES

-

DETAIL NOTES

-

NOTES THAT APPLY TO ALL DRAWINGS WITHIN THE
DRAWING SET.
NOTES THAT APPLY TO THE SHEET ON WHICH THEY APPEAR.
NOTES THAT APPLY TO AN AREA, ITEM AND/OR DEVICE ON A
FLOOR PLAN OR DETAIL.
NOTES THAT APPLY TO A SPECIFIC DETAIL.

Sheet:

ELECTRICAL
ABBREVIATIONS, CODES
AND DESIGNATORS

Attachment: Project Documents_Invitation for Bid_Justice_Dispatch_Electrical_FINAL_2-27-2025 (Review/Approve Dispatch Center Electrical Bid)

1P
A
AC
ACLG
ADO
AF
AFF
AFG
AFI

212 North 25th Street | Milwaukee, WI 53233 | ventarch.com

ELECTRICAL ABBREVIATIONS LIST

TELEPHONE [414] 2 7 1 . 3 3 5 9
FACSIMILE [414] 4 7 6 . 8 5 8 2

8.a.1.b

Revisions:
No.
1

Date:
Description:
11/22/24 CB-1

Date:

November 8, 2024
Project No.:

Set Type:

240023.00

Final Owner Review

Sheet No.:

E001
1

Packet Pg. 57

8.a.1.b

PROJECT AREA.

2.

ALL FIRE ALARM DEVICES SHALL BE WIRED BACK TO EXISTING FIRE ALARM PANEL
IN THIS LOCATION.

212 North 25th Street | Milwaukee, WI 53233 | ventarch.com

1.

TELEPHONE [414] 2 7 1 . 3 3 5 9
FACSIMILE [414] 4 7 6 . 8 5 8 2

KEYNOTES

Consultant:

EX
MDP/XPA

Project:

OZAUKEE COUNTY
JUSTICE CENTER

FA/CP
B/PA
B/GA

2

ETR
EX
EX

Location:
1201 S. Spring St
Port Washington,WI 53074
Key Plan:

1

Sheet:

OVERALL FIRST FLOOR
ELECTRICAL PLAN

Attachment: Project Documents_Invitation for Bid_Justice_Dispatch_Electrical_FINAL_2-27-2025 (Review/Approve Dispatch Center Electrical Bid)

17400 West Capitol Drive - Brookfield, WI 53045
301 South Blount Street, Suite 101 - Madison, WI 53703
Phone: 414.778.1700 / Fax: 414.778.2360 / [email protected]
RD Project Number: 224051.01

Revisions:
No.
1

Date:
Description:
11/22/24 CB-1

Date:

November 8, 2024

1

FIRST FLOOR POWER PLAN
1/8" = 1'-0"

Project No.:

Set Type:

240023.00

Final Owner Review

Sheet No.:

E101
Packet Pg. 58

212 North 25th Street | Milwaukee, WI 53233 | ventarch.com

SHEET NOTES

E/PA

E/GA

A.

WIRE ALL EXIT SIGNS TO CIRCUIT E/PA-21 UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED.

B.

WIRE ALL EMERGENCY BATTERY UNIT (EBU) LIGHTS TO UNSWITCHED NORMAL
LIGHTING CIRCUIT SERVING THE AREA WHERE EBU IS LOCATED.

C.

SERVE ALL 480/277 VOLT, NORMAL BRANCH CIRCUITS "NH" FROM PANEL ''B/PA'',
UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED.

D.

SERVE ALL 480/277 VOLT, ARTICLE 702 OPTIONAL STANDBY BRANCH CIRCUITS
"OSBH" FROM PANEL ''E/PA'', UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED.

E.

SERVE ALL 208/120 VOLT, NORMAL BRANCH CIRCUITS "NL" FROM PANEL ''B/GA'',
UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED.

F.

SERVE ALL 208/120 VOLT, UPS BRANCH CIRCUITS "UL" FROM PANEL ''UPS/GA'',
UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED.

G.

SERVE ALL 208/120 VOLT, ARTICLE 702 OPTIONAL STANDBY BRANCH CIRCUITS
"OSBL" FROM PANEL ''E/GA'', UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED.

H.

ALL LOW VOLTAGE DATA CABLING DESIGN AND INSTALLATION SHALL BE THE
RESPONSIBILITY OF THE OWNER UNDER A SEPERATE CONTRACT.

STORAGE

TELEPHONE [414] 2 7 1 . 3 3 5 9
FACSIMILE [414] 4 7 6 . 8 5 8 2

8.a.1.b

KEYNOTES
W

1.

TRANSFORMER HUNG FROM CEILING.

2.

NOTE NOT USED.

3.

EXISTING LIGHTING AND CONTROLS TO REMAIN.

4.

OUTLET DEDICATED FOR IT RACK USE. MOUNT OUTLET 6" FROM CEILING.

5.

TYPE FC TO BE CHAIN MOUNTED SUCH THAT THE BOTTOM OF LIGHT FIXTURE IS
9'-0" ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR, TYPICAL.

6.

TYPE XS TO BE MOUNTED 8'-0" ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR, TYPICAL.

7.

WIRELESS PEDESTAL MOUNTED DIMMING STATION , TO PROVIDE INDIVIDUAL
CONTROL OF TYPE AN1 FIXTURE ABOVE WORK STATION WITH THE
CORRESPONDING SWITCH LEG, TYPICAL.

8.

RELOCATE EXISTING GENERATOR ANNUNCIATOR PANEL CURRENTLY LOCATED IN
EXSITING DISPATCH CENTER. CAPTURE AND EXTEND WIRING FROM EXTISING
PANEL TO NEW PANEL LOCATION SHOWN ON DRAWINGS. CONFIRM EXACT
LOCATION WITH OWNER PRIOR TO INSTALLATION.

Consultant:

TRAINING ROOM

P

P

P

9.

P

P

RELCOATE EXSITNG FIRE ALARM ANNUNCIATOR PANEL CURRENTLY LOCATED IN
EXSITING DISPATCH CENTER. WIRE PANEL TO FIRE ALARM PANELS WITHIN ROOM
B050. CONFIRM EXACT LOCATION WITH OWNER PRIOR TO INSTALLATION.

Project:

OZAUKEE COUNTY
JUSTICE CENTER

10. MOUNT OUTLET HORIZONTALLY TO FIT BETWEEN COUNTERTOP AND WINDOW.

P

11. PROVIDE (3) FIRE ALARM MONITOR MODULES (ALARM, TROUBLE, SUPERVISORY)
FOR THE NEW CLEAN AGENT FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM. MONITOR MODULES
SHALL SEND A SUPERVISORY SIGNAL TO THE FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL UPON
ACTIVATION. VERIFY EXACT LOCATION OF CLEAN AGENT CONTROL PANEL WITH
CLEAN AGENT VENDOR/INSTALLER PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF THE MONITOR
MODULES.
12. PROVIDE SQUARE JUNCTION BOX AND 3/4" CONDUIT FROM JUNCTION BOX STUBBED
TO ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILING FOR DATA PORTS. CABLE, FACEPLATE, AND DEVICE
INSTALLATION BY OTHERS.
13. PROVIDE SQUARE JUNCTION BOX AND 3/4" CONDUIT FROM JUNCTION BOX TO
ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILING FOR WALL PHONE. CABLE, FACEPLATE AND DEVICE
INSTALLATION BY OTHERS.

1

OSBL-21

EX
T/EGA

E/GA

Unoccupied
Unoccupied

FC
NH-13

OSBL-21

E/PA

3e

FC
NH-13

5
OS

cd

XHE

3f
AN
NH-13 b

OS

EX
GFB
REF
NL-23

12

NL-36
OSBL-21
F

GFB
MW
NL-18

OFFICE
F
B048A
VO1

OSBL-21

UL-1

OFFICE F
B048B VO1

AN
OSBH-19 c

12
UL-1

VO1

NL-36
GFI

CN
NH-13 a

UB
NL-18

CN
NH-13 a

F

OSBL-23

OSBL-23

13

10

10
NL-34

NL-34

10
NL-34

8

GEN/ANN

9

FA/ANN

a
b

CN
OSBH-19 a
ELEVATOR
EQUIPMENT
B044

b
a

AN
OSBH-19 a

AN
OSBH-19 a

Sheet:

FIRST FLOOR ELECTRICAL
PLANS

DA b
NH-13

3

AN
NH-13 d

AN
OSBH-19 c

OS G

AN
NH-13 d

DA b
NH-13

NL-36

AN
NH-13 d
11
TOILET
B046

DISPATCH CENTER
B049

DA1
NH-13 f

3

DA1 f
NH-13

DA1
OSBH-19 e

DISPATCH CENTER
B049
DA1 f
NH-13
AN1 g
NH-13

AN1 h
NH-13

AN1 i
NH-13

F

FF1 FF2 FF3
UL-15 UL-17 OSBL-25

DA1
NH-13 f

AA
NH-13

F

SD
1

AN1 x
NH-13

XSE

VO3

8

W

FF1 FF2 FF3
UL-11 UL-13 OSBL-15

W

OS

FF1 FF2 FF3
UL-7 UL-9 OSBL-13

W

UPS/DB

b
a

OFFICE
B048B

OS G

MM F

UL-22
4

OFFICE
B048A

XJE
MM F

OS G

CN
NH-13 a

MM F

TOILET
B046

OS G

6

BREAK AREA
B047

NL-36

10
NL-34

ELEVATOR
EQUIPMENT
B044

UB
NL-18

OSBL-23

AN
NH-13 b

XHE

XSE

OS G

HV1
BREAK AREA
B047

g h

i

W x

AN1 j
NH-13

W j

XSE
DA1
NH-13 f

Revisions:
No.
1

Date:
Description:
11/22/24 CB-1

T/UPSGA
ELECTRICAL ROOM 46"
B050 NL-36

ELECTRICAL ROOM
B050
VO3

FF1 FF2 FF3
UL-6 UL-8 OSBL-20

FF1 FF2 FF3
UL-10 UL-12 OSBL-18

FF1 FF2 FF3
UL-14 UL-16 OSBL-16
XHE

DA1 e
OSBH-19

DA1 f
NH-13

DA1
OSBH-19 e

OS G

3d
3c
f
e

DA1
OSBH-19 e

OS G

Ws

W k

AN
NH-13 d

AN1 k
NH-13

DA1
OSBH-19 e

AN1 s
NH-13

m p
AN1 m
NH-13

AN1 p
NH-13

AN1 r
NH-13

DA1 f
NH-13
NL-36

DA1 f
NH-13

W

UPS/GA

FF1 FF2 FF3
FF1 FF2 FF3
UL-18 UL-20 OSBL-29 UL-19 UL-21 OSBL-27

F

W

FF1 FF2 FF3
FF1 FF2 FF3
UL-2 UL-4 OSBL-22 UL-3 UL-5 OSBL-11

W

UPS/BYPASS

Key Plan:

ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION FLOOR PLAN
1/4" = 1'-0"

Unoccupied
Unoccupied

UPS/DIST

Location:
1201 S. Spring St
Port Washington,WI 53074

r

DA1 f
NH-13
XSE

XSE
XHE

Date:

November 8, 2024
Project No.:

Set Type:

240023.00

Final Owner Review

Sheet No.:
3

Attachment: Project Documents_Invitation for Bid_Justice_Dispatch_Electrical_FINAL_2-27-2025 (Review/Approve Dispatch Center Electrical Bid)

17400 West Capitol Drive - Brookfield, WI 53045
301 South Blount Street, Suite 101 - Madison, WI 53703
Phone: 414.778.1700 / Fax: 414.778.2360 / [email protected]
RD Project Number: 224051.01

POWER AND TECHNOLOGY FLOOR PLAN
1/4" = 1'-0"

2

LIGHTING FLOOR PLAN
1/4" = 1'-0"

E201
Packet Pg. 59

212 North 25th Street | Milwaukee, WI 53233 | ventarch.com

CIRCUIT BREAKER INFORMATION

ONE-LINE SYMBOLS

LOW VOLTAGE DISCONNECT SWITCH INFORMATION

"XXX" - DENOTES AMP RATING
OVERLOAD

XX
XX
MEDIUM VOLTAGE
FUSE

LOW VOLTAGE
FUSE

DENOTES THE FOLLOWING:
(XX) DEVICE DESIGNATION TYPE SEE SPECIFICATION

K#

DENOTES THE FOLLOWING:
(AM) AMMETER
(AS) AMMETER SWITCH
(DM) DIGITAL METER
(M)
KWHR METER
(VM) VOLTMETER
(VS) VOLTMETER SWITCH

KEY INTERLOCKING - KEY #
KEY NORMALLY INSERTED
-SEE SCHEDULE & DETAILS

KEY INTERLOCKING - KEY #
KEY NORMALLY REMOVED
-SEE SCHEDULE & DETAILS

X

POTENTIAL TRANSFORMER

PANELBOARD

X

TRANSFORMER
CURRENT TRANSFORMER

LOW VOLTAGE
DISCONNECT SWITCH

NORMALLY CLOSED
CONTACTOR

DENOTES THE FOLLOWING:
(ATS) AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH
(BW) BUS WAY
(CAP) CAPACITOR
(CB)
CIRCUIT BREAKER
(CON) CONTACTOR
(DS)
DISCONNECT SWITCH
(EDS) ELEVATOR DISCONNECT SWITCH
(EDP) ELEVATOR DISTRIBUTION PANEL
(F)
FUSE
(FS)
FUSIBLE SWITCH
(JB)
JUNCTION BOX
(MTS) MANUAL TRANSFER SWITCH
(MVC) MEDIUM VOLTAGE FUSED CUTOUT
(MVF) MEDIUM VOLTAGE FUSE
(MVFS) MEDIUM VOLTAGE FUSIBLE SWITCH
(MVS) MEDIUM VOLTAGE SWITCH
(MVT) MEDIUM VOLTAGE CABLE TERMINATION
(PLC) POWER LINE CONDITIONER
(T)
TRANSFORMER
(SS)
SURGE SUPPRESSION
(UPS) UNINTERRUPTIBLE POWER SUPPLY
(WW) WIREWAY

LOW VOLTAGE FUSED
DISCONNECT SWITCH

MEDIUM VOLTAGE
SWITCH

ENCLOSURE

DENOTES THE FOLLOWING:
(XX) DEVICE DESIGNNATION

K#

MEDIUM VOLTAGE
FUSIBLE SWITCH

XX
XX

NORMALLY OPEN
CONTACTOR

FLOAT SWITCH

LIGHT FIXTURE

1
CONTROL SWITCH

2

XXXAF
XXXAS
XXXAT
3P
XX
XX
XX

XXX
XXX
XXX

"AF" - DENOTES AMP FRAME
"AS" - DENOTES AMP SENSOR
"AT" - DENOTES AMP TRIP

CIRCUIT BREAKER ACCESSORIES
ALS - ALARM SWITCH
AXS - AUXILIARY SWITCH
EOP - ELECTRIC OPERATOR
ST - SHUNT TRIP
UVT - UNDER VOLTAGE TRIP

CIRCUIT BREAKER OPTIONS
AF - ARC FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTER (RESIDENTIAL ONLY)
AR - ARC FLASH REDUCTION
CL - CURRENT LIMITING
FR - FULLY RATED (100%)
GE - GROUND FAULT PROTECTION - EQUIPMENT
GP - GROUND FAULT PROTECTION - PERSONNEL
GS - GROUND FAULT SENSING / ALARM
HC - HEATING, COOLING, AIR CONDITIONING, REFRIGERATION - HCAR
HM - HIGH MAGNETIC - HID, MOTORS
MD - MODIFIED DIFFERENTIAL GROUND FAULT
MP - MOTOR CIRCUIT PROTECTOR
MS - MOLDED CASE SWITCH
L1 - LONG TIME / INSTANTANEOUS - LI
L2 - LONG TIME / SHORT TIME / INSTANTANEOUS - LSI
L3 - LONG TIME / SHORT TIME / INSTANTANEOUS / GROUND FAULT TRIP - LSIG
L4 - LONG TIME / SHORT TIME / INSTANTANEOUS / GROUND FAULT SENSING - LSIA
SC - SYSTEM COMMUNICATION
SD - SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS
SM - SYSTEM MONITORING
ZS - ZONE SELECTIVE INTERLOCKING

"XXX" - DENOTES AMP RATING
XXXAS
3P
XXXAF

XXXAS
3P
XXXAF

DS XXX
XXX XXX
XXX XXX

FS XXX
XXX XXX
XXX XXX

TELEPHONE [414] 2 7 1 . 3 3 5 9
FACSIMILE [414] 4 7 6 . 8 5 8 2

8.a.1.b

"AS" - DENOTES AMP SWITCH
"AF" - DENOTES AMP FUSE

DISCONNECT SWITCH ACCESSORIES
AXS - AUXILIARY SWITCH
DL - DOUBLE LUGS
PL - PILOT LIGHT
VW - VIEWING WINDOW

DISCONNECT SWITCH TYPE
DS - UNFUSED DISCONNECT SWITCH
EDS - ELEVATOR DISCONNECT SWITCH
FS - FUSED DISCONNECT SWITCH

CIRCUIT BREAKER TYPE
MC - MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKER
IC - INSULATED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKER
PC - LOW VOLTAGE POWER CIRCUIT BREAKER
SS - SOLID STATE MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKER

SURGE SUPPRESSION

X

XX
DENOTES
LA = LIGHTNING ARRESTORS
SPD = SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICE
MEDIUM VOLTAGE
FUSED CUTOUT

FEEDER CONTINUATION CONNECTION #

EXX

MANUAL OR AUTOMATIC
TRANSFER SWITCH

FEEDER CONTINUED ON SHEET INDICATED

XXX/XX

DEVICE UPSTREAM OR DOWNSTREAM

Consultant:

LOW VOLTAGE
CIRCUIT BREAKER

CAPACITOR

LOW VOLTAGE
DRAWOUT
CIRCUIT BREAKER

MEDIUM VOLTAGE
CABLE TERMINATION

17400 West Capitol Drive - Brookfield, WI 53045
301 South Blount Street, Suite 101 - Madison, WI 53703
Phone: 414.778.1700 / Fax: 414.778.2360 / [email protected]
RD Project Number: 224051.01

NO
BYPASS ISOLATION
TRANSFER SWITCH

GROUND

NC
EQUIPMENT CONNECTION SEE EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE

Project:

OZAUKEE COUNTY
JUSTICE CENTER

JUNCTION BOX

LOW VOLTAGE
DRAWOUT POWER
CIRCUIT BREAKER

G

ENGINE GENERATOR

TRANSFER SWITCH INFORMATION

TRANSFORMER INFORMATION

Location:
1201 S. Spring St
Port Washington,WI 53074

SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICE

Key Plan:

ATS

TRANSFER SWITCH ID

AMPS

XXX

XXX

VOLTAGE

XXX

XXX

CLOSING & WITHSTAND AIC RATING
TRANSFER
AUTO - AUTOMATIC
MAN - MANUAL

XXX

XXX

XXX

OPTIONS
X /X
1 - LOAD SHED RELAY
2 - BLOCK TRANSFER RELAY
3 - SYNCH CHECK RELAY
4 - PEAK READING AMMETER
5 - STANDARD METER
6 - VOLTMETER
7 - COMPRESSION LUGS
8 - ELEVATOR INTERFACE RELAY
9 - OVERLAPPING NEUTRAL CONTACTS
10 - DIGITAL METERING
11 - MICROPROCESSOR POWER
12 - NORMAL SOURCE CONTACT AVAILABLE

XXX
XXX
/X

/X

/X

BRANCH
N - NORMAL BRANCH
LS - LIFE SAFETY BRANCH
CR - CRITICAL CARE BRANCH
EQ - EQUIPMENT BRANCH
EM - EMERGENCY BRANCH
ES - ESSENTIAL SYSTEMS
NES - NON ESSENTIAL SYSTEMS
POLES
CYCLE CLOSING & WITHSTAND RATING
3 CYCLE
30 CYCLE
TRANSFER SWITCH TYPE
BYPASS
NON BYPASS
FIRE PUMP

TYPE
DT - DRY TYPE
LF - LIQUID FILLED
DP - DRY TYPE PAD MOUNT
LP - LIQUID FILLED PAD MOUNT
CR - CAST RESIN
EC - ENCAPSULATED CORE
RATING
EE - ENERGY EFFICIENT
GP - GENERAL PURPOSE
K-# - K-RATED

XX

T

TRANSFORMER ID

XXX kVA

kVA

P: XXX

PRIMARY VOLTAGE

S: XXX

SECONDARY VOLTAGE

XXX

XXX
XXX

X /X

/X

SPD

TEMPERATURE RISE
MOUNTING TYPE
OPTIONS
1 - NON VENTILATED ENCLOSURE
2 - INTEGRAL STRIP HEATER
3 - WEATHER SHIELD
4 - NEMA 3R
5 - STAINLESS STEEL

TYPE
SE - 125 kA - SERVICE ENTRANCE
BP - 80 kA - BRANCH PANEL

XXX

OPTIONS
X /X
1 - UNIT STATUS INDICATORS
2 - AUDIBLE ALARM
3 - TRANSIENT COUNTER
4 - REMOTE MONITOR PANEL
5 - SERVICE DISCONNECT SWITCH
6 - SUMMARY ALARM RELAY CONTACTS
7 - HIGH PERFORMANCE INTERCONNECT CABLE
8 - MASTERMIND MONITORING

/X

SPD ID

VOLTAGE

XXX
/X

TRANSITION
OPEN TRANSITION
CLOSED TRANSITION
DELAYED TRANSITION

Sheet:

ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS
SPECIAL ONE-LINE SYMBOLS

Attachment: Project Documents_Invitation for Bid_Justice_Dispatch_Electrical_FINAL_2-27-2025 (Review/Approve Dispatch Center Electrical Bid)

NO

GENERAL NOTES 1.

ALL ITEMS INDICATED BY A DARK SOLID LINE AS SHOWN BELOW ARE
NEW.

2.

ALL ITEMS INDICATED BY A LIGHT DASHED LINE AS SHOWN BELOW
ARE EXISTING TO REMAIN.

3.

ALL ITEMS INDICATED BY A DARK DASH-DOT-DASH LINE AS SHOWN
BELOW ARE EXISTING TO BE REMOVED.

4.

ALL ITEMS INDICATED BY A LIGHT DASH-DOT-DASH LINE AS SHOWN
BELOW ARE TYPICAL EQUIPMENT DIVISIONS.

5.

ALL ITEMS INDICATED BY A LIGHT SOLID LINE AS SHOWN BELOW ARE
FUTURE.

6.

ALL DOWNTIME SHALL BE SCHEDULED WITH THE OWNER AND SHALL
BE KEPT TO AN ABSOLUTE MINIMUM.

7.

THE PANELS AND SWITCHBOARDS INDICATED ON THE ONE LINE
DIAGRAM SHALL BE PROTECTED FROM AVAILABLE FAULT CURRENT
SHOWN BY EITHER OF THE FOLLOWING METHODS:

POWER LINE
CONDITIONER

DOUBLE CONVERSION SINGLE INPUT
UNINTERRUPTIBLE POWER SUPPLY (UPS)
(MODIFY TO MAKE JOB SPECIFIC)

DOUBLE CONVERSION DUAL INPUT
UNINTERRUPTIBLE POWER SUPPLY (UPS)
(MODIFY TO MAKE JOB SPECIFIC)

Revisions:
No.
1

Date:
Description:
11/22/24 CB-1

- PROVIDE BREAKERS WITH A MINIMUM AIC RATING GREATER THAN
INDICATED
- THE SERIES RATING METHOD IS NOT ACCEPTABLE

Date:

November 8, 2024
Project No.:

Set Type:

240023.00

Final Owner Review

Sheet No.:

E400
1

Packet Pg. 60

1.

UPS/BYPASS SHALL BE A 200A RATED 3-POLE NON-FUSED DOUBLE THROW SWITCH.
SQUARE D DTU324N OR EQUAL.

2.

WIRE SIZED PER MANUFACTURERS REQUIREMENTS.

3.

REPLACE EXISTING PANEL WITH NEW PANEL. NEW PANEL SHALL MATCH
CHARACTERISTICS OF EXISTING PANEL. EXTEND EXISTING FEEDER AS REQUIRED
TO NEW PANEL. NEW PANEL SHALL BE INSTALLED IN THE SAME LOCATION AS
EXISTING PANEL. REFER TO E601 FOR NEW PANEL SCHEDULE AND PANEL
REQUIREMENTS.

MDP/X
600AMPS @

480/277 VOLTS 3Ø 4W

212 North 25th Street | Milwaukee, WI 53233 | ventarch.com

KEYNOTES

POWER PANEL CONSTRUCTION
MAIN SECTION:

GROUP MOUNTED

DISTRIBUTION SECTION:
MIN AIC RATING =

GROUP MOUNTED

22k AMPS

RMS SYM @ 480 VOLTS
3P

3P

E

E

PA

PA

E

E

GA

GA

TELEPHONE [414] 2 7 1 . 3 3 5 9
FACSIMILE [414] 4 7 6 . 8 5 8 2

8.a.1.b

3

T/EGA
ATS
T/UTIL

ATS

NON BYPASS

NON BYPASS

MSB/PA
2500AMPS @

MDP/XPA

480/277 VOLTS 3Ø 4W

600AMPS @

3P

SWITCHBOARD CONSTRUCTION
MAIN SECTION:

DISTRIBUTION SECTION:

100AT
3P

75AT
3P

125AT
3P

125AT
3P

150AT
3P

125AT
3P

250AT
3P

700AT
3P

700AT
3P

800AT
3P

100AT
3P

600AT
3P

17400 West Capitol Drive - Brookfield, WI 53045
301 South Blount Street, Suite 101 - Madison, WI 53703
Phone: 414.778.1700 / Fax: 414.778.2360 / [email protected]
RD Project Number: 224051.01

480/277 VOLTS 3Ø 4W

POWER PANEL CONSTRUCTION

INDIVIDUAL FIXED

MIN AIC RATING =

3

MAIN SECTION:

GROUP MOUNTED

GROUP MOUNTED
GROUP MOUNTED

DISTRIBUTION SECTION:

100k AMPS

MIN AIC RATING =
60AT
3P

RMS SYM @ 480 VOLTS
*

60AT
3P

50AT
3P

75AT
3P

100AT
3P

30AT
3P

150AT
3P

175AT
3P

150AT
3P

40k AMPS

Project:

RMS SYM @ 480 VOLTS

OZAUKEE COUNTY
JUSTICE CENTER

*
*

COPPER
3 #1/0 &
1 #6 GRD
2"C.

B

G

1

B

G

M

PA

PA

PA

MPA

MPA

MPA

T/GA
DT

500 kVA

B

G

G

XPA

XPA XPB

1

BX

MX

XPA

MPA

XPA

T/XGA

T/UPSGA

DT

DT

112.5 kVA

P: 480V DELTA

P: 480V DELTA

S: 208Y/120V

S: 208Y/120V

S: 208Y/120V
EE

G

1

B

PB

PB

MPB

75 kVA

P: 480V DELTA

COPPER
4 350 kcmil &
1 #2 GRD
3"C.

Location:
1201 S. Spring St
Port Washington,WI 53074
Key Plan:

150°C

CEILING HUNG

MDP/XGA
400AMPS @

UPS/DIST

208/120 VOLTS 3Ø 4W

300AT
3P

3P

SS
L2

POWER PANEL CONSTRUCTION

G

MAIN SECTION:

PC

GROUP MOUNTED

DISTRIBUTION SECTION:
MIN AIC RATING =

208/120 VOLTS 3Ø 4W

MAIN SECTION:

GROUP MOUNTED

DISTRIBUTION SECTION:
MIN AIC RATING =

22k AMPS
75AT
3P

100AT
3P

50AT
3P

125AT
3P

150AT
3P

200AT
3P

SS
L3

SS
L3

MSB/GA
1200AMPS @

400AMPS @

POWER PANEL CONSTRUCTION

GROUP MOUNTED

RMS SYM @ 240 VOLTS

1200AT
3P

PROVIDE SPACES AS FOLLOWS:
(2) 100A 3P

GROUP MOUNTED

10k AMPS

RMS SYM @ 240 VOLTS

208/120 VOLTS 3Ø 4W

POWER PANEL CONSTRUCTION
MAIN SECTION:

GROUP MOUNTED

DISTRIBUTION SECTION:
MIN AIC RATING =
125AT
3P

100AT
3P

75AT
3P

125AT
3P

100AT
3P

150AT
3P

60AT
3P

150AT
3P

150AT
3P

150AT
3P

50AT
3P

150AT
3P

150AT
3P

COPPER
4 #4/0 &
1 #6 GRD
2-1/2"C.

GROUP MOUNTED

100k AMPS

2

RMS SYM @ 240 VOLTS

B

G

G

G

XGA

XGA

XGB

XGC

Sheet:

COPPER
4 #3/0 &
1 #6 GRD
2"C.

BATTERY CABINET 1

UPS CABINET

G

G

G

G

G

1

1

1

1

P

P

P

GA

GA

GC

GD

GE

GF

GA

GB

GD

GE

GA

GB

GC

UPS/DB
40kW / kVA

200AT
3P

B
B

ELECTRICAL ONELINE
DIAGRAM

INPUT: 208V, 3-PHASE

SS

XGB

OUTPUT: 208V, 3-PHASE
STATIC AND MAINTENANCE BYPASS UPS

L2

MIN AIC RATING = 10kAIC
150AT
3P
SS

SS

B

G

1

GB

GB

GC

Attachment: Project Documents_Invitation for Bid_Justice_Dispatch_Electrical_FINAL_2-27-2025 (Review/Approve Dispatch Center Electrical Bid)

2500AT
3P

Consultant:

BATTERY RUN TIME: 6 MIN

L2

L2
150AT
3P

Revisions:
No.
1

2
1

Date:
Description:
11/22/24 CB-1

COPPER
4 #3/0 &
1 #6 GRD
2"C.

UPS BYPASS
200 AMPS

NES

208Y/120V

3 POLE

10 kA @ 240V
MAN

NON BYPASS

OPEN TRANSITION

COPPER
4 #3/0 &
1 #6 GRD
2"C.

Date:

November 8, 2024

UPS

Project No.:

Set Type:

GA

240023.00

Final Owner Review

Sheet No.:

E401
Packet Pg. 61

212 North 25th Street | Milwaukee, WI 53233 | ventarch.com

CRITICAL POWER

NORMAL OR CRITICAL POWER

OCCUPANCY
SENSOR
POWER PACK

OCCUPANCY
SENSOR
POWER PACK

S

DLS

1

DLS

1

SS

SS

OS
OS

OCCUPANCY
SENSORS
AS INDICATED ON
PLANS

OCCUPANCY SENSORS
AS INDICATED ON PLANS

DLS
OS

TELEPHONE [414] 2 7 1 . 3 3 5 9
FACSIMILE [414] 4 7 6 . 8 5 8 2

8.a.1.b

OS

S
OS

OS

S
FIXTURES SERVED
FROM
TWO SOURCES

DETAIL NOTES
S

1.

DETAIL INDICATES A TYPICAL OCCUPANCY SENSOR WIRING
DIAGRAM. SEE FLOOR PLANS FOR THE REQUIRED LIGHTING
CONTROL CONFIGURATION. PROVIDE THE NECESSARY
CONTROL COMPONENTS AND WIRING FOR A COMPLETE
SYSTEM.

2.

SEE FLOOR PLANS FOR QUANTITIES, TYPES AND LOCATIONS OF
OCCUPANCY SENSORS.

3.

ALL FIXTURES LOCATED IN ROOM ARE CONTROLLED BY
OCCUPANCY SENSOR(S) SHOWN ON PLANS.

OCCUPANCY
SENSOR
SLAVE PACK

NORMAL POWER

Consultant:

DETAIL NOTES
DETAIL INDICATES A TYPICAL OCCUPANCY SENSOR WIRING
DIAGRAM. SEE FLOOR PLANS FOR THE REQUIRED LIGHTING
CONTROL CONFIGURATION. PROVIDE THE NECESSARY CONTROL
COMPONENTS AND WIRING FOR A COMPLETE SYSTEM.

KEYNOTES
1.

2.

SEE FLOOR PLANS FOR QUANTITIES, TYPES AND LOCATIONS OF
OCCUPANCY SENSORS.

3.

ALL FIXTURES LOCATED IN ROOM ARE CONTROLLED BY
OCCUPANCY SENSOR(S) SHOWN ON PLANS.

MOUNT IN JUNCTION BOX ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILING OVER
ENTRY DOOR, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.

17400 West Capitol Drive - Brookfield, WI 53045
301 South Blount Street, Suite 101 - Madison, WI 53703
Phone: 414.778.1700 / Fax: 414.778.2360 / [email protected]
RD Project Number: 224051.01

Project:

KEYNOTES
1.

2

OZAUKEE COUNTY
JUSTICE CENTER

MOUNT IN JUNCTION BOX ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILING OVER
ENTRY DOOR, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.

TYPICAL CEILING MOUNTED, MULTI-CIRCUIT OCCUPANCY SENSOR DETAIL

1

NOT TO SCALE

TYPICAL CEILING MOUNTED, SINGLE CIRCUIT OCCUPANCY SENSOR DETAIL
NOT TO SCALE

Location:
1201 S. Spring St
Port Washington,WI 53074
Key Plan:

1

MAX. SPACING
72"

2

MAX.
TRANSFORMER
75 KVA 650 LBS.

3

Sheet:
4

MIN 10' AFF
TO STRUT

ELECTRICAL DETAILS

DETAIL NOTES
1.

Attachment: Project Documents_Invitation for Bid_Justice_Dispatch_Electrical_FINAL_2-27-2025 (Review/Approve Dispatch Center Electrical Bid)

1.

TRANSFORMER UNISTRUT SUPPORTS ARE NOT TO BE USED TO
SUPPORT CONDUIT, LIGHT FIXTURES, OR ANY OTHER
EQUIPMENT THAT IS NOT ASSOCIATED WITH THE
TRANSFORMER TO FACILITATE TRANSFORMER REPLACEMENT.

KEYNOTES
1.

BEAM CLAMP UNISTRUT 1650AS.

2.

1/2" THREADED ROD TYPICAL

3.

PROVIDE MASON INDUSTRIES ND TYPE DOUBLE DEFLECTION
NEOPRENE MOUNT. NEOPRENE MOUNT TO BE SIZED BY
MANUFACTURER TO ACCOMMODATE INSTALLATION AND
TRANSFORMER WEIGHT.

4.

UNISTRUT P1001
Revisions:
No.
1

3

Date:
Description:
11/22/24 CB-1

TRANSFORMER MOUNTING DETAIL
NOT TO SCALE

Date:

November 8, 2024
Project No.:

Set Type:

240023.00

Final Owner Review

Sheet No.:

E500
1

Packet Pg. 62

ID

DESCRIPTION

FF1

FURNITURE FEED

FF2
FF3
MW
REF

VOLTAGE /
PHASE

LOC
B049

LOAD
HP

120/1

FLA

-

-

FEED FROM
KVA
1.8

PANEL

CIRCUIT

SFP

OCPD
BRANCH

SFP

UPS

TYPE
CB

SIZE
20

FEEDER
POLE
1

QTY

PHASE

2

12

GRD

MOTOR CONTROLLER
COND

12

1/2"

FURN
BY

INST
BY

WIRE
BY

LOC

-

-

-

-

TYPE

DISCONNECT SWITCH
OPTIONS

-

FURN
BY

INST
BY

WIRE
BY

LOC

-

-

-

-

-

FIXTURE

CONNECTION
OPTIONS
-

SCCR
-

NEMA TYPE OPTIONS
-

-

MTG
HEIGHT

SEE NOTE

-

1

ID

DESCRIPTION

LIGHT SOURCE
TYPE

NO.

DESCRIPTION

2X4 TROFFER

FURNITURE FEED

B049

120/1

-

-

1.8

SFP

SFP

UPS

CB

20

1

2

12

12

1/2"

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

1

FURNITURE FEED (NON-UPS)

B049

120/1

-

-

1.8

SFP

SFP

UPS

CB

20

1

2

12

12

1/2"

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

2

-

2

MICROWAVE

B047

REFRIGERATOR

212 North 25th Street | Milwaukee, WI 53233 | ventarch.com

LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE

GENERAL EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE

AA

PATTERNED 12, FROSTED ACRYLIC, .125" THICK

BALLASTS/DRIVERS

INPUT

CRI (MIN.)

TYPE

CONTROL

CIRCUITS

WATTS

SURFACE

FIXTURE

FIXTURE SPECIFICATION AND ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS

TYPE

DEPTH

MANUFACTURER

CATALOG SERIES

4000

80

DR

SW

1

METALUX

24GR-LD5-42-F125-UNV-L840-CD-1-PAF-U

R

LG

<4"

38

4000

80

DR

DM1

MVOLT

R

LG

<4"

38

4000

80

DR

38

MVOLT

R

LG

<4"

33

4000

80

1

33

MVOLT

R

LG

<4"

9

4000

DM1

1

9

MVOLT

R

LG

<5"

17

DR

DM1

1

17

MVOLT

R

LG

<5"

80

DR

SW

1

35

MVOLT

SUSP

ES

-

4000

80

DR

SW

1

11

120

S

CAB

-

VOLT

MOUNT

35

MVOLT

1

38

DM1

1

DR

DM1

80

DR

4000

80

35

4000

11

WATTS

K

35

4200
LED

-

DELIVERED

OPTIONS

SEE
NOTE

1

1A

1

1A

1

1A,2

1

1A

28,48

1B

28,48

1B

1

1A

28,54

1C

61,62,64,66

1D

61,62,64,66

1D

64

1D

LUMENS
2X4 VOLUMETRIC TROFFER
AN

ANGLED LENS WITH CENTER METAL ACCENT

4500
LED

-

METALUX

DELIVERED

24EN-LD2-45-UNV-L840-CD1-U

LUMENS
120/1

B047

-

120/1

-

-

-

1.0
0.5

SFP

SFP

SFP

SFP

N
N

CB
CB

20
20

1
1

2
2

12
12

12
12

1/2"
1/2"

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

2,14
2,14

-

-

2X4 VOLUMETRIC TROFFER
AN1

ANGLED LENS WITH CENTER METAL ACCENT

4500
LED

-

METALUX

DELIVERED

24EN-LD2-45-UNV-L840-CD1-U

LUMENS

ABBREVIATIONS:
N=
LS =
CR =
EQ =
700 =
701 =
702 =

NORMAL BRANCH
ARTICLE 517, LIFE SAFETY BRANCH
ARTICLE 517, CRITICAL CARE BRANCH
ARTICLE 517, EQUIPMENT BRANCH
ARTICLE 700, EMERGENCY BRANCH
ARTICLE 701, LEGALLY REQUIRED STANDBY BRANCH
ARTICLE 702, OPTIONAL STANDBY BRANCH

UPS =
OCPD =
CB =
F=
BOL =
CS =
ECM =

UNINTERRUPTIBLE POWER SUPPLY
OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICE
CIRCUIT BREAKER
FUSE
BUILT-IN OVERLOAD
COMBINATION MOTOR CONTROLLER
ELECTRICALLY COMMUTATED MOTOR

MAG =
MAN =
RVS =
SS =
VFD =
IU =
NU =

MAGNETIC MOTOR CONTROLLER
MANUAL MOTOR CONTROLLER
REDUCE VOLTAGE MOTOR CONTROLLER
SOLID STATE MOTOR CONTROLLER
VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE
IN UNIT
NEAR UNIT

OU =
EC =
FS =
GC =
MC =
MFR =
OWN =

ON UNIT
ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR
FOOD SERVICE EQUIP. CONTRACTOR
GENERAL CONTRACTOR
MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR
MANUFACTURER
OWNER

PC =
SA =
SD =
SFP =
SFS =
WP =

PLUMBING CONTRACTOR
SEE ARCHITECTURAL DETAILS
SEE DRAWINGS
SEE FLOOR PLANS
SEE FOOD SERVICE PLANS
WEATHERPROOF

2X2 VOLUMETRIC TROFFER
CN

ANGLED LENS WITH CENTER METAL ACCENT

3900
LED

-

4" APERATURE ROUND DOWNLIGHT
= SINGLE RECEPTACLE

4 = NON-FUSIBLE DISCONNECT

7

= LOCKABLE

10 = VERIFY WITH MANUFACTURER PRIOR TO INSTALLATION

13 = GFI RECEPTACLE

2

= DUPLEX RECEPTACLE

5 = FUSIBLE DISCONNECT

8

= CONCEALED

11 = SURFACE MOUNTED

14 = GFI BREAKER

3

= DIRECT CONNECTION

6 = WEATHERPROOF

9

= TOGGLE SWITCH

12 = FLUSH MOUNTED

15 = LOCKABLE MOTOR RATED SWITCH

16 = SHUNT TRIP BREAKER

22EN-LD2-39-UNV-L840-CD-1-U

LUMENS

OPTIONS:
1

METALUX

DELIVERED

DA

WIDE 65 DEG. DISTRIBUTION; HIGH EFFICIENCY

1000
LED

-

TEXTURED LENS.
WIDE 65 DEG. DISTRIBUTION; HIGH EFFICIENCY

NU4-RD-SW-10LM-40K-80-65D-HET*TRIM*-*BEZEL*-NC-UNV-DIM10

LUMENS

4" APERATURE ROUND DOWNLIGHT
DA1

ALPHABET

DELIVERED
2000

LED

-

ALPHABET

DELIVERED

TEXTURED LENS.

NU4-RD-SW-20LM-40K-80-65D-HET*TRIM*-*BEZEL*-NC-UNV-DIM10

TELEPHONE [414] 2 7 1 . 3 3 5 9
FACSIMILE [414] 4 7 6 . 8 5 8 2

8.a.1.b

LUMENS

EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE GENERAL NOTES:
1. ALL WORK BY THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL LOCAL, STATE AND NATIONAL CODES.
2. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR COORDINATION WITH OTHER TRADES TO AVOID CONFLICTS AND TO VERIFY ALL EQUIPMENT CONNECTION REQUIREMENTS.

4' STRIPLIGHT
FC

ROUND FULL FROSTED LENSED SHIELDING

3. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING A COMPLETE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM PER CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND ENSURING THE SYSTEM IS OPERATIONAL UPON JOB COMPLETION.

4100
LED

-

METALUX

DELIVERED

WIDE DISTRIBUTION

4SNLED-LD5-41SL-LW-UNV-L840-CD1-U

LUMENS

4. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING A COMPLETE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM FOR ALL OWNER-FURNISHED APPLIANCES IN ACCORDANCE WITH NEC ARTICLE 422 AND 440.22.
5. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL BRANCH CIRCUIT WIRING IN ACCORDANCE WITH NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE AND THESE PROJECT DOCUMENTS.
22" NOMINAL UNDERCABINET
6. PROVIDE ALL POWER WIRING INCLUDING ALL CIRCUITRY CARRYING ELECTRICAL ENERGY FROM PANELBOARD OR OTHER SOURCE THROUGH STARTERS AND DISCONNECTS TO MOTORS, PACKAGED EQUIPMENT, OR PACKAGED CONTROL PANELS. PROVIDE ALL WIRING BETWEEN CONTROL PANELS

UB

SOLID FRONT; INTEGRAL ROCKER SWITCH

755
LED

-

AFX LIGHTING

DELIVERED

NLLP2-22WH

LUMENS PER FT.

AND MOTORS. INCLUDE STARTERS, DISCONNECTS, AND OVERLOAD PROTECTION IF NOT INCLUDED IN SPECIFICATIONS. COORDINATE WITH EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER.
8. PROVIDE A SEPARATE GREEN GROUND FOR EACH MOTOR AND EQUIPMENT CONNECTION ROUTED BACK TO INTEGRAL GROUND BUS OF ASSOCIATED PANELBOARD OR MOTOR CONTROL CENTER. GROUND CONDUCTOR SIZES PER NEC ARTICLE 250.122.
9. PROVIDE A 20 AMP, 125V WEATHER-RESISTANT GFCI RECEPTACLE WITH A WEATHERPROOF IN-USE ENCLOSURE MOUNTED ADJACENT TO ALL HEATING, AIR CONDITIONING AND REFRIGERATION EQUIPMENT INSTALLED ON THE EXTERIOR OF THE BUILDING OR ROOFTOP.
EXIT SIGN - SINGLE FACE
10. VERIFY ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS INCLUDING VOLTAGE, HORSEPOWER, STARTER TYPE, AND DISCONNECTING MEANS FOR MOTORS AND EQUIPMENT PRIOR TO ORDERING CIRCUIT BREAKERS, DISCONNECT SWITCHES, AND STARTERS.

XHE

THERMOPLASTIC HOUSING

-

IN UNIT

3

-

-

-

-

-

3

277

S

V

-

LED

-

IN UNIT

3

-

-

-

-

-

3

277

S

V

-

LED

-

IN UNIT

2

-

-

-

-

-

2

277

S

V

-

RL-EM-*ILLUMINATION*-U*FRAME COLOR*-MTEB-SD

UNIVERSAL MOUNTING

11. THE SHORT CIRCUIT CURRENT RATING (SCCR) IS THE MINIMUM CALCULATED VALUE AT THE UPSTREAM OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICE. THE RESPECTIVE CONTRACTOR PROVIDING ANY MOTOR CONTROLLERS, CONTROL PANELS, FUSIBLE DISCONNECT SWITCHES, ETC. ASSOCIATED WITH THIS
PIECE OF EQUIPMENT SHALL PROVIDE EQUIPMENT WITH LISTED SHORT CIRCUIT CURRENT RATINGS. EQUIPMENT NAMEPLATE SHALL CLEARLY INDICATE THE UL LISTED SCCR RATING FOR THE EQUIPMENT.

ISOLITE
LED

EXIT SIGN - DOUBLE FACE
XJE

THERMOPLASTIC HOUSING

ISOLITE

Consultant:

RL-EM-*ILLUMINATION*-U*FRAME COLOR*-MTEB-SD

UNIVERSAL MOUNTING, INTEGRAL BATTERY

EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE NOTES:

2-HEAD EMERGENCY BATTERY UNIT
XSE

SELF DIAGNOSTICS

1. PROVIDE QUAD RECEPTACLE. COORDINATE RECEPTACLE LOCATION WITH FURNITURE VENDOR. WIRING TO RECEPTACLE SHALL ROUTE THROUGH THE FURNITURE VENDOR PROVIDED TELE/POWER POLE AT EACH WORKSTATION.

ISOLITE

RL2LED-2-WH-MBC

STANDARD OUTPUT, INTEGRAL BATTERY

2. COORDINATE RECEPTACLE LOCATION WITH FURNITURE VENDOR. WIRING TO RECEPTACLE SHALL ROUTE THROUGH THE FURNITURE VENDOR PROVIDED TELE/POWER POLE AT EACH WORKSTATION.

NOTE:

17400 West Capitol Drive - Brookfield, WI 53045
301 South Blount Street, Suite 101 - Madison, WI 53703
Phone: 414.778.1700 / Fax: 414.778.2360 / [email protected]
RD Project Number: 224051.01

SEE SPECIFICATION SECTIONS 26 50 00 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION REGARDING LIGHTING FIXTURE AND INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS. PROVIDE OPTIONS AND ACCESSORIES REFERENCED BY THE COLUMN TITLED "OPTIONS".
MANUFACTURERS AS ACCEPTABLE SHALL MEET ALL REQUIREMENTS AND FEATURES INDICATED. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS MUST MEET THE PHOTOMETRIC PERFORMANCE OF THE LISTED UNIT.

ABBREVIATIONS:
DMX

= ADDRESSABLE, DIMMING <1-100%

BL = BI-LEVEL SWITCHING

DR = DRIVER

BT = BLUETOOTH

DW

= DRYWALL

ELV

= ELECTRONIC LOW VOLTAGE DIMMING

CAB

= UNDERCABINET

CL = CLEAR
DALI

= ADDRESSABLE, DIMMING <1-100%

ES

= EXPOSED STRUCTURE

ET

= ELECTRONIC BALLAST

DM1 = LED DIMMING 0-10V, 1 -100%

F = FLUORESCENT

= FLUORESCENT DIMMING 10-100%

GRD = GRADE
H = HID

EM = EMERGENCY

DM0 = LED DIMMING 0-10V, 0 -100%

FD10

= OTHER

PD = PENDANT
POE = POWER OVER ETHERNET

HAL

= HALOGEN

PL

= PLASTER

HBF

= HIGH BALLAST FACTOR

PS

= PULSE START

I = INCANDESCENT
LBF

= LOW BALLAST FACTOR

LG = LAY-IN GRID

DM5 = LED DIMMING 0-10V, 5 -100%

FD1

= FLUORESCENT DIMMING 1-100%

MLV = MAGNETIC LOW VOLTAGE DIMMING

DM10 = LED DIMMING 0-10V, 10 -100%

FD5

= FLUORESCENT DIMMING 5-100%

NBF

DMW

OT

= NORMAL BALLAST FACTOR

= DIM TO WARM LED

R = RECESS
RGB = RED, GREEN, BLUE LEDS
RM = REMOTE
S = SURFACE
SPEC = SPECIAL

STN = STONE
SUSP

= SUSPENDED

SW

= SWITCHING

T = CERAMIC/GLASS TILE
TW
V

Project:

= TUNABLE WHITE LED
= VARIES

OZAUKEE COUNTY
JUSTICE CENTER

W = WALL MOUNTED
WD = WOOD
WR = WIRELESS
XFMR = TRANSFORMER

ST = STANDARD

OPTIONS:
1 = POST PAINTED FINISH

21 = FURNISH WITH AIR HANDLING CAPABILITY

41 = MATTE DIFFUSE LOW IRIDESCENT REFL.

61

2 = REGRESSED ALUMINUM DOOR FRAME

22 = FURNISH WITH WIRE GUARD

42 = FURNISH WITH SYMMETRICAL REFLECTOR

62

= FURNISH WITH UNIVERSAL ARROWS AND RED OR GREEN STENCIL FACE
= FURNISH WITH FIELD ADJUSTABLE CHEVRONS

3 = FLAT STEEL DOOR FRAME

23 = FURNISH WITH ENDCAPS

43 = FURNISH WITH ASYMMETRICAL REFLECTOR

63

= FURNISH WITH MIRRORED BACKGROUND

4 = FLAT ALUMINUM DOOR FRAME - MITERED CORNERS

24 = FURNISH IN LENGTH AS SHOWN

44 = FURNISH WITH TOP AND BOTTOM LENS

64

= FURNISH WITH INTEGRAL BATTERY

5 = STAINLESS STEEL TRIM AND DOOR FRAME

25 = FURNISH WITH SOLID FRONT

45 = FURNISH WITH LOUVER

65

= FURNISH WITH INTEGRAL HIGH CAPACITY BATTERY (FOR REMOTE HEADS)

6 = FURNISH WITH SPRING LOADED LATCHES

26 = FURNISH WITH DUST COVER

46 = FURNISH WITH PERFORATED DIFFUSER

66

= FURNISH WITH SELF DIAGNOSTICS

7 = FURNISH WITH HINGED DOOR

27 = CUSTOM FINISH - SELECTION TBD

47 = FURNISH WITH EGGCRATE LOUVER

67

= FURNISH WITH AUXILIARY EMERGENCY BATTERY BALLAST/DRIVER

8 = DAMP LOCATION CONSTRUCTION

28 = STANDARD FINISH - SELECTION TBD

48 = FURNISH WITH SOFTENING LENS

68

= SPARE

9 = WET LOCATION CONSTRUCTION

29 = FURNISH WITH HOUSE SIDE SHIELD

49 = FURNISH WITH PRISMATIC LENS

69

= SPARE

10 = IP65 RATING

30 = FURNISH IN CUSTOM CONFIGURATION-REFER TO PLANS

50 = FURNISH WITH LINEAR SPREAD LENS

70

= SPARE

11 = IP66 RATING

31 = SPARE

51 = FURNISH WITH SPREAD LENS

71

= FURNISH WITH ANTI-MICROBIAL FINISH

12 = IP67 RATING

32 = FURNISH WITH POWER OVER AIRCRAFT CABLE

52 = SPARE

72

= CERTIFIED FOR MIL-STD461F

13 = NEMA 4X RATED

33 = FURNISH WITH CHAIN MOUNTING

53 = SPARE

73

= FURNISH WITH RF NOISE SUPPRESSORS (ADVANCE RIF-1) FOR EACH DRIVER

14 = IC RATING

34 = FURNISH WITH RIGID STEM MOUNTING

54 = FURNISH WITH ROCKER SWITCH

74

= FURNISH WITH ACRYLIC LENS WITH INTEGRAL RFI SHIELDING

15 = ADA COMPLIANT

35 = FURNISH WITH SWIVEL CANOPY

55 = FURNISH WITH INTEGRAL OCC. SENSOR

75

= FURNISH WITH LOW VOLTAGE CONTROL (LVC)

16 = DOUBLE GASKETED-LENS TO TRIM TO CEILING

36 = FURNISH WITH ADJUSTABLE AIRCRAFT CABLE MOUNTING

56 = FURNISH WITH INTEGRAL DAYLIGHT SENSOR

76

= SPARE

17 = TRIPLE GASKETED-LENS TO DOOR TO HOUSING TO CEILING

37 = FURNISH WITH ADJUSTABLE MOUNTING HARDWARE

57 = FURNISH WITH INTEGRAL PHOTOCELL

77

= SPARE

18 = FURNISH WITH TAMPER RESISTANT HARDWARE

38 = FURNISH WITH MANUFACTURER'S CUSTOM JUNCTION BOX

58 = FURNISH WITH REMOTE DRIVER

78

= SPARE

19 = AIR TIGHT

39 = FURNISH WITH RECESSED SLOPE ADAPTER

59 = FURNISH WITH CURRENT LIMITING DEVICE

79

= SPARE

20 = SPARE

40 = FURNISH WITH CORD MOUNTING

60 = FURNISH QUANTITY OF DRIVERS AS REQUIRED

80

= SPARE

Location:
1201 S. Spring St
Port Washington,WI 53074
Key Plan:

GENERAL NOTES:
• VERIFY CEILING T-BAR WIDTH (I.E. 9/16", 15/16", 1.5") WITH THE ARCHITECT/INTERIORS SPECIFICATION PRIOR TO ORDERING LAY-IN FIXTURES.

• IN ALL INSULATED OR FIRE RATED CEILINGS, THE EC SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE PROPER TENTING (OR FIRE BOXING) OF THE RECESSED FIXTURES. FOR PREFAB PRODUCTS
REFER TO TENMAT OR SPECIALTY PRODUCTS AND INSULATION.

• VERIFY DIMMING BALLAST / DRIVER COMPATIBILITY WITH DIMMING CONTROL.
• REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL ELEVATIONS FOR EXACT LOCATION AND MOUNTING HEIGHT.
• TO MEET SPECIFIED DELIVERED LUMEN PACKAGE PROVIDE PROGRAMMED DRIVER AS REQUIRED.
• FIXTURE PERFORMANCE TOLERANCES: CCT +/- 200 DEGREES; DELIVERED LUMENS +/- 5%; ENERGY CONSUMPTION +/- 5%; BEAM SPREAD DISTRIBUTION +/- 5 DEGREES AND AS OUTLINED IN 26 50 00.
• IF SUBMITTING A FIXTURE FOR APPROVAL AS AN EQUAL, PROVIDE CUT SHEET AND IES PHOTOMETRIC FILE PRIOR TO BIDDING. A WORKING SAMPLE OF THE FIXTURE IS REQUIRED FOR APPROVAL BY THE A/E.

LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE NOTES:
1. MANUFACTURERS, PRODUCTS, AND DESCRIPTIONS LISTED IN THE LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE ARE THE BASIS OF DESIGN SPECIFICATION FOR EACH FIXTURE TYPE. EQUAL PRODUCTS WILL BE ENTERTAINED
UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. ALL PROPOSED EQUAL PRODUCTS ARE REQUIRED TO MEET OR EXCEED ALL OF THE SPECIFICATION REQUIREMENTS LISTED IN THE LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE INCLUDING BUT NOT
LIMITED TO: PRODUCT GRADE, LIGHT SOURCE TECHNOLOGY, CONTROL TECHNOLOGY, OPTICAL PERFORMANCE (DELIVERED LUMENS OR CBCP), DISTRIBUTION, FIXTURE ACCESSORIES, CONSTRUCTION,
DIMENSIONS, MOUNTING, FINISH, ENERGY PERFORMANCE, AND LISTINGS/RATINGS.

Sheet:

ELECTRICAL SCHEDULES

THE SPECIFIER HAS EVALUATED ALL OF THE MANUFACTURERS LISTED BELOW AND CONSIDERS THESE MANUFACTURERS TO BE OF A QUALITY THAT MEET GENERAL SPECIFICATION REQUIREMENTS FOR THE
CATEGORY OF PRODUCT UNDER WHICH THEY ARE LISTED. ALTHOUGH MANUFACTURERS ARE LISTED BELOW IT DOES NOT ENSURE THAT THEY HAVE PRODUCTS THAT MEET ALL OF THE SPECIFICATION
REQUIREMENTS FOR EACH FIXTURE TYPE. IT MEANS THAT THESE MANUFACTURERS HAVE ALREADY BEEN EVALUATED AND HAVE PRODUCTS THAT SHALL BE REVIEWED FOR APPLICABILITY AS EQUALS.
MANUFACTURERS THAT ARE NOT LISTED BELOW WILL REQUIRE A WORKING SAMPLE FOR SPECIFIER TO REVIEW IN ORDER TO BE EVALUATED FOR APPLICABILITY.

Attachment: Project Documents_Invitation for Bid_Justice_Dispatch_Electrical_FINAL_2-27-2025 (Review/Approve Dispatch Center Electrical Bid)

AR = AS REQUIRED

THE BURDEN OF MEETING THE BASIS OF DESIGN SPECIFICATION IS ON THE DISTRIBUTOR QUOTING THE PROJECT. DETERMINATION OF EQUIVALENCY IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE SPECIFIER. EVEN IF A
PROPOSED EQUAL PRODUCT IS FROM ONE OF THE MANUFACTURERS LISTED BELOW, IF IT DOES NOT MEET THE BASIS OF DESIGN SPECIFICATION REQUIREMENTS THEN IT WILL BE REJECTED. THERE SHALL BE NO
ADDITIONAL COST ASSOCIATED WITH REJECTION OF A FIXTURE NOT DEEMED EQUIVALENT BY THE SPECIFIER.
A. COMMERCIAL TROFFERS AND WHITEGOODS: COLUMBIA, CREE, DAYBRITE, DAY-O-LITE, GE CURRENT, HE WILLIAMS, LITHONIA, METALUX, MERCURY, PMC
B. SPECIFICATION GRADE DOWNLIGHTS / TRACK: 3G, CON-TECH, FOCAL POINT, GOTHAM EVO, HE WILLIAMS, INTENSE MX, JUNO-INDY, LEDRA ALPHABET ECO NU, LIGHTOLIER (CALCULITE), NORA, PORTFOLIO, PRESCOLITE, SPECTRUM, TECH ELEMENT PRO, USA ILLUMINATION (BASIC)
C. SPECIFICATION GRADE UNDERCABINET: AFX NOBLE PRO, FAILSAFE, HALO, KELVIX UNICAB, TECH LIGHTING AMBIANCE GLYDE
D. EXIT AND EMERGENCY: BIG BEAM, CHLORIDE, DUAL-LITE, EMERGI-LITE, EVENLITE, HE WILLIAMS, ISOLITE, LITHONIA, MULE, SURE-LITES, UTOPIA
2. PROVIDE (1) VIVE POWERPAK DIMMING MODULE (RMJS-8T-DV-B) PER FIXTURE OF THIS TYPE TO FACILITATE CONTROL WITH SINGLE PEDESTAL PICO WIRELESS CONTROL (LPED1-WH).

Revisions:
No.
1

Date:
Description:
11/22/24 CB-1

Date:

November 8, 2024
Project No.:

Set Type:

240023.00

Final Owner Review

Sheet No.:

E600
1

Packet Pg. 63

PANEL BUS AMPS:
PANEL TYPE:
MANUFACTURER:

PANEL NAME:

ATS

BRANCH: OP

FED FROM:

-, MLO, -, -

VOLTAGE: 480/277, 3Ø, 4W, WYE

125

MAIN SIZE, TYPE, CB TYPE,
CB OPTION:

AIC RATING: 10kA

PANEL BUS AMPS:

MOUNTING,
SURFACE
PANEL OPTION:

BRANCH PANEL
SQUARE D

PANEL TYPE:

MODEL: NEHB

MANUFACTURER:

B-PA

[EXISTING]

MSB/PA

BRANCH: N

-, MLO, -, -

VOLTAGE: 480/277, 3Ø, 4W, WYE

100

AIC RATING: 10kA

SQUARE D

2

15

3

----------

----------

4

---

-

---

----------

----------

3

20

----------

----------

6

---

-

---

----------

----------

5

EXISTING LOAD

8

15

3

MC

EXISTING LOAD

NAME, DESCRIPTION
AND REMARKS

MC

MC

POLES

1.1 (kVA)

AMP

1.4 (AMPS)
CIRCUIT #

3

PANEL LOAD - NEC DEMAND:

NAME, DESCRIPTION
AND REMARKS

MC

EXISTING LOAD

1

20

EXISTING

2

20

1

EXISTING

1

EXISTING

4

20

1

EXISTING

20

1

EXISTING

6

20

1

EXISTING

7

20

1

EXISTING

8

20

1

EXISTING

CB TYPE

15

0.5 (kVA)
OPTIONS
& ACC.

7

0.6 (AMPS)

POLES

---

PANEL LOAD - NEC DEMAND:

AMP

-

0.9 (kVA)

CIRCUIT #

---

1.1 (AMPS)

CB TYPE

5

PANEL LOAD - CONNECTED:

OPTIONS
& ACC.

---

0.4 (kVA)

POLES

-

0.4 (AMPS)

AMP

---

PANEL LOAD - CONNECTED:

CIRCUIT #

POLES

3

MODEL: NEHB
PHASE LOAD (KVA):

EXISTING LOAD

CB TYPE

AMP

3

OPTIONS
& ACC.

CIRCUIT #

15

MOUNTING,
SURFACE
PANEL OPTION:

BRANCH PANEL

PHASE LOAD (KVA):

1

PANEL LOCATION: SFP

NAME, DESCRIPTION
AND REMARKS

NAME, DESCRIPTION
AND REMARKS

9

---

-

---

----------

----------

10

---

-

---

----------

----------

9

20

1

EXISTING

10

20

1

EXISTING

11

---

-

---

----------

----------

12

---

-

---

----------

----------

11

20

1

EXISTING

12

20

1

EXISTING

13

20

1

MC

EXISTING LOAD

14

20

1

MC

EXISTING LOAD

13

20

1

LIGHTING

14

20

1

EXISTING

15

20

1

MC

EXISTING LOAD

16

20

1

MC

EXISTING LOAD

15

20

1

EXISTING

16

20

1

EXISTING

17

20

1

MC

EXISTING LOAD

18

20

1

MC

EXISTING LOAD

17

20

1

EXISTING

18

20

1

EXISTING

19

20

1

MC

LIGHTING

20

20

1

MC

SPARE

19

20

20

3

EXISTING

21

20

1

MC

EXIT SIGNS

22

20

1

MC

SPARE

21

22

---

-

---

----------

----------

23

20

1

MC

SPARE

24

20

1

MC

SPARE

23

24

---

-

---

----------

----------

25

20

1

MC

SPARE

26

20

1

MC

SPARE

25

26

27

20

1

MC

SPARE

28

25

3

MC

EXISTING LOAD

27

28

29

20

1

MC

SPARE

30

---

-

---

----------

----------

29

30

31

15

3

MC

EXISTING LOAD

32

---

-

---

----------

----------

31

32

33

---

-

---

----------

----------

34

SPACE

33

34

35

---

-

---

----------

----------

36

SPACE

35

36

37

15

3

EXISTING LOAD

38

SPACE

37

38

39

---

-

---

----------

----------

40

SPACE

39

40

41

---

-

---

----------

----------

42

SPACE

41

42

MC

PANEL NOTES:

MC

Consultant:

17400 West Capitol Drive - Brookfield, WI 53045
301 South Blount Street, Suite 101 - Madison, WI 53703
Phone: 414.778.1700 / Fax: 414.778.2360 / [email protected]
RD Project Number: 224051.01

PANEL NOTES:

Project:

PANEL NAME:
FED FROM:
MAIN SIZE, TYPE, CB TYPE,
CB OPTION:
PANEL BUS AMPS:
PANEL TYPE:

UPS-GA

[NEW]

PANEL LOCATION: B050

UPS/BYPASS

BRANCH: OP

150A, MCB, MC, -

VOLTAGE: 208/120, 3Ø, 4W, WYE

150

FED FROM:

PANEL BUS AMPS:

MOUNTING,
SURFACE
PANEL OPTION:
PHASE LOAD (KVA):

E-GA

MAIN SIZE, TYPE, CB TYPE,
CB OPTION:

AIC RATING: 10kA

BRANCH PANEL

PANEL NAME:

PANEL TYPE:

#REF!

MANUFACTURER:

[NEW]

PANEL LOCATION: SFP

PANEL NAME:

T/EGA

BRANCH: OP

FED FROM:

60A, MCB, MC, -

VOLTAGE: 208/120, 3Ø, 4W, WYE

60

MAIN SIZE, TYPE, CB TYPE,
CB OPTION:

AIC RATING: 10kA

PANEL BUS AMPS:

MOUNTING,
SURFACE
PANEL OPTION:

BRANCH PANEL
SQUARE D

PANEL TYPE:

MODEL: NQOD

MANUFACTURER:

B-GA

[EXISTING]

OZAUKEE COUNTY
JUSTICE CENTER

PANEL LOCATION: SFP

MSB/GA

BRANCH: N

-, MLO, -, -

VOLTAGE: 208/120, 3Ø, 4W, WYE

225

AIC RATING: 10kA
MOUNTING,
SURFACE
PANEL OPTION:

BRANCH PANEL
SQUARE D

#REF!

Location:
1201 S. Spring St
Port Washington,WI 53074

MODEL: NQOD

PANEL LOAD - CONNECTED:

69.6 (AMPS)

25.1 (kVA)

PHASE LOAD (KVA):

PANEL LOAD - NEC DEMAND:

48.7 (AMPS)

17.5 (kVA)

PANEL LOAD - CONNECTED:

32.8 (AMPS)

11.8 (kVA)

PANEL LOAD - CONNECTED:

6.4 (AMPS)

2.3 (kVA)

PANEL LOAD - NEC DEMAND:

30.3 (AMPS)

10.9 (kVA)

PANEL LOAD - NEC DEMAND:

6.4 (AMPS)

2.3 (kVA)

PHASE LOAD (KVA):

AMP

POLES

POLES

1

MC

FF1

4

20

1

MC

FF2

CIRCUIT #

AMP

20

CIRCUIT #

3
5

20

1

MC

FF2

6

20

1

MC

FF1

1

20

1

MC

EXISTING LOAD

2

20

1

FF2

3

20

1

MC

EXISTING LOAD

4

20

20

1

MC

EXISTING LOAD

6

20

7

20

1

MC

FF1

8

20

1

MC

20

1

EXISTING

2

20

1

EXISTING

1

MC

EXISTING LOAD

3

20

1

EXISTING

4

20

1

EXISTING

1

MC

EXISTING LOAD

5

20

1

EXISTING

6

20

1

EXISTING

CB TYPE

1

NAME, DESCRIPTION
AND REMARKS

OPTIONS
& ACC.

EXISTING LOAD

CB TYPE

MC

OPTIONS
& ACC.

NAME, DESCRIPTION
AND REMARKS

OPTIONS
& ACC.

NAME, DESCRIPTION
AND REMARKS

POLES

FF1

AMP

MC

CIRCUIT #

1

POLES

20

AMP

2

CIRCUIT #

CB TYPE

RECEPTACLES -OFFICES

CB TYPE

POLES

MC

CB TYPE

AMP

1

OPTIONS
& ACC.

CIRCUIT #

20

NAME, DESCRIPTION
AND REMARKS

OPTIONS
& ACC.

POLES

1

CB TYPE

AMP

NAME, DESCRIPTION
AND REMARKS

OPTIONS
& ACC.

CIRCUIT #

Key Plan:

NAME, DESCRIPTION
AND REMARKS

9

20

1

MC

FF2

10

20

1

MC

FF1

5

11

20

1

MC

FF1

12

20

1

MC

FF2

7

20

1

MC

EXISTING LOAD

8

20

1

MC

EXISTING LOAD

7

20

1

EXISTING

8

20

1

EXISTING

13

20

1

MC

FF2

14

20

1

MC

FF1

9

20

1

MC

EXISTING LOAD

10

20

1

MC

EXISTING LOAD

9

20

1

EXISTING

10

20

1

EXISTING

15

20

1

MC

FF1

16

20

1

MC

FF2

11

20

1

MC

FF3

12

20

1

MC

EXISTING LOAD

11

20

1

EXISTING

12

20

1

EXISTING

17

20

1

MC

FF2

18

20

1

MC

FF1

13

20

1

MC

FF3

14

20

1

MC

EXISTING LOAD

13

20

1

EXISTING

14

20

1

EXISTING

19

20

1

MC

FF1

20

20

1

MC

FF2

15

20

1

MC

FF3

16

20

1

MC

FF3

15

20

1

EXISTING

16

20

1

20

1

MC

EXISTING LOAD

18

20

1

MC

FF3

17

20

1

EXISTING

18

20

1

GE

MC

MW

ECB

LIGHTING

21

20

1

MC

FF2

22

20

1

MC

IT RACK B050

17

23

20

1

MC

SPARE

24

20

1

MC

SPARE

19

20

1

MC

EXISTING LOAD

20

20

1

MC

FF3

19

20

1

EXISTING

20

20

1

EXISTING

25

20

1

MC

SPARE

26

20

1

MC

SPARE

21

20

1

MC

EXISTING LOAD

22

20

1

MC

FF3

21

20

1

EXISTING

22

20

1

EXISTING

27

20

1

MC

SPARE

28

20

1

MC

SPARE

23

20

1

MC

RECEPTACLES

24

SPACE

23

20

1

REF

24

20

1

EXISTING

29

20

1

MC

SPARE

30

20

1

MC

SPARE

25

20

1

MC

FF3

26

SPACE

25

20

1

EXISTING

26

20

1

EXISTING

27

20

1

MC

FF3

28

SPACE

27

20

1

EXISTING

28

20

1

EXISTING

29

20

1

MC

FF3

30

SPACE

29

20

1

EXISTING

30

20

1

EXISTING

31

20

1

EXISTING

32

20

1

EXISTING

33

20

1

EXISTING

34

20

1

ECB

KITCHEN COUNTER RECEPTS

35

20

1

EXISTING

36

20

1

ECB

RECEPTACLES

37

20

1

EXISTING

38

20

1

EXISTING

39

20

1

EXISTING

40

20

1

EXISTING

41

20

1

EXISTING

42

20

1

EXISTING

PANEL NOTES:

PANEL NOTES:

GE

MC

Sheet:

ELECTRICAL SCHEDULES

PANEL NOTES:

Attachment: Project Documents_Invitation for Bid_Justice_Dispatch_Electrical_FINAL_2-27-2025 (Review/Approve Dispatch Center Electrical Bid)

MAIN SIZE, TYPE, CB TYPE,
CB OPTION:

PANEL LOCATION: SFP

212 North 25th Street | Milwaukee, WI 53233 | ventarch.com

FED FROM:

[NEW]

CB TYPE

E-PA

OPTIONS
& ACC.

PANEL NAME:

TELEPHONE [414] 2 7 1 . 3 3 5 9
FACSIMILE [414] 4 7 6 . 8 5 8 2

8.a.1.b

Revisions:
No.
1

Date:
Description:
11/22/24 CB-1

Date:

November 8, 2024
Project No.:

Set Type:

240023.00

Final Owner Review

Sheet No.:

E601
Packet Pg. 64

Attachment: Project Documents_Invitation for Bid_Justice_Dispatch_Electrical_FINAL_2-27-2025 (Review/Approve Dispatch Center Electrical

8.a.1.b

R & D PROJECT NO. 224051.01
Ozaukee County Justice Center
Dispatch Remodel
ELECTRICAL INDEX

SECTION
26 05 00
26 05 02
26 05 03
26 05 21
26 05 25
26 05 26
26 05 29
26 05 31
26 05 34
26 05 53
26 05 71
26 08 11
26 09 23
26 22 14
26 24 16
26 27 26
26 28 14
26 33 53
26 50 00
28 31 06

NAME

Common Work Results for Electrical
Minor Electrical Demolition for Remodeling
Electrical Equipment Mounting Requirements
Building Wire and Cable
Power Cable Assemblies
Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems
Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems
Conduit for Electrical Systems
Boxes for Electrical Systems
Identification for Electrical Systems
Electrical Distribution System Studies
Testing Electrical Systems
Lighting Control Devices
Dry Type Transformers
Panelboards
Wiring Devices
Overcurrent Protective Devices
Static Uninterruptible Power Supply
Interior Luminaires
Fire Alarm System - Intelligent

PREPARED BY
RING & DuCHATEAU, LLP
Consulting Engineers
17400 West Capitol Drive
Brookfield, WI 53045
(414) 778-1700 / Fax: (414) 778-2360
E-Mail: [email protected]
November 22, 2024
E:\224jobs\224051.01\02-Documents(PDF)\02-Document_Sent\06BidDocuments\2024.11.22 Final Print Set

Packet Pg. 65

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57

DIVISION 26
ELECTRICAL WORK
SECTION 26 05 00
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL

PART 1
1.1

GENERAL
SECTION INCLUDES
A.

1.2

WORK INCLUDED IN THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACT
A.

B.
C.

D.

E.

1.3

Basic Electrical Requirements specifically applicable to Division 26 Sections, in addition
to Division 1 - General Requirements.

The mention of any article, operation, material, or method requires that the Contractor
shall provide same, of quality noted, in the quantity required, and shall perform each
operation, in complete accordance with the conditions stated. The Contractor shall
provide all material, labor, equipment, and transportation as necessary to complete the
project in conformity with the Contract Documents. In general, this work includes
everything essential for a complete electrical system in operating order as shown or
implied on the drawings or herein-after specified.
Materials and labor shall be new (unless noted or stated otherwise), first class, and
workmanlike, and shall be always subject to the Owners and/or A/E's inspections, tests
and approval from the commencement until the acceptance of the completed work.
The Contractor shall furnish all scaffolding, rigging, hoisting and services necessary for
delivery, erection and installation of all equipment and apparatus required to be installed
by the Contractor. The Contractor upon completion of the project shall remove all
equipment.
Every attempt has been made to indicate in this trade's specifications and drawings all
work required of this Contractor. However, there may be additional specific paragraphs
in other trade specifications and addenda, and additional notes on drawings for other
trades which pertain to this trade's work, and thus those additional requirements are
hereby made a part of these specifications and drawings.
Electrical details on drawings for equipment to be provided by others are based on
preliminary design data only. This Contractor shall lay out the electrical work and shall
be responsible for its correctness to match equipment provided by others.

CONTRACTOR IDENTIFICATION
A.
B.
C.

Wherever in this specification the word "Contractor" appears, either as word or part of a
word, it is meant to refer to the Contractor or Subcontractor performing the required work
of their respective Divisions.
Wherever in this specification the words "man", "men", or their related pronouns may
appear, either as words or parts of words, they have been used for literary purposes and
are meant in their generic sense to include all humankind - both female and male sexes.
Definitions:
1.
Provide: Furnish, install, and wire complete and ready for service.
2.
Furnish: Responsible for purchasing items and delivery to the jobsite.
3.
Install: Responsible for moving and mounting equipment to the final location.
4.
Wire: Responsible for final connections, ready for service.
5.
Exposed: Exposed to view in any room, corridor, or stairway.
6.
This Contractor: The Electrical Contractor, also referred to as The Contractor.
7.
The Engineer: Ring & DuChateau, Inc. Brookfield, WI.
8.
Code: National, State and Local Electrical codes including OSHA requirements.
9.
The Owner's Representative: The individual who the Owner selects as his project
representative.

224051.01

Attachment: Project Documents_Invitation for Bid_Justice_Dispatch_Electrical_FINAL_2-27-2025 (Review/Approve Dispatch Center Electrical

8.a.1.b

26 05 00-1

Packet Pg. 66

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59

10.
11.
12.
13.
1.4

PERMITS, CODES, ORDINANCES, STANDARDS AND SALES TAX
A.
B.
C.
D.

E.

1.5

Equals: Manufacturers or methods listed by name in the specifications, on the
drawings or in an addendum are equals.
Substitution: Any manufacturer or method other than those listed by name in these
specifications, on the drawings, or in an addendum.
The Architect: Venture Architects
Owner: Ozaukee County

Contractor shall obtain and pay for all necessary permits and licenses pertaining to this
Division.
The Contractor shall comply with National, State, and local Codes, laws, ordinances,
and regulations. The requirements of the National Board of Fire Underwriters, OSHA or
anything herein specified or shown on the drawings unless noted otherwise.
The Contractor shall pay all sales taxes as may be required. The contractor shall confirm
with the Construction Manager or General Contractor if the project is exempt from sales
taxes.
Should any change in the plans and specifications be required to conform with the
above, the Contractor shall notify the Architect/Engineer before submitting a Bid. After
entering into a contract, the Contractor shall be required to complete all the work
necessary to meet the above requirements without extra expense to the Owner.
All materials shall be listed by and shall bear the label of an approved Nationally
Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL) as identified by the United States Occupational
Safety and Health Administration (OSHA), per the OSHA Nationally Recognized Testing
Laboratory Program. If none of the approved electrical testing laboratories has
published standards for a particular item, then other national independent testing
standards, if available, applicable, and approved by the Engineer and the Owner, shall
apply and such items shall bear those labels. Where one of the approved electrical
testing laboratories has an applicable system listing and label, the entire system shall
be so labeled.

REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
A.

All work and materials are to conform in every detail to applicable rules and requirements
of the codes and standards listed below:
1.
AASHTO
American Association of State Highway & Transportation Officials.
2.
ACI
American Concrete Institute.
3.
AEIC
Association of Edison Illuminating Companies.
4.
ANSI
American National Standards Institute.
5.
ASCE
American Society of Civil Engineers.
6.
ASHRAE
American Society of Heating, Refrigeration and Air-Conditioning
Engineers.
7.
ASTM
American Society for Testing and Materials.
8.
DSPS
Wisconsin Department of Safety and Professional Services.
9.
EPA
Environmental Protection Agency.
10. ETL
Electrical Testing Laboratories, Inc.
11. IBC
International Building Code as adopted by the State of Wisconsin.
12. ICEA
Insulated Cable Engineers Association.
13. IEC
International Electrotechnical Commission.
14. IECC
International Energy Code.
15. IEEE
Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers.
16. IES
Illuminating Engineering Society.
17. ISA
Instrument Society of America.
18. LPI Lightning Protection Institute.
19. MFMA
Metal Framing Manufacturers Association Standards.
20. MSS
Manufacturers Standards Society.
21. NBS
National Bureau of Standards.
22. NECA
National Electrical Contractors Association.
23. NEMA
National Electrical Manufacturers Association.
224051.01

Attachment: Project Documents_Invitation for Bid_Justice_Dispatch_Electrical_FINAL_2-27-2025 (Review/Approve Dispatch Center Electrical

8.a.1.b

26 05 00-2

Packet Pg. 67

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57

24.
25.

B.

1.6

DRAWINGS
A.

B.
C.

D.

1.7

The drawings depicting electric work are diagrammatic and show, in their approximate
location, symbols representing electrical equipment and devices. The exact location of
such equipment and devices shall be established in the field in accordance with
instructions from the Architect.
The Contractor shall furnish and install all such work, piping, structural supports,
electrical wiring and conduit and any other additional equipment for a complete
operational system.
Unless specifically stated to the contrary, no measurement of an electrical drawing by
scale shall be used as a dimension. Dimensions noted on the electrical drawings are
subject, in each case, to measurements of adjacent or previously completed work and
all such measurements necessary shall be taken before undertaking any work
dependent upon them.
In the event of a conflict between the drawings and specifications this Contractor shall
base his bid on the greater quantity, cost, or quality of the item in question, unless such
conflict is resolved by an addendum.

MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT
A.
B.
C.

1.8

NETA
National Electrical Testing Association.
NFPA
National Fire Protection Association as adopted by State and/or local
codes.
26. NRTL
Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory.
27. TIA
Telecommunications Industry Association.
28. UL
Underwriter’s Laboratories.
29. Other Nationally Recognized Industry Standards.
All Division 26 work shall be done under the direction of a currently licensed Master
Electrician.

All materials and equipment required shall be new and shall be installed per the
manufacturer's recommendation.
All items specified shall be the latest type or model produced by the manufacturer
specified. If descriptive specification or model number is obsolete, substitute current
product.
Where any specific equipment, materials, process, or method of construction is specified
by name or by reference to the catalog number of a manufacturer, the specifications
shall be used as a guide and are not intended to take precedence over the basic duty
and performance specified or noted on the drawings.

SUBSTITUTIONS
A.
B.
C.

D.

The Contractor shall follow the substitution process as outlined in the project manual or
as described herein. Submission of a request for information, RFI, will be rejected.
The Contractor shall provide all supporting data and assume the "burden of proof" that
any substitute proposed is equivalent to appearance, construction, capacity and
performance.
Where an substitute is accepted and the use of such substitute shall require any
redesign of structure, foundations, utilities, piping, wiring or of any other part of the
architectural, structural, mechanical, plumbing, sitework, or electrical work, the cost of
all such redesign, drawings, detailing and accompanying additional costs of any item of
work shall be paid for by the Contractor and such redesign shall be subject to the
approval of the Architect/Engineer and all authorities having jurisdiction over the work.
In any case where the Contractor wishes to use equipment or methods other than those
listed by name in the Contract Documents, such equipment shall be considered a
substitution and must be approved by the Engineer. To gain approval of substitutions,
the Contractor shall submit the following to the Engineer for his review.

224051.01

Attachment: Project Documents_Invitation for Bid_Justice_Dispatch_Electrical_FINAL_2-27-2025 (Review/Approve Dispatch Center Electrical

8.a.1.b

26 05 00-3

Packet Pg. 68

8.a.1.b
1.

E.
F.
G.

H.

1.9

Documentation from the equipment manufacturer indicating where this equipment
meets and does not meet the specifications or drawings as written. This
documentation shall be submitted in letter form and shall include the
manufacturer's letterhead.
2.
Manufacturer's cut sheets. (3 copies). Cut sheets shall be originals as are
contained in the manufacturer's catalog. Cut sheets shall contain all pertinent
information for determining equivalency. Photocopies of these sheets will not be
accepted for review.
3.
In the case of lighting fixtures, the Contractor shall submit photometric data
compiled by an independent testing laboratory. Photometric data shall be provided
in paper copy and in electronic form in IES format. Provide point by point and other
calculations as requested by the Engineer. This data shall contain the independent
testing laboratory's label and the manufacturer's letterhead.
4.
If requested by the Engineer, the Contractor shall also provide samples of the
proposed equipment for the Engineer's review.
5.
Evidence shall be furnished in writing with substitution submittals that there is an
efficient service organization which regularly carries a stock of repair parts for the
proposed equipment and that the organization is conveniently located for prompt
service.
6.
In each case the Contractor shall furnish any other information or materials as
considered necessary by the Architect/Engineer to establish equality.
The Contractor shall also affix his review and/or approval stamp to all documentation
submitted indicating they are in order and equal to the items specified.
Without the above documentation, photometric data, original cut sheets and Contractor's
stamp; the submittal will be rejected without review.
Any substitution submittals, including samples, shall be received in the
Architect/Engineer's office a minimum of ten working days prior to the Bid due date to
allow adequate time for review. No consideration will be given to requests for
substitution approval not conforming to these requirements.
Materials, equipment, or methods of installation other than those named will be accepted
only if such materials, equipment, or methods are in accordance with the general
requirements and are similar in composition, dimension, construction, capacity, finish
and performance.

SUBMITTALS
A.

B.

Provide submittal certified by the original manufacturer, for each item of electrical
equipment and appurtenances required for this project, as indicated below:
1.
Short Circuit & Coordination Study.
2.
Circuit Breakers.
3.
Panelboards.
4.
Transformers.
5.
Disconnect Switches.
6.
Fuses.
7.
Transfer Switches.
8.
Uninterruptible Power Supplies (UPS),
9.
Wiring Devices and Coverplates.
10. Multi-outlet assemblies.
11. Cable Tray.
12. Lighting Fixtures.
13. Dimming Systems
14. Lighting Controls.
15. Occupancy Sensors.
16. Fire Alarm Systems.
17. Security Systems.
18. Telecommunications Cabling
The Contractor shall submit the Short Circuit & Coordination Study before or with any
distribution equipment submittals.
224051.01

Attachment: Project Documents_Invitation for Bid_Justice_Dispatch_Electrical_FINAL_2-27-2025 (Review/Approve Dispatch Center Electrical

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58

26 05 00-4

Packet Pg. 69

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57

C.

D.
E.
F.
G.
H.
I.
J.
K.
L.
M.
N.
O.
1.10

DRAWINGS FOR REVIEW
A.
B.

C.
D.

1.11

The Contractor shall affix his review and/or approval stamp to all documentation
submitted indicating they are in order and equal to the items specified. The Engineer
will reject all shop drawings that lack the Contractor’s review and/or approval stamp. The
Engineer shall also reject all submittals not reviewed by the Contractor.
Submittals shall be sent to the Architect/Engineer for review does not constitute
notification of substitution unless specific changes are brought to the attention of the
Architect/Engineer.
Provide PDF copies of submittals as listed above. Follow the process as outlined in
General Requirements and Division 01.
Review of submittals shall not be considered as a guarantee of measurements of
building conditions.
The Engineer's review of submittals shall not relieve the Contractor from the
responsibility for any variation from the requirements of the Contract Documents.
The Contractor shall submit dimensional drawings for all electrical equipment rooms,
requiring working clearances.
Failure to provide submittals in ample time for review shall not entitle the Contractor to
an extension of contract time or cost, and no claim for extension by reason of such
default shall be allowed.
Physical dimensions of submittals for review shall not exceed 8-1/2" X 11" unless
impossible to illustrate data properly without using a larger sheet.
If more than one type of lighting fixture (or other materials) is on a submitted sheet, the
Electrical Contractor shall conspicuously check the item submitted with a red pen.
The submittals shall reference all equipment designation on the drawings, such as
panelboard designations. For equipment without designation, utilize the designation of
the load, such as Motor #1 for a motor starter.
No materials or equipment subject to prior review by the Engineer shall be fabricated or
installed by the Contractor, without such review and approval.
The use of the construction drawings as submittals is not acceptable.
See other sections of this specification for additional requirements.

The Contractor shall provide the following drawings at the request of the Engineer or if
the Contractor proposes an alternate layout for an electrical/telecommunications room
or closet.
Provide a 1/4” scaled floor plan of:
1.
Electrical equipment rooms/closets
2.
Electrical systems/communications rooms/closets
3.
Where telecommunications wiring is by the Electrical Contractor:
a.
Detailed layout of each telecommunication room/closet.
b.
Detailed front and rear elevations of each equipment rack(s) installed or
modified as part of this project.
The drawings shall depict actual room and equipment dimensions, specifically noting the
clearance dimensions.
The scaled floor plan shall indicate the locations of all electrical distribution equipment
along with all other electrical or communications equipment located in the room but not
limited to the following:
1.
Paging and miscellaneous sound system equipment.
2.
Fire alarm equipment.
3.
Television distribution equipment.
4.
Nurse call equipment.
5.
Master clock equipment.
6.
Intercom equipment.
7.
Security equipment.

WORK SEQUENCE AND SCHEDULING

224051.01

Attachment: Project Documents_Invitation for Bid_Justice_Dispatch_Electrical_FINAL_2-27-2025 (Review/Approve Dispatch Center Electrical

8.a.1.b

26 05 00-5

Packet Pg. 70

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58

A.

1.12

PROJECT MODIFICATIONS
A.
B.

1.13

B.

B.

B.
C.
D.

Materials shall be stored in accordance with the manufacturer’s written instructions to
ensure the preservation of their quality and fitness for the project.
When considered necessary, the equipment and materials shall be placed on wooden
platforms or other hard, clean surfaces, and not on the ground, and they shall be placed
under cover.
Stored materials shall be located to facilitate prompt inspection.
Equipment and materials shall be stored in approved locations and in a manner to
prevent overloading of the building structure.

CHASES AND RECESSES
A.
B.

1.17

No outages shall be permitted to existing systems except at the time and during the
interval specified by the Owner. Obtain written authorization from the Owner. Any
outage must be scheduled when the interruption causes the least interference with
normal facility schedules and business routines. No extra costs will be paid to the
Contractor for such outages which must occur outside of regular weekly working hours.
This Contractor shall restore any circuit interrupted because of this work to proper
operation as soon as possible. Note that facility operations are on a seven-day week
schedule.

STORAGE OF EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS
A.

1.16

Before submitting proposals for the work, the Contractor shall have examined the site
and be satisfied with the existing conditions under which the work shall be accomplished.
No additional compensation shall be allowed the Contractor due to failure to make the
above examination or neglect to include all materials and labor required to complete the
work.

CONTINUITY OF EXISTING SERVICES AND SYSTEMS
A.

1.15

Contractor shall submit in writing any requests for modifications to the final drawings and
specifications.
Documentation depicting modifications that are submitted to the Architect/Engineer for
review shall indicate specific changes that are being suggested.

EXAMINATION OF SITE AND SPECIAL SITE CONDITIONS
A.

1.14

Install work in accordance with Construction Manager/General Contractor’s schedule
and to accommodate Owner’s occupancy requirements.

Contractor shall provide chases and recesses required for the work of this Contract.
Coordinate the location of the chases and recesses with all other trades whose work is
involved.

SLEEVES
A.
B.
C.
D.

Fire and/or Smoke Rated Walls: Refer to architectural drawings for location and rating
of walls. For all penetrations of rated walls, provide a UL listed assembly to maintain
the F & T rating of the wall. Refer to section 2.2 for additional requirements.
Non-Fire Rated Interior Walls: Sleeves through walls that extend from floor to structural
ceiling shall be a metal conduit sleeve extending a minimum of 2 inches beyond the wall.
The voids in and around the sleeve shall be filled with sound-batt insulation.
Exterior Walls: Refer to section 26 05 31.
Floors
1.
Where conduits penetrate rated floors, provide a UL listed assembly or method
utilizing a sleeve. The assembly shall maintain the F & T rating of the floor.

224051.01

Attachment: Project Documents_Invitation for Bid_Justice_Dispatch_Electrical_FINAL_2-27-2025 (Review/Approve Dispatch Center Electrical

8.a.1.b

26 05 00-6

Packet Pg. 71

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58

E.
F.
1.18

CUTTING AND PATCHING
A.

B.
C.
D.

1.19

B.

No work shall be performed on energized equipment or circuits without written
authorization from the Owner.

COOPERATION WITH OTHER TRADES
A.
B.

1.22

Where any work penetrates waterproof surfaces including roofs, foundations, walls, etc.,
the Architect/Engineer shall approve the method of installation before the work is started.
Contractor shall furnish all necessary sleeves, caulking and flashing as required to make
the installation of the work watertight.

ENERGIZED WORK
A.

1.21

All cutting and patching that is necessary for the installation of the work of this Contract
shall be provided by this Contractor under the direction and to the satisfaction of the
Architect/Engineer unless this work is specified to be the work of the Contractors of other
Divisions.
No cutting of structural work shall be done without the written consent of the
Architect/Engineer being previously obtained in each case, and all such work shall be
done in accordance with the Owner's Representative's directions and supervision.
All patching shall match adjacent surfaces.
Contractor shall, before starting work in areas which requires significant cutting and
patching, inspect, and take note of existing conditions along with the Architect/Engineer
to avoid later disputes with regard to the condition of the existing surface before work
began.

WATERPROOFING
A.

1.20

Sleeves shall extend a minimum of 4 inches above the floor. Refer to architectural
drawings for rating of floors.
2.
Where cables not in conduit penetrate rated floors, provide a UL listed assembly
or method utilizing a sleeve. The assembly shall maintain the F & T rating of the
floor. Sleeves shall extend a minimum of 4 inches above the floor. Sleeves shall
be sized for 25% spare capacity. Refer to architectural drawings for rating of floors.
3.
Existing floors shall be core drilled after verifying floor construction and location of
the core with structural drawings and/or structural engineer.
All conduit
All sleeves shall be sized for 25% spare capacity.

The Contractor shall give full cooperation to other trades and furnish any information
necessary to permit the work of all trades to be installed satisfactorily and with least
possible interference and/or delays.
If the Contractor installs work before coordinating it with other trades, or to cause
interference with work of other trades, the Contractor shall make necessary changes in
the work to correct the condition without extra charges.

JURISDICTION OF WORK
A.
B.
C.
D.

All work specified or shown for this Division of the work shall be part of this Contract.
The event of jurisdiction (as to whether the work shall be installed by another trade) shall
not release the work from this Contract.
In such occurrence, the original Contractor shall sublet the work to the trade having
jurisdiction.
The Contractor having jurisdiction shall then be responsible to complete the work in
accordance with these drawings and specifications and to the original Contractor of this
Division of the work.

224051.01

Attachment: Project Documents_Invitation for Bid_Justice_Dispatch_Electrical_FINAL_2-27-2025 (Review/Approve Dispatch Center Electrical

8.a.1.b

26 05 00-7

Packet Pg. 72

8.a.1.b
1.23

SUPERVISION OF WORK
A.

B.

1.24

DEFECTS
A.

1.25

B.
C.

B.

B.

The use or operation of new work, or any part thereof, even with the consent of the
Owner's Representative, shall not be construed to be acceptance of the work, nor shall
it be construed to obligate the Owner to accept improper work or defective material.
Use of the system does not start the contractor warranty period. The warranty shall start
as described in General Requirements and Division 01.

CLEANING PAINTING AND FINISHING
A.
B.
C.

1.29

Contractor shall be held responsible for all damage to other work caused by the work or
through the neglect of the Contractor's employees.
The Electrical Contractor shall pay all costs for patching and repairing of damaged work
and the work shall be performed by the Contractor who installed the work.

USE OF SYSTEM
A.

1.28

The Contractor shall maintain adequate protection of all contracted work and materials,
located either on or off site of the project. Contractor shall protect the work and materials
of all other Contractors and the Owner's property from damage arising from work under
this Contract.
All damages resulting from neglect or refusal of the Contractor to protect such work,
materials and property during erection, construction and completion of the project shall
be the responsibility of the Contractor.
All costs associated with the repair and/or replacement of the damaged work shall be
borne by the Contractor responsible for the damage. All repaired and/or replaced work
shall be completed to the satisfaction of the Architect/Engineer.

DAMAGE TO OTHER WORK
A.

1.27

Should the Engineer find any portion of the electrical system installed under this Contract
that fails to comply with the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall replace the defects
or imperfections at the Contractor’s expense. All other work disturbed by the correction
of defects or imperfections shall also be corrected at the Contractor's expense.

PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK
A.

1.26

Contractor shall furnish the service of an experienced Superintendent who shall be
constantly in charge of the installation of the work together with all Contractors, skilled
workman, helpers, and laborers required to unload, transfer, erect, install, connect,
adjust, start, operate, and test each system.
The Superintendent shall be thoroughly acquainted with and be responsible for the
various Contractors' work so that it is properly coordinated and supervised to the
satisfaction of the Architect/Engineer.

During the progress of the work and when directed by the Architect/Engineer, the
Contractor shall remove from the building site rubbish, dirt and other debris caused by
performance of the work.
The Contractor shall clean all exposed work, the interior and exterior of cabinets and pull
boxes, etc., and remove all rubbish and debris resulting from the work.
Where painted surfaces of equipment have been damaged or rusted during construction,
the Contractor shall paint same to match final.

TESTS AND ACCEPTANCE

224051.01

Attachment: Project Documents_Invitation for Bid_Justice_Dispatch_Electrical_FINAL_2-27-2025 (Review/Approve Dispatch Center Electrical

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57

26 05 00-8

Packet Pg. 73

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58

A.

B.
C.

1.30

COMMISSIONING
A.

1.31

B.

Contractor shall provide 4 hours for demonstration and training the Owner of the basic
operation installation and maintenance of the electrical systems.
Provide additional demonstration and training as detailed in the remaining Division 26,
27 and 28 sections.

RECORD DRAWINGS
A.

B.

C.

D.
E.

1.33

The Contractor shall review the General Requirements and Division 01 for
commissioning requirements and include the required labor to facilitate the
commissioning in their bid.

TRAINING
A.

1.32

The operation of the equipment and electrical systems does not constitute an
acceptance of the work by the Owner. The final acceptance is to be made after the
Contractor has adjusted his equipment and demonstrated that it fulfills the requirements
of the drawings and the specifications.
If any device, equipment, or wiring fails the testing specified herein, that item(s) shall be
replaced or repaired as directed by the Engineer.
Upon completion of the installation, the Contractor shall furnish certificates of approval
from all authorities having jurisdiction. He shall demonstrate that all work is complete
and in perfect operating condition, with the raceway and conduit system properly
grounded, all wiring free from grounds, shorts, and that the entire installation is free from
any physical defects. In the presence of the Engineer and the Owner, the Contractor
shall demonstrate the proper operation of all miscellaneous systems.

The Contractor shall keep a detailed up-to-date record of the following items:
1.
Feeder conduit routing including junction/pull boxes.
2.
Dimensioned drawings indicating all conduits in the slab.
3.
Approximate junction box and branch conduit locations.
4.
Actual circuit numbers, the equipment and devices are connected to.
Record drawings shall be maintained throughout the duration of the project and shall
reflect all pertinent information. At the time of project completion, the EC shall provide
a bond copy and CD ROM copy of the following to the Owner’s representative and
engineer:
1.
A complete set of original contractor field marked-up record drawings in color
scanned PDF format, and bond copy prints.
2.
A complete set of contractor edited, AutoCAD (.DWG format) or Revit (.RVT
format) generated PDF format copies of all project sheets, and bond copy prints.
3.
AutoCAD (.DWG format) or Revit (.RVT format) files associated with the record
drawings.
Record drawings shall be maintained throughout the duration of the project. At the time
of project completion, the contractor’s as-built field drawings shall be turned over to Ring
& DuChateau to be drafted into a complete set of reproducible, AutoCAD (.DWG format)
or Revit (.RVT format) generated, bond copy prints reflecting all pertinent information.
Ring & DuChateau shall provide electronic and hard copies of the record drawings to
the Owner's representative and Contractor.
The Contractor shall provide copies of all panelboard directories in pdf format as part of
the record drawings.
See General Requirements - Division 1, for additional information concerning record
documents.

ELECTRICAL DOCUMENTATION AVAILABILITY
A.

On projects when the model is not being shared, the Project Electrical Contractor may
obtain digital transfers, which contain the CAD generated electrical drawings from the
224051.01

Attachment: Project Documents_Invitation for Bid_Justice_Dispatch_Electrical_FINAL_2-27-2025 (Review/Approve Dispatch Center Electrical

8.a.1.b

26 05 00-9

Packet Pg. 74

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58

B.
None
1.34

GUARANTEES AND WARRANTIES
A.

B.
C.
D.
E.

1.35

See Division 01 or bidding requirements for unit pricing information.

ALTERNATES
A.

PART 2
2.1

See General Requirements or Division 01 for allowance information.

UNIT PRICES
A.

1.39

The Contractor shall install, and wire Owner furnished products as listed below. The
Contractor shall also include receiving the products at the job site and moving the
products to their final location. The Contractor shall handle the repair or replacement,
with the assistance of the Owner, of any products that are damaged or defective upon
receipt. The Contractor shall assume all warranty responsibilities for these Owner
furnished products.
1.
Owner furnished products:
a.
None.

ALLOWANCES
A.

1.38

Not applicable.

OWNER FURNISHED PRODUCTS
A.

1.37

Contractor shall guarantee, in writing, that:
1.
All work installed shall be free from all defects in workmanship and materials.
2.
All apparatus shall develop capacities and characteristics specified.
3.
During the period of one year, or as otherwise specified, from date of substantial
completion, any defects in workmanship, material or performance appear, the
Contractor shall, without cost to the Owner, remedy such defects within a
reasonable time as specified in notice from the Owner's Representative.
Refer to General Requirements and Division 01.
In default thereof, the Owner's Representative shall have the work done and charge the
cost of the work to the Contractor.
The Contractor shall guarantee that items furnished shall have capacities equal to, or
greater than, those specified.
Furnish manufacturer's written warranties for all equipment and cabling systems (ieCommscope, Systimax, Panduit PanGen, etc.), stating effective date of Warranty to the
Owner's Representative.

WORK BY OWNER
A.

1.36

Engineer. Th Project Electrical Contractor shall get signed release from the Architect for
the architectural backgrounds prior to the digital transfer of the electrical drawings.
The cost will be $100.00 per transfer plus $75 per floor plan drawing.

See Division 01 or bidding requirements for applicable alternate bidding information.

PRODUCTS
ACCESS PANELS
A.

Manufacturers:
1.
Milcor.
2.
Knapp.
3.
Zurn.
224051.01

Attachment: Project Documents_Invitation for Bid_Justice_Dispatch_Electrical_FINAL_2-27-2025 (Review/Approve Dispatch Center Electrical

8.a.1.b

26 05 00-10

Packet Pg. 75

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58

B.
C.

D.
E.

2.2

Size: adequate size to permit adjustment or service of concealed devices.
Design:
1.
Suitable for installation in the material forming the finished surface.
2.
Flush metal frame.
3.
Flush hinged steel door with flush latch.
4.
Latches:
a.
Screwdriver operated.
b.
Key operated cylinder lock.
c.
Non-key special tamperproof design.
UL listed to conform to the fire rating of the surface it is installed in.
Panels in acoustic ceiling shall be recessed type, to which tile can be attached flush
with the ceiling tile.

FIRESTOP MATERIALS
A.

B.

C.

D.
E.

General
1.
Firestopping materials and/or assembly shall maintain the F (Fire) and T
(Temperature) rating of the wall or floor.
2.
Firestopping materials and/or assembly shall maintain the W (Water) rating of the
floor.
Sealants
1.
Manufacturers:
a.
3M.
b.
Hilti.
c.
Insta-Foam Products.
d.
Bio Fireshield.
e.
Metacaulk.
f.
Verify with Construction Manager if all contractors shall utilize a single
manufacturer of firestop products. Include the cost of that manufacturer in
bid.
2.
One-part, intumescent elastomer, UL classified, non-corrosive to metal, and
compatible with synthetic cable jackets.
3.
Material shall expand up to 10 times when exposed to flame or heat.
4.
Maximum flame spread and fuel contributed 25 and smoke development of 50
when tested in accordance with ASTM E84.
Assemblies
1.
Manufacturers:
a.
Specified Technologies, Inc.
b.
Prior approved equal.
2.
Device shall:
a.
Contain a fire and smoke sealing system that automatically adjusts to the
addition or removal of cables.
b.
Contain an internal and external firestopping as required for the fire rating of
the wall.
c.
Shall require no maintenance and shall accommodate future cable changes
without mechanical adjustment and/or removal or replacement of protective
materials.
3.
Be equivalent to E-Z Path Series.
T-rating wrap
1.
Wrap shall be equivalent to Hilti CFP-ES endo-shield low bio persistent
endothermic mat with foil scrim on both sides.
Labels
1.
Self-adhesive label for each penetration. Label shall be equivalent to Hiti
Identification Sticker #2096830.
2.
Label shall indicate the following:
a.
UL System installed.
b.
Product(s) utilized.
c.
Date installed.
224051.01

Attachment: Project Documents_Invitation for Bid_Justice_Dispatch_Electrical_FINAL_2-27-2025 (Review/Approve Dispatch Center Electrical

8.a.1.b

26 05 00-11

Packet Pg. 76

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45

d.
e.
f.
PART 3
3.1

EXECUTION
ACCESS PANELS
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.

3.2

Contractor name.
Installer’s name.
Company phone number.

Provide access panels for access to equipment, junction and/or pull boxes or other
specialties installed behind wall or above ceiling surfaces.
Lay-in tee bar ceilings and snap-in removable metal pan ceilings shall be considered
adequate for access.
Sublet installation work to subcontractors specifically skilled in the construction of the
surfaces involved.
Confer with the other Project Contractors with respect to access panel locations and
wherever practicable, group devices in such a manner to eliminate as many panels as
possible.
Remove all markings and labels from access panels.
Provide screwdriver operated latches for all access panels except the following specific
exclusions:
1.
Public or Secure Areas shall be key operated.
2.
Hourly Rated Surfaces shall be as required by UL.

FIRESTOP MATERIALS
A.

B.
C.

D.

Penetrations through fire and/or smoke rated construction shall be sealed to maintain
the rating of the construction in which they occur and shall be UL listed for the rating of
the barrier penetrated, the construction type utilized in that barrier and the raceway or
cable penetrating the barrier.
Provide a label on the wall next to each penetration.
Utilize firestop material types as scheduled below:
1.
Conduit through-penetration of rated walls: Putty.
2.
Conduit through-penetration of rated floors: Putty or mortar.
3.
Cable tray through-penetration of rated walls: Bags or pillows.
4.
Cable penetration of rated walls:
a.
Conduit sleeve with firestop plug.
b.
E-Z path assembly or equivalent.
c.
Hilti Speed Sleeve or equivalent.
5.
Junction box membrane-penetration of rated walls: Putty pads.
Comply with the manufacturer's requirements for proper installation of firestop materials
to obtain the required fire, F & T, and/or smoke rating.

END OF SECTION

224051.01

Attachment: Project Documents_Invitation for Bid_Justice_Dispatch_Electrical_FINAL_2-27-2025 (Review/Approve Dispatch Center Electrical

8.a.1.b

26 05 00-12

Packet Pg. 77

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59

DIVISION 26
ELECTRICAL WORK
SECTION 26 05 02
ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION FOR REMODELING

PART 1
1.1

GENERAL
SECTION INCLUDES
A.

1.2

Electrical demolition.

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A.

B.

The purpose of the electrical demolition drawings is to provide the general scope of the
electrical demolition required for the project. The electrical demolition drawings may not
indicate every lighting fixture, wiring device, panelboard, junction box and etc.
The contractor shall include all costs associated with the removal and/or relocation of
any electrical item, even if not indicated on the electrical demolition drawings, to facilitate
the proposed construction.

1.3

REFERENCES

1.4

Refer to section 26 05 00 for applicable codes and standards for the material and installation
related to this section.
SUBMITTALS
A.

1.5

EQUIPMENT DIMENSIONS
A.

1.6

PART 2

MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT

PART 3

Materials and equipment for patching and extending work: As specified in individual
Sections.

EXECUTION
SHIPPING, DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A.

3.2

Refer to warranty requirements in section 26 05 00.

PRODUCTS

A.

3.1

None required.

WARRANTY
A.

2.1

None required.

EXTRA MATERIALS
A.

1.7

None required.

None required.

EXAMINATION AND PREPARATION
A.

Verify field measurements and circuiting arrangements are as shown on Drawings.
224051.01

26 05 02-1

Packet Pg. 78

Attachment: Project Documents_Invitation for Bid_Justice_Dispatch_Electrical_FINAL_2-27-2025 (Review/Approve Dispatch Center Electrical

8.a.1.b

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59

B.
C.
D.

E.
F.
G.
H.
I.
J.

3.3

DEMOLITION AND EXTENSION OF EXISTING ELECTRICAL WORK
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.

F.
G.
H.
I.
J.
K.

L.
M.
N.
O.

P.

3.4

Verify that abandoned wiring and equipment serve only abandoned facilities.
Demolition Drawings are based on the best available information at the time of design.
Report discrepancies to Architect/Engineer before disturbing existing installation.
All materials identified to be salvaged or reused shall be inspected by the Contractor
prior to removal. The Contractor shall provide a list of damaged equipment to the
Architect/Engineer.
Beginning of demolition means contractor accepts existing conditions.
Disconnect electrical systems in walls, floors, and ceilings scheduled for removal.
Coordinate utility service outages with Utility Company.
Provide temporary wiring and connections to maintain existing systems in service during
construction.
After completion of demolition, provide permanent wiring and connections to maintain
existing systems in service.
Existing Fire Alarm System: Maintain existing system in service until new system is
accepted. Disable system only to make switchovers and connections. Notify Owner
and local fire department at least 5 working days before partially or completely disabling
system. Minimize outage duration.

Demolish and extend existing electrical work under provisions of Section 26 05 00 and
this Section.
Remove, relocate, and extend existing installations to accommodate new construction.
Remove abandoned wiring to source of supply.
Remove exposed abandoned conduit, including abandoned conduit above accessible
ceiling finishes. Cut conduit flush with walls and floors, and patch surfaces.
Disconnect abandoned outlets and remove devices. Remove abandoned outlets if
conduit servicing them is abandoned and removed. Provide blank cover for abandoned
outlets which are not removed.
Disconnect and remove abandoned panelboards and distribution equipment.
Disconnect and remove electrical devices and equipment serving utilization equipment
that has been removed.
Disconnect and remove abandoned luminaires. Remove brackets, stems, hangers, and
other accessories.
Repair adjacent construction and finishes which were damaged during demolition and
extension work to match existing conditions.
Maintain access to existing electrical installations which remain active. Modify
installation or provide access panel as appropriate.
Existing electrical equipment, devices, raceways, etc. which are required to remain but
are affected because of the proposed renovation shall be revised/relocated to
accommodate the new construction.
Extend existing installations using materials and methods as specified.
Where conduits penetrate below grade walls, they shall be removed as far as possible,
sealed and/or capped to maintain the water integrity of the building envelope.
Existing branch conduits may be reused if the conduit meets all current codes regarding
wire fill, supporting means etc.
In renovated areas where existing ceilings are being removed and a new ceilings are
being installed, the electrical contractor shall be responsible for resupporting all existing
conduits, boxes, etc. required to remain, per the these specifications and all applicable
codes.
In renovated areas where new non-accessible ceilings are being installed, the contractor
shall have the option of removing or relocating existing junction boxes, conduit and
conductors that will be inaccessible or providing access panels for the existing junction
boxes.

SALVAGEABLE EQUIPMENT
A.

The Contractor shall dispose of all obsolete material.

224051.01

26 05 02-2

Packet Pg. 79

Attachment: Project Documents_Invitation for Bid_Justice_Dispatch_Electrical_FINAL_2-27-2025 (Review/Approve Dispatch Center Electrical

8.a.1.b

8.a.1.b
3.5

BALLAST DISPOSAL
A.
B.

C.

D.
E.

F.

G.

3.6

LAMP DISPOSAL
A.

B.

C.
D.
E.
F.

3.7

The Contractor shall inspect all ballasts in all light fixtures removed as part of this project
and take the actions described below.
All ballasts labeled as "NON-PCBs" or "NO PCBs" shall be handled as described in this
section. If the PCB content is not stated on the ballast label, the ballast shall be handled
as a PCB ballast.
All PCB ballasts shall have the wires clipped off and the ballasts placed in governmental
approved enclosures (drums) and placed in storage in a location within the building as
directed by the Owner. The quantity and size of the enclosures (drums) shall be
determined by the Contractor. Enclosures (drums) will be provided by the owner. The
Contractor shall provide the Owner in written form, a total count of the PCB ballasts.
The ballasts are not to be removed from the work site by the Contractor. To do so, would
be a violation of governmental hazardous waste regulations.
The Contractor shall label and mark the PCB storage enclosures with approved PCB
labels and the storage area with signs, marks and lines to meet the regulations of the
governing authorities.
The Contractor shall also provide approve PCB absorbent materials to be stored
immediately adjacent to the drum storage area. Do not place loose absorbent material
in the drum.
When the ballast demolition is completed and all the PCB ballasts are placed in drums
ready to be picked up for disposal, the Contractor shall notify the Owner. The Owner
shall make arrangements for pickup and disposal of the PCB ballasts, including the cost
of disposal.

The Contractor shall remove all lamps from all luminaires being removed or relocated.
The lamps shall be removed intact. The Contractor shall be responsible for any
additional charges for broken lamps.
The Contractor shall store the lamps in drums or boxes and place in storage in a location
within the building as directed by the Owner. The Contractor shall provide the containers.
The lamps shall be sorted by type.
1.
Fluorescent
a.
Compact, PL or biax lamps
b.
U shaped lamps
c.
Circline lamps
d.
2', 3', 4' and 8' straight lamps.
2.
Mercury Vapor
3.
High Pressure Sodium
4.
Low Pressure Sodium
5.
Metal Halide
6.
Incandescent
Broken lamps shall be stored in a heavy plastic bag and the bag put into a rigid container.
The broken lamps shall be sorted as described above.
The Contractor shall provide to the Owner, in written form, a total count of all lamp types,
including broken lamps.
These lamps are not to be removed from the site by the Contractor. To do so, would be
a violation of governmental hazardous waste regulations.
When the lamp demolition is complete and all lamps are placed in the containers ready
to be picked up for disposal, the Contractor shall notify the Owner. The Owner shall
make arrangements for pickup and disposal of the lamps, including the cost of disposal.

HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES
A.

Ionization smoke detectors: The contractor shall include all the costs associated with
disposal of the non-salvaged ionization smoke detectors. Typically, the detectors can be
returned to their original manufacturer for disposal of the radioactive element.

224051.01

26 05 02-3

Packet Pg. 80

Attachment: Project Documents_Invitation for Bid_Justice_Dispatch_Electrical_FINAL_2-27-2025 (Review/Approve Dispatch Center Electrical

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42

B.

C.

3.8

CLEANING AND REPAIR
A.
B.

3.9

Verify all connections are tightened to the proper torque as recommended by the
manufacturer.

START UP/MANUFACTURER FIELD SERVICES
A.

3.13

Verify all electrical equipment that is shown on the drawings to be demolished and all
associated electrical serving it has been removed.

ADJUSTMENT AND CLEANING
A.

3.12

Install relocated materials and equipment under the provisions of the associated
specification section(s) for new equipment as if the relocated equipment is new
equipment. Example: Relocated luminaries shall be installed per specification section
26 50 00.

FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A.

3.11

Clean and repair existing materials and equipment which remain or are to be reused.
Panelboards: Clean exposed surfaces and check tightness of electrical connections.
Replace damaged circuit breakers and provide closure plates for vacant positions.
Provide typed circuit directory showing revised circuiting arrangement.

INSTALLATION
A.

3.10

Self-luminous exit lights: The contractor shall include all the costs associated with
disposal of the non-salvaged self-luminous. Typically, the exit signs can be returned to
their original manufacturer for disposal of the radioactive element.
PCB-Liquid filled transformers.
1.
Asbestos insulated wire.
2.
Oil immersed equipment.
3.
Other.

None required.

DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING
A.

None required.

END OF SECTION

224051.01

26 05 02-4

Packet Pg. 81

Attachment: Project Documents_Invitation for Bid_Justice_Dispatch_Electrical_FINAL_2-27-2025 (Review/Approve Dispatch Center Electrical

8.a.1.b

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59

DIVISION 26
ELECTRICAL WORK
SECTION 26 05 03
ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT MOUNTING REQUIREMENTS

PART 1
1.1

GENERAL
SECTION INCLUDES
A.

1.2

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A.

1.3

B.
C.

None required.

EXTRA MATERIALS
A.
B.

1.7

For Approval
1.
None required
For Record Purposes
1.
None required.
Operations and Maintenance Manuals
1.
None required.

EQUIPMENT DIMENSIONS
A.

1.6

Refer to section 26 05 00 for applicable codes and standards for the material and
installation related to this section.

SUBMITTALS
A.

1.5

The section provides the standard mounting heights for electrical equipment. Any
mounting heights on the architectural or electrical drawings supersede the mounting
heights in this section.

REFERENCES
A.

1.4

Electrical equipment mounting height requirements applicable to all Division 26, 27 and
28 sections.

Spare Materials
1.
None required.
Maintenance Materials
1.
None required.

WARRANTY
A.

PART 2

Refer to warranty requirements in section 26 05 00.

PRODUCTS

Not Used.

PART 3
3.1

EXECUTION
MOUNTING HEIGHTS
A.

General
224051.01

26 05 03-1

Packet Pg. 82

Attachment: Project Documents_Invitation for Bid_Justice_Dispatch_Electrical_FINAL_2-27-2025 (Review/Approve Dispatch Center Electrical

8.a.1.b

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39

1.
2.

B.

C.

D.

E.

F.

G.

H.

I.

All mounting heights are to the centerline of the item unless noted otherwise.
All equipment installed in this project shall be mounted per the American
Disabilities Act (ADA) requirements.
Wiring Devices
1.
Switches and Switch/Receptacle Combinations: 46 inches above finished floor.
2.
Receptacles:
a.
Standard locations: 18 inches above finished floor, unless specifically noted
otherwise on floor plans.
b.
Above countertops: Vertically mounted, 46 inches above finished floor.
Low Voltage Switching Equipment
1.
Switches: 46 inches above finished floor.
2.
Relay panels: 72 inches above finished floor to top of enclosure.
Disconnect Switches, Enclosed Circuit Breakers and Elevator Distribution Equipment
1.
Disconnect switches, enclosed circuit breakers and elevator distribution
equipment: 72 inches above finished floor to top of enclosure.
Panelboards
1.
Panelboards: 84 inches above finished floor to top of enclosure; install
panelboards taller than 84 inches with bottom of the enclosure, 4 inches above
floor.
Transfer Switches
1.
Transfer Switches: 72 inches above finished floor to top of enclosure; transfer
switches taller than 72 inches shall be floor mounted.
Interior Luminaires
1.
Fixtures to be mounted at 80" minimum above finished floor to bottom of fixture:
a.
Wall mounted luminaires protruding greater than 4" from wall.
b.
Pendant mounted fixtures located above walkways.
2.
See electrical and architectural drawings for additional information further defining
mounting height requirements.
Fire Alarm System
1.
Pull stations: 46 inches above finished floor.
2.
Alarm indicating device: 80" above finished floor to bottom of device or 6" below
finished ceiling to top of device, whichever is lower.
3.
Control panel: 72 inches above finished floor to top of enclosure.
4.
Remote annunciator: 60 inches above finished floor to top of enclosure.
Security Systems
1.
Card Readers and key pads: 46 inches above finished floor.
2.
Control panels: 72 inches above finished floor to top of enclosure.
END OF SECTION

224051.01

26 05 03-2

Packet Pg. 83

Attachment: Project Documents_Invitation for Bid_Justice_Dispatch_Electrical_FINAL_2-27-2025 (Review/Approve Dispatch Center Electrical

8.a.1.b

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59

DIVISION 26
ELECTRICAL WORK
SECTION 26 05 21
BUILDING WIRE AND CABLE

PART 1
1.1

GENERAL
SECTION INCLUDES
A.
B.

1.2

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A.

1.3

B.
C.

B.

Spare Materials
1.
None required.
Maintenance Materials
1.
None required.

WARRANTY
A.

PART 2
2.1

None required.

EXTRA MATERIALS
A.

1.7

For Approval
1.
As requested by the Engineer, provide a field sample of each size and type cable
utilized on this project. Minimum length: 2 feet. This cable shall be an actual
sample cut from cable that has been delivered to the job site.
For Record Purposes
1.
Accurately record actual sizes, quantity and locations of wire and cables.
Operations and Maintenance Manuals
1.
None required.

EQUIPMENT DIMENSIONS
A.

1.6

Refer to section 26 05 00 for applicable codes and standards for the material and
installation related to this section.

SUBMITTALS
A.

1.5

Provide the building wire and cabling as indicated on the drawings and specified herein.

REFERENCES
A.

1.4

Building wire and cable.
Wiring connectors and connections.

Refer to warranty requirements in section 26 05 00.

PRODUCTS
BUILDING WIRE AND CABLE
A.
B.

C.
D.

Description: Single conductor insulated wire.
Conductors:
1.
Copper – Copper conductors are acceptable for all branch circuits and feeders.
2.
Aluminum – Not allowed.
Insulation Voltage Rating: 600 volts, 90 degree Celsius.
Insulation
224051.01

26 05 21-1

Packet Pg. 84

Attachment: Project Documents_Invitation for Bid_Justice_Dispatch_Electrical_FINAL_2-27-2025 (Review/Approve Dispatch Center Electrical

8.a.1.b

8.a.1.b
1.

E.

2.2

COMMUNICATIONS CABLES
A.
B.
C.

2.3

B.

C.

PART 3

SHIPPING, DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
Store and protect in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
Cable must be stored in a location protected from vandalism and weather.
Cable stored outside must be covered with opaque plastic or canvas with provision for
ventilation to prevent condensation and for protection from weather. If air temperature
at cable storage location will be below 40 degrees F., the cable shall be moved to a
heated (50 degrees F minimum) location. If necessary, cable will (shall ? ) be stored off
site at the Contractor's expense.

EXAMINATION AND PREPARATION
A.
B.
C.

3.3

Conductors #10 AWG and smaller: Ideal Twister compression type solderless
connectors with plastic cover or equivalent. WAGO compact splicing connector with
operating lever and transparent housing or equivalent.
Splices and taps in conductors #8 AWG and larger: Solderless compression type
connectors, tool and die applied, of a type that not loosen under vibration or normal
strains. Burndy "Hy-Dent" type or equivalent.
For exterior applications,
1.
In above ground appplications: Ideal Weatherproof wire connector, compression
type solderless connector with plastic cover and silicone based sealant to protect
splice from moisture and corrosion.
2.
In below grade applications: NSi Industries Easy-Splice Gel Splice kits or
equivalent.

EXECUTION

A.
B.
C.

3.2

Communications cables shall be the type as called for in the specifications and drawings
for the installation of various communications systems.
Communications cables installed in cable trays shall be approved for use in cable tray
and shall be of fire resistive construction.
Cables routed exposed through return air ceiling plenums shall be smoke resistance
Teflon coated cable classified as type CLP or CMP communications cable.

WIRING CONNECTORS
A.

3.1

Interior, Exterior Above or Below Grade: ANSI/NFPA 70; Type THHN/THWN-2 or
Type XHHW-2.
2.
Interior and served from Isolated Power Systems: ANSI/NFPA 70; XLP Type
XHHW-2 insulation. Insulation thickness shall not be less than 1/32" for #10 and
#12 AWG and 5/64" for #8 AWG or larger. The dielectric constant of the conductor
shall be 3.5 or less.
3.
Flexible for Interior or Exterior: ANSI/NFPA 70; Type RHH/RHW-2 insulation.
Color coding: Insulation for all conductor sizes shall be colored. Color coding as
specified in 26 05 53.

Verify that interior of building has been protected from weather.
Verify that mechanical work likely to damage wire and cable has been completed.
Completely and thoroughly swab raceway before installing wire.

INSTALLATION
A.

General Installation
1.
Identify wire and cable under provisions of Section 26 05 53.
2.
Identify each conductor with its circuit number or other designation indicated on
Drawings.
224051.01

26 05 21-2

Packet Pg. 85

Attachment: Project Documents_Invitation for Bid_Justice_Dispatch_Electrical_FINAL_2-27-2025 (Review/Approve Dispatch Center Electrical

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59

8.a.1.b
3.

B.

C.

Install products in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions and NECA
"Standard of Installation".
4.
Use stranded conductors for control circuits and for wiring served by isolated
power systems.
5.
Use highly stranded cable for feeders and branch circuits that call for flexible cable
on the one line diagram.
6.
Use conductor not smaller than 12 AWG for power and lighting circuits.
7.
Use conductor not smaller than 16 AWG for control circuits.
8.
Voltage drop for branch circuit and feeder circuit combined shall not exceed the
requirements of NEC Article 215.
9.
Install conductors only when raceway system is complete and building is enclosed
and watertight. Pull all conductors into raceway at same time.
10. Route a continuous insulated equipment grounding conductor with all feeder and
branch circuits.
11. Route branch circuits and switch legs as dictated by construction, these
specifications, or instructions from the Engineer.
12. Use suitable wire pulling lubricant for building wire. Conductors served via isolated
power systems shall be installed using a dry lubricant which will exhibit a low
dielectric constant, to minimize leakage current.
13. Protect exposed cable from damage.
14. Use suitable cable fittings and connectors.
15. Neatly train and lace wiring inside boxes, equipment, and panelboards.
16. Clean conductor surfaces before installing lugs and connectors.
17. Make splices, taps, and terminations to carry full ampacity of conductors with no
perceptible temperature rise.
18. Circuit numbers shown on the drawings are for the Contractor's estimating
purposes and to plan his wiring. Exact circuit numbers shall be selected by the
Contractor at his option to provide a balanced load on all phases at panelboards.
Panelboard average load shall not differ from phase to phase by ±7-1/2%
19. Provide cable riser clamp in vertical raceways where required by code. All riser
clamps shall be accessible for inspection.
20. Cables within switchgear shall be routed in a manner which will allow adequate
room for bending and terminating cables. Cables must be secured in a manner
which will not result in cable weight being placed on the termination electrical joint.
Cable support shall be made in a manner that does not force cable against ground
metal or which compresses cable diameter.
21. Use suitable reducing connectors or mechanical connector adapters for
connecting existing aluminum conductors to copper conductors.
Home Run Installation
1.
Use 10 AWG conductors for 20 ampere, 120 volt branch circuit home runs longer
than 75 feet.
2.
Use 8 AWG conductors for 20 ampere, 120 volt branch circuit home runs longer
than 125 feet.
3.
Use 10 AWG conductors for 20 ampere, 277 volt branch circuit home runs longer
than 150 feet.
4.
All branch circuit home run conductors greater than 200 feet, regardless of voltage,
shall be sized for a maximum voltage drop of 3%. Home runs are defined for
voltage drop purposes as the conductor distance from the panelboard to the first
outlet of the network.
Feeder Installation
1.
Feeder conduits shall not be installed in poured in place concrete.
2.
Feeders shall follow the most accessible routes, concealed in construction in
finished areas, exposed to the minimum temperature gradient and to minimum
temperature fluctuation. Confine feeders to insulated portions of the building,
unless otherwise shown.
3.
Parallel Feeders
a.
Where multiple raceways are used for a single feeder, each raceway shall
contain a conductor of each phase and neutral if used, and grounding
conductor, if specified.
224051.01

26 05 21-3

Packet Pg. 86

Attachment: Project Documents_Invitation for Bid_Justice_Dispatch_Electrical_FINAL_2-27-2025 (Review/Approve Dispatch Center Electrical

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59

8.a.1.b
b.

D.

3.4

FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A.
B.

C.
3.5

Verify all connections are tightened to the proper torque as recommended by the
manufacturer.

START UP/MANUFACTURER FIELD SERVICES
A.

3.7

Inspect wire for physical damage and proper connection.
Measure tightness of bolted connections and compare torque measurements with
manufacturer's recommended values. If manufacturer’s torque values are not indicated,
use the values specified in UL 486A-486B for the application.
Verify continuity of each branch circuit conductor.

ADJUSTMENT AND CLEANING
A.

3.6

Where feeder conductors are run in parallel, conductors shall be of same
length, same material, circular-mil area, insulation type, and terminated in
same manner.
c.
Where parallel feeder conductors are run in separate raceways, raceways
shall have same physical characteristics.
4.
Each raceway shall contain only those conductors comprising a single feeder
circuit.
Neutral Conductor Installation
1.
The use of single-phase, multi-wire branch circuits with a common neutral is not
permitted. All branch circuits shall be furnished and installed with an individual
accompanying neutral, sized the same as the phase conductors.

None required.

DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING
A.

None required.

END OF SECTION

224051.01

26 05 21-4

Packet Pg. 87

Attachment: Project Documents_Invitation for Bid_Justice_Dispatch_Electrical_FINAL_2-27-2025 (Review/Approve Dispatch Center Electrical

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59

DIVISION 26
ELECTRICAL WORK
SECTION 26 05 25
POWER CABLE ASSEMBLIES

PART 1
1.1

GENERAL
SECTION INCLUDES
A.

1.2

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A.
B.

1.3

B.
C.

B.

Spare Materials
1.
None required.
Maintenance Materials
1.
None required.

WARRANTY
A.

PART 2

None required.

EXTRA MATERIALS
A.

1.7

For Approval
1.
As requested by the Engineer, provide a field sample of each size and type cable
utilized on this project. Minimum length: 2 feet. This cable shall be an actual
sample cut from cable that has been delivered to the job site.
For Record Purposes
1.
Accurately record actual sizes, quantity and locations of wire and cables.
Operations and Maintenance Manuals
1.
None required.

EQUIPMENT DIMENSIONS
A.

1.6

Refer to section 26 05 00 for applicable codes and standards for the material and
installation related to this section.

SUBMITTALS
A.

1.5

Provide power cable assemblies as indicated on the drawings and specified herein.
Permitted Uses
1.
Metal clad cable.
a.
Use metal clad cable for power within wood or metal stud walls, in finished
areas of the building. Branch circuit home runs and all wiring within the
ceiling cavity of corridors shall be complete raceway systems as indicated
in specification section 26 05 31.
b.
Use metal clad cable for fire alarm throughout the project except when
cable is required to be fire rated or when the cabling is above nonaccessible ceilings.
c.
Not allowed.

REFERENCES
A.

1.4

Metal clad cable, Type MC.

Refer to warranty requirements in section 26 05 00.

PRODUCTS
224051.01

26 05 25-1

Packet Pg. 88

Attachment: Project Documents_Invitation for Bid_Justice_Dispatch_Electrical_FINAL_2-27-2025 (Review/Approve Dispatch Center Electrical

8.a.1.b

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56

2.1

METAL CLAD CABLE - POWER
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
H.

2.2

METAL CLAD CABLE – FIRE ALARM
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.

2.3

B.

Refer to section 26 05 21.

CABLE SUPPORTS
A.

PART 3
3.1

Metal Box Termination
1.
Metal one or two screw clamp type with locknut. Provide anti-short bushing as
required by code and/or by the cable or connector manufacturer.
Plastic Box Termination
1.
Cable clamping shall be integral with the box. Refer to section 26 05 34.

WIRING CONNECTORS
A.

2.5

Description: NFPA 70, Type MC. Single conductor insulated wire, 2, 3 or 4
conductors with ground in interlocked metal armor.
Conductor: Copper.
Insulation Voltage Rating: 600 volts.
Insulation Temperature Rating: 90 degrees Celsius.
Insulation Material: Type THHN/THWN-2 for #12 and #14 AWG. Type TFN for #16
and #18 AWG.
Armor material: Steel or Aluminum. The armor shall have a red color and labeling to
indicate cable is rated for fire alarm applications.
Color coding:
1.
Insulation for all conductor sizes shall be colored. Color coding as specified in
section 26 05 53.

POWER CABLE CONNECTORS
A.

2.4

Description: NFPA 70, Type MC. Single conductor insulated wire, 2, 3 or 4
conductors with ground in interlocked metal armor.
Conductor: Copper.
Insulation Voltage Rating: 600 volts.
Insulation Temperature Rating: 90 degrees Celsius.
Insulation Material: Type THHN/THWN-2.
Armor material: Steel or Aluminum.
Jacket: PVC.
Color coding:
1.
Insulation for all conductor sizes shall be colored. Color coding as specified in
section 26 05 53.
2.
Cable jacket shall be color coded for ease of conductor size identification.

Type MC Cable supports shall be metal one-hole straps for single cables and metal for
multiple cables routed together, equivalent to Arlington SMC series.
EXECUTION

SHIPPING, DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A.
B.
C.

Store and protect in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
Cable must be stored in a location protected from vandalism and weather.
Cable stored outside must be covered with opaque plastic or canvas with provision for
ventilation to prevent condensation and for protection from weather. If air temperature
at cable storage location will be below 40 degrees F., the cable shall be moved to a
heated (50 degrees F minimum) location. If necessary, cable shall be stored off site at
the Contractor's expense.
224051.01

26 05 25-2

Packet Pg. 89

Attachment: Project Documents_Invitation for Bid_Justice_Dispatch_Electrical_FINAL_2-27-2025 (Review/Approve Dispatch Center Electrical

8.a.1.b

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58

3.2

EXAMINATION AND PREPARATION
A.
B.
C.

3.3

Verify that surfaces are ready to receive work.
Verify that field measurements are as shown on Drawings and/or are as instructed by
the manufacturer.
Verify that required utilities are available, in proper location, and ready for use.

INSTALLATION
A.

B.

C.

D.

General
1.
Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions
2.
Identify wire and cable under provisions of Section 26 05 53.
3.
Identify each conductor with its circuit number or other designation indicated on
Drawings.
4.
Use stranded conductors for control circuits.
5.
Use conductor not smaller than 12 AWG for power and lighting circuits.
6.
Use conductor not smaller than 16 AWG for control circuits.
7.
The voltage drop for the branch circuit and the feeder circuit combined shall not
exceed the requirements of NEC Article 215.
8.
Install cables only when the building is enclosed and watertight.
9.
Route branch circuits and switch legs as dictated by construction, these
specifications, or instructions from the Engineer.
10. Protect exposed cable from damage.
11. Use suitable cable fittings and connectors.
12. Neatly train and lace wiring inside boxes, equipment, and panelboards.
13. Clean conductor surfaces before installing lugs and connectors.
14. Make splices, taps, and terminations to carry full ampacity of conductors with no
perceptible temperature rise.
15. Circuit numbers shown on the drawings are for the Contractor's estimating
purposes and to plan his wiring. Exact circuit numbers shall be selected by the
Contractor at his option to provide a balanced load on all phases at panelboards.
Panelboard average load shall not differ from phase to phase by ±7-1/2%.
16. Provide cable riser clamp in vertical raceways where required by code. All riser
clamps shall be accessible for inspection.
17. Cables within switchgear shall be routed in a manner which will allow adequate
room for bending and terminating cables. Cables must be secured in a manner
which will not result in cable weight being placed on the termination electrical joint.
Cable support shall be made in a manner that does not force cable against ground
metal or which compresses cable diameter.
18. Use suitable reducing connectors or mechanical connector adapters for
connecting existing aluminum conductors to copper conductors.
Above ceiling installations
1.
Cables installed above finished accessible ceilings shall be routed parallel and
perpendicular to to the building structure.
Home Run Installation where cable is allowed for use as a home run.
1.
Use 10 AWG conductors for 20 ampere, 120-volt branch circuit home runs longer
than 75 feet.
2.
Use 8 AWG conductors for 20 ampere, 120-volt branch circuit home runs longer
than 125 feet.
3.
Use 10 AWG conductors for 20 ampere, 277-volt branch circuit home runs longer
than 150 feet.
4.
All branch circuit home run conductors greater than 200 feet, regardless of
voltage, shall be sized for a maximum voltage drop of 3%. Home runs are
defined for voltage drop purposes as the conductor distance from the panelboard
to the first outlet of the network.
Feeder Installation
1.
Feeder conduits shall not be installed in poured in place concrete.

224051.01

26 05 25-3

Packet Pg. 90

Attachment: Project Documents_Invitation for Bid_Justice_Dispatch_Electrical_FINAL_2-27-2025 (Review/Approve Dispatch Center Electrical

8.a.1.b

8.a.1.b
2.

E.

3.4

FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A.
B.

C.
3.5

Verify all connections are tightened to the proper torque as recommended by the
manufacturer.

START UP/MANUFACTURER FIELD SERVICES
A.

3.7

Inspect wire for physical damage and proper connection.
Measure tightness of bolted connections and compare torque measurements with
manufacturer's recommended values. If manufacturer’s torque values are not
indicated, use the values specified in UL 486A-486B for the application.
Verify continuity of each branch circuit conductor.

ADJUSTMENT AND CLEANING
A.

3.6

Feeders shall follow the most accessible routes, concealed in construction in
finished areas, exposed to the minimum temperature gradient and to minimum
temperature fluctuation. Confine feeders to insulated portions of the building,
unless otherwise shown.
3.
Parallel Feeders
a.
Where multiple cables are used for a single feeder, each cable shall contain
a conductor of each phase and neutral if used, and grounding conductor, if
specified.
b.
Where feeder conductors are run in parallel, conductors shall be of same
length, same material, circular-mil area, insulation type, and terminated in
same manner.
c.
Where parallel feeder conductors are run in separate cables, cables shall
have same physical characteristics.
4.
Each cable shall contain only those conductors comprising a single feeder circuit.
Neutral Conductor Installation
1.
The use of single-phase, multi-wire branch circuits with a common neutral is not
permitted. All branch circuits shall be furnished and installed with an individual
accompanying neutral, sized the same as the phase conductors.

None required.

DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING
A.

None required.

END OF SECTION

224051.01

26 05 25-4

Packet Pg. 91

Attachment: Project Documents_Invitation for Bid_Justice_Dispatch_Electrical_FINAL_2-27-2025 (Review/Approve Dispatch Center Electrical

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59

DIVISION 26
ELECTRICAL WORK
SECTION 26 05 26
GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS

PART 1 GENERAL
1.1

SECTION INCLUDES
A.

1.2

REFERENCES
A.

1.3

B.

C.

None required.

EXTRA MATERIALS
A.
B.

1.6

For Approval
1.
None required.
For Record Purposes
1.
Accurately record location and sizes of all grounding electrodes.
2.
Accurately record actual size, quantity, and locations of all grounding electrode
conductors.
Operations and Maintenance Manuals
1.
None required.

EQUIPMENT DIMENSIONS
A.

1.5

Refer to section 26 05 00 for applicable codes and standards for the material and
installation related to this section.

SUBMITTALS
A.

1.4

Equipment Grounding Conductors.

Spare Materials
1.
None required.
Maintenance Materials
1.
None required.

WARRANTY
A.

Refer to warranty requirements in section 26 05 00.

PART 2 EXECUTION
2.1

SHIPPING, DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A.

2.2

EXAMINATION AND PREPARATION
A.

2.3

Accept material on site. Inspect for damage.

Verify that final backfill, and compaction has been completed before driving rod
electrodes.

INSTALLATION
A.

GENERAL
1.
Install products in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions.
224051.01

26 05 26-1

Packet Pg. 92

Attachment: Project Documents_Invitation for Bid_Justice_Dispatch_Electrical_FINAL_2-27-2025 (Review/Approve Dispatch Center Electrical

8.a.1.b

8.a.1.b
2.

B.

2.4

FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A.
B.

2.5

Verify all connections are tightened to the proper torque as recommended by the
manufacturer.

START UP/MANUFACTURERS FIELD SERVICES
A.

2.7

Inspect grounding and bonding system conductors and connections for tightness and
proper installation.
Use suitable test instrument to measure resistance to ground of system. Perform testing
in accordance with test instrument manufacturer’s recommendations using the fall-of
potential method.

ADJUSTMENT AND CLEANING
A.

2.6

Ground connection surfaces shall be cleaned and all connections shall be made
so that it is impossible to move them.
3.
Attach grounds permanently before permanent building service is energized.
EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTORS
1.
Install Equipment Grounding Conductor within each feeder and branch circuit
raceway. Conductor shall be bonded at each end on suitable lug, bus, or bushing.
2.
Install Equipment Grounding Conductor in nonmetallic and flexible conduit to
complete equipment ground continuity. Ground wire shall be bonded at equipment
and at first junction box of conduit system online side of flexible conduit to the
system.
3.
The Equipment Grounding Conductors shall be a separate, insulated green
conductor. Isolated Equipment Grounding Conductors used in this facility shall be
designated by any code approved color and this color shall be consistent
throughout.
4.
All circuits serving isolated ground receptacles shall be served from a dedicated
isolated ground conductor. This conductor is in addition to the green Equipment
Grounding Conductor indicated above.
5.
Providing grounding in patient care areas to meet requirements of NFPA 99 and
ANSI/NFPA 70.

None required.

DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING
A.

None required.

END OF SECTION

224051.01

26 05 26-2

Packet Pg. 93

Attachment: Project Documents_Invitation for Bid_Justice_Dispatch_Electrical_FINAL_2-27-2025 (Review/Approve Dispatch Center Electrical

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59

DIVISION 26
ELECTRICAL WORK
SECTION 26 05 29
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS

PART 1 GENERAL
1.1

SECTION INCLUDES
A.
B.

1.2

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A.
B.

1.3

B.

C.

Refer to floor plan drawings for approximate overall dimensions for the equipment of this
section. Minor dimensional increases of 6 inches or less are acceptable unless specific
dimensions are indicated for the equipment. Notify the engineer in writing 5 days prior
to submitting bid if the dimensional increases will be greater than 6 inches in any
dimension.

EXTRA MANUALS
A.
B.

1.7

For approval
1.
None required.
For record purposes.
1.
As-built/Record Drawings shall accurately indicate the structural components
utilized for mounting equipment.
Operations and Maintenance Manuals.
1.
Manufacturer’s Installation Instructions: None required.
2.
Maintenance Data: None required.

EQUIPMENT DIMENSIONS
A.

1.6

Refer to section 26 05 00 for applicable codes and standards for the material and
installation related to this section.

SUBMITTALS
A.

1.5

Provide hangers and support systems for the electrical system.
Design of support systems shall be adequate for weight of equipment, conduit and wiring
which they carry.

REFERENCES
A.

1.4

Conduit and equipment supports.
Anchors and fasteners.

Spare Materials
1.
None Required.
Maintenance Materials
1.
None required.

WARRANTY
A.

Refer to warranty requirements in section 26 05 00.

PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1

METAL SUPPORTING CHANNEL

224051.01

26 05 29-1

Packet Pg. 94

Attachment: Project Documents_Invitation for Bid_Justice_Dispatch_Electrical_FINAL_2-27-2025 (Review/Approve Dispatch Center Electrical

8.a.1.b

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59

A.

B.

2.2

LIGHTING FIXTURE SUPPORT
A.
B.
C.
D.

2.3

Items such as stems, hickeys, bar hangers and clips as required to securely attach
fixtures to ceilings or walls.
Studs and Unistrut support for fixture outlet and ceiling support.
Fixture grid hangers for mounting surface units to exposed grid ceiling.
Provide auxiliary support so that the fixtures can be drawn up tightly, cannot be tilted or
rotated, and will not be affected by vibrations.

MOUNTING PANELS
A.
B.

2.4

Manufacturers:
1.
ABB Kindorf/Superstrut/Steel City.
2.
Elgen Co.
3.
ERICO International Corporation.
4.
Unistrut
5.
Cooper B-Line
6.
Ideal Triddon Group Wesanco
Channel Types
1.
Galvanized steel:
a.
Strut shall be made from steel meeting the minimum mechanical properties
of ASTM A1011 SS, Grade 33 and shall be hot-dip galvanized after
fabrication in accordance with ASTM A123.
b.
Fittings shall be manufactured from steel meeting the minimum
requirements of ASTM A907 SS, Grade 33, and hot-dip galvanized after
fabrication in accordance with ASTM A123.
c.
All hardware shall be stainless steel Type 304 or chromium zinc ASTM
F1136 Gr. 3.
d.
All hot-dip galvanized after fabrication products must be returned to point of
manufacture after coating for inspection and removal of all sharp burrs.
2.
Epoxy painted steel:
a.
Strut shall be made from steel meeting the minimum mechanical properties
of ASTM A1011 SS Grade 33, then painted with water born epoxy applied
by a cathodic electro-deposition process.
b.
All fittings and hardware shall be zinc plated in accordance with ASTM
B633 (SC3 for fittings, SC1 for threaded hardware).
3.
Stainless steel:
a.
All strut, fittings and hardware shall be made of AISI Type 304 or Type 316
stainless steel as indicated.
4.
Accessories as required for supporting attached conduit and equipment.

Size mounting panels to mount necessary equipment, of ¾ inch fire retardant plywood
as indicated on drawings.
Provide uniform mounting panels as far as practical.

CONDUIT SUPPORTS
A.
B.

C.
D.
E.

Conduit clamps, straps, supports and similar items shall be steel or malleable iron.
One hole straps for conduits 1" and smaller. Two hole straps for conduits larger than
1". Galvanized steel straps for metal conduits and plastic straps for nonmetallic
conduits.
Where penetrating conduit weight is supported by floor, provide manufactured product
or structural bearing collar designed to carry load.
Continuous bracket to support the size transformer as indicated on drawings.
Spring steel clips with snap-close clamps:
1.
Spring Steel Clip products shall be provided with corrosion resistance and be
warranted against failure from corrosion for a period of ten (10) years from date
of manufacture.
2.
Conduit clamp shall pivot a full 360 degrees and snap close around the conduit.
224051.01

26 05 29-2

Packet Pg. 95

Attachment: Project Documents_Invitation for Bid_Justice_Dispatch_Electrical_FINAL_2-27-2025 (Review/Approve Dispatch Center Electrical

8.a.1.b

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59

3.
4.
5.
2.5

ANCHORS
A.
B.
C.

D.

2.6

Push-in type conduit clamps are not acceptable.
Bar joist installation shall require a hammer to install onto the supporting surface.
Wall stud installation shall require a fastener to mount clip to the stud.
Box/conduit combination hanger shall be supported via a wire or rod.

General
1.
Shall be rated for the building material it is installed and for the load supported.
Metal: Zinc-coated or stainless steel insert wedge style for use in concrete or
masonry.
Nylon: shall be 2 way expansion type with rapid fixing and high pull-out values.
Anchor shall have be manufactured to restrict rotation after inserted into hole and not
fall out of overhead holes.
Powder-Actuated: Provide with threaded steel stud, for use in concrete and masonry
construction.

HARDWARE
A.
B.
C.

Corrosion resistant or as noted for each product above.
Toggle bolts shall be all steel with springhead.
Threaded Rod shall be minimum of 3/8”.

PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1

SHIPPING, DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A.
B.
C.

3.2

EXAMINATION AND PREPARATION
A.
B.

C.

D.
3.3

Inspect and report concealed damage to carrier.
Handle carefully to avoid damage to material and finish.
Store in a clean, dry location. Maintain factory packaging and as required, provide
additional heavy canvas or heavy plastic cover to protect materials from dirt, water,
construction debris and traffic.

Verify area is ready to receive electrical equipment or materials.
Install hangers, supports, and anchors only after structural work, where work is to be
installed, has been completed. Correct inadequacies such as proper placement of
inserts, anchors, and other building structural attachments.
Examine areas and conditions under which equipment and associated components are
to be installed and notify Architect, in writing, of conditions detrimental to proper and
timely completion of work. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have
been corrected.
Where concrete slabs form finished ceiling, locate inserts flush with slab surface.

INSTALLATION
A.

B.

General
1.
Install products in accordance with manufacturers’ instructions.
2.
Provide anchors, fasteners, and supports in accordance with NECA “Standard of
Installation”.
3.
Do not fasten supports to pipes, ducts, mechanical equipment, and conduit.
4.
Do not use powder-actuated anchors without approval from the Owner.
5.
Do not drill or cut structural members without approval from the Architect/Engineer.
Mounting Panels
1.
Install plywood mounting panels parallel and perpendicular to the structure.
2.
Paint plywood with 2 coats of paint without covering the fire retardant label on the
plywood.
224051.01

26 05 29-3

Packet Pg. 96

Attachment: Project Documents_Invitation for Bid_Justice_Dispatch_Electrical_FINAL_2-27-2025 (Review/Approve Dispatch Center Electrical

8.a.1.b

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59

C.

D.

E.

F.

G.

H.

Lighting Fixtures
1.
Install channel supports across main grid runners or grid supports, securely tied
down or anchored for fixtures and devices mounted in suspended ceiling systems
so as not to cause tile to sag and so that fixture or device cannot be lifted, rotated,
or displaced. Provide additional support of ceiling grid or tees at those locations
where tiles and ceiling grid sags.
2.
Install grid troffer support clips I accordance with NEC 410.
Building Attachments
1.
Install building attachments at required locations within concrete or on to
structural steel or raceway and equipment support.
2.
Install additional building attachments where support is required for additional
concentrated loads.
3.
Install concrete inserts before concrete is placed.
Anchors
1.
Install anchors at proper locations to prevent stresses from exceeding those
permitted by ANSI B31 and to prevent the transfer of loading and stresses to
connected equipment.
2.
Installation methods shall be in conformity with the manufacturer's
recommendations for maximum holding power, but in no case shall the depth of
hole be less than four bolt diameters. Minimum distance between the center of
any expansion anchor and an edge of exterior corner of concrete shall be not
less than 42 times the diameter of the hole in which it is installed.
Support of Conduit
1.
Fasten conduit to structural parts of building in a manner acceptable to Engineer.
2.
Do not use perforated hanger iron.
3.
Install concrete insert channel as required, with spacings as recommended by
manufacturer. Install with anchor and caps, insert joiner clips and closer seals as
required.
4.
Support conduit as follows:
a.
Single conduit runs:
1).
Vertical Surfaces: Galvanized, heavy duty, sheet steel straps;
back straps to be provided for all exposed conduit and conduit on
exterior walls.
2).
Horizontal Surfaces: Galvanized, heavy duty, 2-hole steel pipe
straps.
b.
Multiple conduit runs:
1).
Vertical surfaces: Horizontal or vertical rack channel with conduit
straps as required.
2).
Horizontal Surfaces: Single or double rack channel trapeze,
complete with conduit straps as required; all supported with
thread hanger rods.
5.
Roof penetrations:
a.
13 in. and larger conduit runs passing through floors shall be supported at
each floor with riser pipe clamps.
b.
Conduit extending through roof shall not pass through a ceiling box at roof
lines.
c.
Provide 14 ga. minimum copper box complete with watertight soldered
seams and flanged to serve as pitch pocket for each conduit.
d.
Conduit and pitch pocket shall be installed in advance of roofing work.
Vertical Cable Support
1.
Conductors in vertical raceways shall be supported using suitable cable
supports. Locate supports every 40 ft 0 in. length of conductor in a vertical
raceway or as required by Code.
Equipment Closures
1.
Install surface-mounted cabinets and panelboards with minimum of four anchors.
2.
In wet and damp locations use steel channel supports to stand cabinets and
panelboards one inch (25 mm) off wall.
3.
Use sheet metal channel to bridge studs above and below cabinets and
panelboards recessed in hollow partitions.
224051.01

26 05 29-4

Packet Pg. 97

Attachment: Project Documents_Invitation for Bid_Justice_Dispatch_Electrical_FINAL_2-27-2025 (Review/Approve Dispatch Center Electrical

8.a.1.b

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36

3.4

SUPPORT PROTECTION
A.
B.

C.

3.5

FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A.

3.6

Verify all connections are tightened to the proper torque as recommended by the
manufacturer.

START UP/MANUFACTURER FIELD SERVICES
A.

3.8

Verify all connections are tightened to the proper torque as recommended by the
manufacturer.

ADJUSTMENT AND CLEANING
A.

3.7

In occupied areas, mechanical and electrical rooms and areas requiring normal
maintenance access, guard certain equipment to protect personnel from injury.
Provide minimum ½” thick Armstrong Armaflex insulation or similar product applied
with Armstrong 520 adhesive on lower edges of equipment, including busway, cable
tray, pull boxes and electrical supporting devices suspended less than 7 feet above
floors, platforms or catwalks in these areas.
Protect threaded rods or bolts at supporting elements as described above. Trim
threaded rods or bolts such that they do not extend beyond supporting element.

None required.

DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING
A.

None required.

END OF SECTION

224051.01

26 05 29-5

Packet Pg. 98

Attachment: Project Documents_Invitation for Bid_Justice_Dispatch_Electrical_FINAL_2-27-2025 (Review/Approve Dispatch Center Electrical

8.a.1.b

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58

DIVISION 26
ELECTRICAL WORK
SECTION 26 05 31
CONDUIT FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS

PART 1
1.1

GENERAL
SECTION INCLUDES
A.
B.
C.

1.2

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A.
B.

1.3

B.

C.

B.

2.1

Spare Materials
1.
None required.
Maintenance Materials
1.
None required.

WARRANTY
A.

PART 2

Not applicable.

EXTRA MATERIALS
A.

1.7

For Approval
1.
None required
For Record Purposes
1.
Accurately record actual routing of all feeder conduits on record or as-built
drawings
2.
Record drawings shall show locations of feeder, branch circuit conduits, junction
boxes and other significant items indicating conduit routing.
Operations and Maintenance Manuals
1.
Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: None required.
2.
Maintenance Data: None required.

EQUIPMENT DIMENSIONS
A.

1.6

Refer to section 26 05 00 for applicable codes and standards for the material and
installation related to this section.

SUBMITTALS
A.

1.5

Provide the conduit for the various electrical systems as specified herein.
Any conduit routings shown on Drawings are approximate locations unless dimensioned.
Route as required to complete wiring system.

REFERENCES
A.

1.4

Metal conduit.
Flexible metal conduit.
Electrical metallic tubing.

Refer to warranty requirements in section 26 05 00.

PRODUCTS
GENERAL

224051.01

26 05 31-1

Packet Pg. 99

Attachment: Project Documents_Invitation for Bid_Justice_Dispatch_Electrical_FINAL_2-27-2025 (Review/Approve Dispatch Center Electrical

8.a.1.b

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59

A.

2.2

METAL CONDUIT
A.
B.
C.

2.3

C.
PART 3

C.

Accept conduit on site. Inspect for damage.
Protect conduit from corrosion and entrance of debris by storing above grade. Provide
appropriate covering.
Protect PVC conduit from sunlight.

EXAMINATION AND PREPARATION
A.
B.

3.3

Description: ANSI C80.3; galvanized tubing.
Fittings and Conduit Bodies: ANSI/NEMA FB1. Fittings shall be steel, glandular
compression type, rain and concrete tight with insulated throat or plastic bushing.
Fittings and Conduit Bodies: ANSI/NEMA FB1. Fittings shall be steel set screw type
(indenter type are not acceptable) concrete tight with insulated throat or plastic bushing.
EXECUTION

SHIPPING, DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A.
B.

3.2

Description: Interlocked steel construction.
Fittings: ANSI/NEMA FB 1. Fittings shall be malleable steel construction, grounding
type, two screw clamp type with locknuts and plastic bushing.

ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING (EMT)
A.
B.

3.1

Rigid Steel Conduit: ANSI C80.1.
Intermediate Metal Conduit (IMC): Rigid steel ANSI C80.6.
Fittings and Conduit Bodies: ANSI/NEMA FB 1; material to match conduit. Fittings shall
be liquidtight, threaded with insulated throat and plastic bushing.

FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT
A.
B.

2.4

The products listed under Part 2 - Products are intended as conduit type definitions only.
All allowable installation methods and required conduit types for those installations are
defined under Part 3 - Execution. All conduit types listed under this section may not be
approved for use on this project.

Verify area is ready to receive electrical equipment or materials.
Verify routing and termination locations of conduit prior to rough-in.

INSTALLATION
A.

GENERAL
1.
Provide a separate raceway system for each of the following:
a.
Normal power wiring.
b.
Generator power wiring.
c.
Emergency power wiring.
2.
Minimum size conduit as outlined below:
a.
1/2 inch, with exceptions as follow:
1). 3/8" flexible metal conduit and liquidtight flexible metal conduit shall be
allowed under the provisions of NEC article 348-20.
b.
3/4 inch, with exceptions as follows:
1). Flexible metal conduit and liquidtight flexible metal conduit may be 1/2".
2). 3/8" flexible metal conduit and liquidtight flexible metal conduit shall be
allowed under the provisions of NEC article 348-20.
3.
The conduit installation shall be complete prior to installing conductors and cables.
4.
Ground and bond conduit under provisions of Section 26 05 26.
5.
Identify conduit under provisions of Section 26 05 53.
6.
Install conduit in accordance with NECA "Standard of Installation."
7.
Cut conduit square using saw or pipecutter; de-burr cut ends.
224051.01

Attachment: Project Documents_Invitation for Bid_Justice_Dispatch_Electrical_FINAL_2-27-2025 (Review/Approve Dispatch Center Electrical

8.a.1.b

26 05 31-2

Packet Pg. 100

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58

8.
9.

B.

C.

3.4

FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A.

3.5

Bring conduit to shoulder of fittings; fasten securely.
Install no more than the equivalent of three 90-degree bends between boxes. Use
conduit bodies to make sharp changes in direction, as around beams.
10. Provide suitable fittings to accommodate expansion and deflection where conduit
crosses control and expansion joints.
11. Provide #12 pull wire in each empty conduit except sleeves and nipples.
12. Use suitable caps to protect installed conduit against entrance of dirt and moisture.
INDOOR INSTALLATIONS
1.
Conduits shall be electrical metallic tubing, with the exceptions as follows:
a.
Feeder conduits 2" I.D. or larger shall be metal conduit.
b.
Conduits containing feeders which are greater than 600 volts shall be metal
conduit.
c.
Conduits containing fire rated conductors shall be the manufacturer and type
of conduit as required for the fire rating.
2.
All conduits shall be concealed in finished spaces.
3.
Install conduits above suspended ceiling so that they do not interfere with the
removal of the ceiling tile.
4.
Conduits may be routed exposed in unfinished areas such as mechanical rooms.
5.
Conduits shall be installed within the building envelope, in insulated portions of the
building and follow the most accessible routes.
a.
Exception: Conduits installed within and below floor slabs. See the
Additional Requirements for Specific Installations section for allowable
installations.
6.
Conduits shall be concealed in finished areas, and exposed to minimum
temperature gradient or fluctuation.
7.
Arrange supports to prevent misalignment during wiring installation.
8.
Secure conduit using coated steel or malleable iron straps, lay-in adjustable
hangers, clevis hangers, and split hangers, minimum spacing per code.
9.
Group related conduits; support using conduit rack. Construct rack using steel
channel.
10. Secure conduit supports to building structure and surfaces under provisions of
Section 26 05 29.
11. Do not support or fasten conduit with wire or perforated pipe straps. Remove wire
used for temporary supports.
12. Do not attach conduit to ceiling support wires.
13. Arrange conduit to maintain headroom and present neat appearance.
14. Route conduit parallel and perpendicular to walls.
15. Maintain adequate clearance between conduit and piping. Route conduit above
water, fluid or steam piping wherever possible.
16. Maintain 12 inches (300 mm) of clearance between conduit and surfaces with
temperatures exceeding 104 degrees F (40 degrees C). Do not route conduit over
boiler, incinerator, or other high temperature equipment.
17. Final connections to transformers, motors, generators, and other vibration
producing equipment shall be made with appropriately sized flexible conduit.
Length of flexible conduit connection shall be kept to a minimum.
INTERFACE WITH OTHER PRODUCTS
1.
Refer to section 26 05 00 for fire stopping requirements.
2.
Route conduits through roof openings for piping and ductwork or through an
independent roof pipe curb. The roof pipe curb shall be turned over to the roofing
contractor for installation. If there is not a roofing contractor for the project, install
the roof pipe curb per manufacturers’ written instructions.

Verify all conduit is installed properly and securely mounted.

ADJUSTMENT AND CLEANING

224051.01

Attachment: Project Documents_Invitation for Bid_Justice_Dispatch_Electrical_FINAL_2-27-2025 (Review/Approve Dispatch Center Electrical

8.a.1.b

26 05 31-3

Packet Pg. 101

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13

A.

3.6

START UP/MANUFACTURER FIELD SERVICES
A.

3.7

All conduit to be painted shall be cleaned per the conduit manufacturer and paint
manufacturer requirements.

None required.

DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING
A.

None required.

END OF SECTION

224051.01

Attachment: Project Documents_Invitation for Bid_Justice_Dispatch_Electrical_FINAL_2-27-2025 (Review/Approve Dispatch Center Electrical

8.a.1.b

26 05 31-4

Packet Pg. 102

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59

DIVISION 26
ELECTRICAL WORK
SECTION 26 05 34
BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS

PART 1
1.1

GENERAL
SECTION INCLUDES
A.
B.

1.2

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A.

1.3

B.

C.

B.

Spare Materials
1.
None required.
Maintenance Materials
1.
None required.

WARRANTY
A.

PART 2
2.1

Refer to floor plan drawings for approximate overall dimensions for the equipment of
this section. Minor dimensional increases of 6 inches or less are acceptable, unless
specific dimensions are indicated for the equipment. Notify the engineer in writing 5
days prior to submitting bid if the dimensional increases will be greater than 6 inches in
any dimension.

EXTRA MATERIALS
A.

1.7

For Approval
1.
None required.
For Record Purposes
1.
As-built/Record Drawings shall accurately indicate the structural components
utilized for mounting equipment.
Operations and Maintenance Manuals
1.
Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: None required.
2.
Maintenance Data: None required.

EQUIPMENT DIMENSIONS
A.

1.6

Refer to section 26 05 00 for applicable codes and standards for the material and
installation related to this section.

SUBMITTALS
A.

1.5

Provide the electrical boxes as required for the electrical system and as specified
herein.

REFERENCES
A.

1.4

Wall and ceiling outlet boxes.
Pull and junction boxes.

Refer to warranty requirements in section 26 05 00.

PRODUCTS
OUTLET BOXES
A.

Sheet Metal Outlet Boxes: NEMA OS 1, galvanized steel.
224051.01

Attachment: Project Documents_Invitation for Bid_Justice_Dispatch_Electrical_FINAL_2-27-2025 (Review/Approve Dispatch Center Electrical

8.a.1.b

26 05 34-1

Packet Pg. 103

8.a.1.b
1.

B.

2.2

PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES
A.

B.

C.

PART 3
3.1

SHIPPING, DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING

C.

Accept material on site. Inspect for damage.
Protect material from corrosion and entrance of debris by storing above grade. Provide
appropriate covering.
Protect PVC boxes from sunlight.

EXAMINATION AND PREPARATION
A.
B.
C.

3.3

General Purpose Junction and Pull Boxes:
1.
NEMA OS 1, fabricated from code gauge galvanized steel, with covers held in
place by corrosion resistant machine screws.
2.
Size as required by code for number of conduits and conductors entering and
leaving box.
3.
Provide with welded seams, where applicable, and equip with corrosion-resistant
nuts, bolts, screws, and washers.
Weatherproof Junction and Pull Boxes:
1.
Stainless steel or cadmium plated malleable iron cast type with threaded hubs,
cast cover, and neoprene gasket.
Nonmetallic Junction and Pull Boxes:
1.
NEMA OS 2, PVC or PPO thermoplastic, with covers held in place by corrosion
resistant machine screws.
2.
Size as required by code for number of conduits and conductors entering and
leaving box. Provide neoprene gasket for wet or damp box locations.

EXECUTION

A.
B.

3.2

Luminaire Boxes: 4 inch octagon box set flush with finished surface, complete
with 3/8 inch fixture stud.
2.
Concrete Ceiling Boxes: Concrete type, 4 inch octagon box with minimum 2-1/8
inch depth, complete with 3/8 inch fixture stud.
3.
Device Boxes: 4 inch square with raised cover having square corners and
internally mounted ears, 1-1/2 inch deep minimum or square corner, galvanized
masonry type with internally mounted ears, 2 1/2 inch deep minimum.
4.
Box Support Bracket: Sheet metal box support bracket for metal stud walls, BLine BB4 series or equivalent.
Cast Boxes: NEMA FB 1, Type FD, aluminum or cast feralloy. Provide gasketed
cover by box manufacturer. Provide threaded hubs.

Verify the area is ready to receive electrical equipment or materials.
Verify door swings before installing room light control boxes. Install boxes on latch
side of room door unless noted otherwise.
Verify locations of all floor boxes with Architect prior to rough-in.

INSTALLATION
A.

B.
C.

Electrical boxes are shown on Drawings in approximate locations unless dimensioned.
Install at location required for box to serve intended purpose. Exact location is to be
verified and shall be determined by:
1.
Construction or code requirements.
2.
Conflict with equipment of other trades.
3.
Equipment manufacturer's drawings.
Install electrical boxes as shown on Drawings, and as required for splices, taps, wire
pulling, equipment connections and compliance with regulatory requirements.
Where receptacles and communications outlets are indicated adjacent to each other
on the drawings, the outlet boxes shall be physically adjacent to each other and not
224051.01

Attachment: Project Documents_Invitation for Bid_Justice_Dispatch_Electrical_FINAL_2-27-2025 (Review/Approve Dispatch Center Electrical

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59

26 05 34-2

Packet Pg. 104

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59

D.
E.
F.
G.
H.
I.
J.
K.

L.
M.
N.
O.
P.
Q.
R.
S.
T.
U.
V.

W.

X.

3.4

FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A.

3.5

Verify all boxes are securely mounted and properly labeled.

ADJUSTMENT AND CLEANING
A.
B.

3.6

spaced according to stud spacings. The Contractor shall fabricate box supports to
allow all outlet boxes to be mounted adjacent to each other within the same stud
space.
Minor modifications in the location of outlets and equipment is considered incidental up
to a distance of 10 feet, provided the change in location is requested prior to rough-in.
Install electrical boxes to maintain headroom and to present a neat mechanical
appearance. Locate boxes so as to assure accessibility of electrical wiring.
Install pull boxes and junction boxes above accessible ceilings and in unfinished areas
only.
Inaccessible Ceiling Areas: Install outlet and junction boxes no more than 6 inches
from ceiling access panel or from removable recessed luminaire.
Install boxes to preserve fire resistance rating of partitions and other elements.
Align adjacent wall-mounted outlet boxes for switches, thermostats, and similar
devices with each other.
Use flush mounting outlet boxes in finished areas.
Do not install flush mounting boxes back-to-back in walls; provide minimum 12-inch
separation. Provide minimum 24 inches separation in acoustic rated walls. If back-toback boxes must be installed, provide acoustical caulk between boxes to avoid sound
transmission.
Secure flush mounting box to interior wall and partition studs. Accurately position to
allow for surface finish thickness.
Use stamped steel bridges to fasten flush mounting outlet box between studs.
Install flush mounting box without damaging wall insulation or reducing its
effectiveness.
Use adjustable steel channel fasteners for hanging ceiling outlet boxes.
Do not fasten boxes to ceiling support wires.
Support boxes independently of conduit.
Use gang box where more than two devices is mounted together. Do not use sectional
box.
Use 4” square box with plaster ring for single and double device outlets.
Use cast outlet box in exterior locations and wet locations.
Use handy boxes only where specifically detailed on the drawings.
Boxes shall be sized per code to accommodate the number and size of conduit
entrances to the box and to accommodate the number of conductors, splices, fittings,
etc. within the box. Box extensions used solely to create additional box volume to
meet N.E.C. box fill requirements shall be prohibited.
Provide additional support for all recessed mounted wall boxes in metal stud walls so
that the box will be stabilized in the stud space by utilizing a box support bracket.
Provide proper box support based on wall stud size.
INTERFACE WITH OTHER PRODUCTS
1.
Locate flush mounting box in masonry wall to require cutting of masonry unit
corner only. Coordinate masonry cutting to achieve neat opening.
2.
Coordinate mounting heights and locations of outlets mounted above counters,
benches and backsplashes.
3.
Position outlet boxes to locate luminaries as shown on reflected ceiling plan.

Adjust flush-mounting outlets to make front flush with finished wall material.
Install knockout closure in unused box opening.

START UP/MANUFACTURER FIELD SERVICES
A.

None required.

224051.01

Attachment: Project Documents_Invitation for Bid_Justice_Dispatch_Electrical_FINAL_2-27-2025 (Review/Approve Dispatch Center Electrical

8.a.1.b

26 05 34-3

Packet Pg. 105

1
2
3
4
5
6
3.7
A.
None required.

END OF SECTION

224051.01

Attachment: Project Documents_Invitation for Bid_Justice_Dispatch_Electrical_FINAL_2-27-2025 (Review/Approve Dispatch Center Electrical

8.a.1.b

DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING

26 05 34-4

Packet Pg. 106

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59

DIVISION 26
ELECTRICAL WORK
SECTION 26 05 53
IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS

PART 1
1.1

GENERAL
SECTION INCLUDES
A.
B.
C.

1.2

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A.

1.3

B.
C.

B.

Spare Materials
1.
None required.
Maintenance Materials
1.
None required.

WARRANTY
A.

PART 2
2.1

None required.

EXTRA MATERIALS
A.

1.7

For Approval
1.
Submit the method of labeling for the wiring device labeling method. Also, submit
the method of nameplate labeling for electrical distribution equipment as herein
indicated.
For Record Purposes
1.
None required.
Operations and Maintenance Manuals
1.
None required.

EQUIPMENT DIMENSIONS
A.

1.6

Refer to section 26 05 00 for applicable codes and standards for the material and
installation related to this section.

SUBMITTALS
A.

1.5

Provide the identification for electrical equipment and devices as specified herein.

REFERENCES
A.

1.4

Nameplates and labels.
Wire and cable markers.
Conduit markers.

Refer to warranty requirements in section 26 05 00.

PRODUCTS
NAMEPLATES
A.

B.

Nameplates: Engraved three-layer laminated plastic. Nameplates for equipment which
are served from the normal distribution system shall have black letters on white
background. Nameplates for equipment which are served from the emergency
distribution system shall have white letters on a red background.
Locations:
224051.01

Attachment: Project Documents_Invitation for Bid_Justice_Dispatch_Electrical_FINAL_2-27-2025 (Review/Approve Dispatch Center Electrical

8.a.1.b

26 05 53-1

Packet Pg. 107

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58

C.

2.2

DEVICE LABELS
A.

2.3

C.

B.

C.
PART 3

SHIPPING, DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING

C.

Inspect and report concealed damage to carrier.
Handle carefully to avoid damage to material and finish. Damaged products will not be
installed.
Store in a clean, dry location. Maintain factory packaging and, as required, provide
additional heavy canvas or heavy plastic cover to protect material from dirt, water
construction debris and traffic. Wet materials will be unpacked and dried before storage.

EXAMINATION AND PREPARATION
A.

B.
C.

3.3

Manufacturers:
1.
W.H. Brady.
2.
Seton Nameplate Company.
Tape Markers: Flexible, vinyl film tape with pressure sensitive adhesive backing and
printed markings; secure with 2" wide tape with arrows indicating flow.
Lettering Size: Minimum 1-1/2” high.
EXECUTION

A.
B.

3.2

Description: Split sleeve type adhesive markers.
Locations: Each conductor at panelboard gutters, pull boxes, outlet and junction boxes,
and each load connection.
Legend:
1.
Power and Lighting Circuits: Branch circuit or feeder number indicated on
drawings.
2.
Control Circuits: Control wire number indicated on schematic and interconnection
diagrams on drawings.
3.
System Circuits: All wiring associated with the various systems shall be identified
with the circuit number and type. For example, fire alarm wiring shall be identified
as notification circuit (audio and/or visual) and initiation circuits (signaling line or
zoned).

CONDUIT LABELS
A.

3.1

Labels: Embossed adhesive tape, with 3/16 inch black letters on white background.
Use for identification of individual wall switches and receptacles, and control device
stations.

WIRE MARKERS
A.
B.

2.4

1.
Each electrical distribution and control equipment enclosure.
Letter Size:
1.
Use 3/16 inch letters for identifying individual equipment and loads.
2.
Use 1/4 inch letters for identifying grouped equipment and loads.

Examine substrates for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and
other conditions affecting performance of cable trays. Do not proceed with installation
until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
Degrease and clean surfaces to receive nameplates and labels.
The verbiage utilized for identification purposes shall be the actual names or room
numbers as designated by the Owner.

INSTALLATION
A.

Perform Work in accordance with NECA Standard of Installation.

224051.01

Attachment: Project Documents_Invitation for Bid_Justice_Dispatch_Electrical_FINAL_2-27-2025 (Review/Approve Dispatch Center Electrical

8.a.1.b

26 05 53-2

Packet Pg. 108

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60

B.
C.
D.
E.
F.

F.

G.

H.

I.

J.

K.
L.
M.

N.

Trays: Capable of supporting a concentrated load of 200 lb at any point, over and above
full cable load.
Install nameplates and labels parallel to equipment lines.
Secure nameplate to equipment front using adhesive.
Secure nameplate to inside surface of door on panelboard that is recessed in finished
locations.
Conduit Labels:
1.
Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
2.
Locations:
a.
Concealed and exposed conduit.
3.
Pipe Identification:
a.
Identify the following:
1).
System wiring as described in this specification section.
b.
Install label in clear view and align with axis of piping.
4.
Locate identification as follows:
a.
A maximum of 20 feet apart on straight runs including risers and drops.
b.
Adjacent to each junction box and condulet body.
c.
At each side of penetration of structure or enclosure.
d.
At each obstruction, where the conduit is not visible for more that 20 feet.
Color Coding for Wiring:
1.
480 Volt System: Conductors shall be identified brown, orange, and yellow with a
gray neutral. (A Phase - Brown, B Phase - Orange, C Phase - Yellow.)
2.
208 Volt System: Conductors shall be identified black, red and blue with a white
neutral. (A Phase - Black, B Phase - Red, C Phase - Blue.)
3.
240 Volt System: Conductors shall be identified pink, purple and white with red
stripe. (A Phase - Pink, Grounded B Phase or neutral - White with Red Stripe, C
Phase - Purple.)
Junction boxes, pull boxes and equipment shall be stenciled or labeled as follows:
1.
Indicate the panel and circuit number housed within the junction and pull box cover.
If box is mounted with cover facing up, indicate panel and circuit number on the
side of the box.
2.
Fire Alarm box covers shall be painted red. Indicate the circuits housed within the
box and indicate where the circuits originate from; panel or transponder.
Exit Lights:
1.
Exit light canopies shall be labeled with the panelboard designation and the circuit
number.
Receptacle covers shall be labeled with the panelboard designation and the circuit
number. Install labels in a neat and concise manner. Handwritten identification is not
acceptable.
Switches
1.
Switch covers shall be labeled with the panelboard designation and the circuit
number.
2.
Install labels in a neat and concise manner. Handwritten identification is not
acceptable.
Control panels with dedicated line voltage power source shall have a label indicating the
panel and circuit number.
Fire alarm system devices shall be label with the device number/address. This label
shall be affixed to the base of the device, and not the removable head.
All conduits associated with the fire alarm systems shall be labeled at each junction box
and initiating device location, indicating if the loop conductors housed in this conduit are
incoming or exiting loop conductors. The labeling system shall be approved by the
owner.
Existing Panelboards:
1.
Provide typed circuit directory for each panelboard. The use of adhesive applied
directories is not acceptable. The directory shall accurately indicate the types of
devices served and the rooms in which the devices are located. The rooms and
panelboards shall be designated by the actual name or number designated by the
Owner. Revise directory to reflect circuiting changes required to balance phase
loads.
224051.01

Attachment: Project Documents_Invitation for Bid_Justice_Dispatch_Electrical_FINAL_2-27-2025 (Review/Approve Dispatch Center Electrical

8.a.1.b

26 05 53-3

Packet Pg. 109

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59

O.

P.

Q.

R.

S.

Panelboard/Load Center nameplates shall be engraved as follows:
1.
Panelboard Designation: Per the drawings.
2.
The Utilization Voltage: For example, "208/120V 3 PHASE 4 WIRE".
3.
The designation of the panelboard, switchboard, motor control center, etc., from
which this panelboard is served.
4.
The room where the source panelboard, switchboard, motor control center, etc., is
located. If the source panelboard, switchboard, motor control center, etc. is in the
same room, then indicate "THIS ROOM" on the nameplate.
5.
When a panelboard or load center is installed in a public space, confirm with the
owner if the nameplate should be installed on the inside of the door for accessing
the circuit breaker handles.
Disconnect switch and enclosed circuit breaker nameplates shall be installed as follows:
1.
For enclosed circuit breakers in public areas, the nameplates shall be attached to
the inside face of the cover. Nameplates for enclosed circuit breakers and
disconnect switches in equipment rooms and other non-public areas shall be
attached to the outside face of the cover. The lettering on the nameplates shall
be engraved with the following information:
a.
The designation of the panelboard, switchboard, motor control center, etc.,
which this equipment is served from. Utilize the designation per the
drawings.
b.
Load served which shall be the next downstream device (panelboard,
transformer, transfer switch, motor, etc.). Where the load served is a motor,
the HVAC motor designation or other description (i.e. elevator #1) shall be
used in lieu of the motor number on the electrical plans.
Automatic and Manual transfer switch nameplates shall be installed as follows:
1.
Provide the transfer switch with an identification plate mounted in approximately
the horizontal center of the transfer switch and at approximately eye level.
Nameplate shall be engraved as follows:
a.
Designation per the drawings.
b.
The Utilization Voltage: For example, "120/208V 3 PHASE, 4 WIRE".
c.
The designation of the normal and emergency panelboards, switchboards,
motor control centers, substations etc., from which this transfer switch is
served. Utilize the designation per the drawings.
d.
The rooms where the normal and emergency source panelboards,
switchboards, motor control centers, substations etc., are located.
e.
The downstream load served by this transfer switch (panelboard,
transformer, motor control center, switchboard substation, etc.). Where the
load served is a motor, the HVAC motor designation or other description (ex.
elevator no. 1) shall be used in lieu of the electric motor number on the
electrical plans.
Individually mounted transformers, such as indoor dry type or outdoor pad mounted unit
nameplates shall be engraved as follows:
1.
Transformer Designation: Per the drawings.
2.
The designation of the panelboard, switchboard, motor control center, etc., which
this transformer is served from.
3.
The room where the source panelboard, switchboard, motor control center, etc., is
located if remote from the transformer.
4.
The designation of the panelboard switchboard, motor control center, etc., served
by this transformer. Utilize the designation indicated on the drawings.
Uninterruptible Power Supply or Lighting Inverters:
1.
Unit Designation: Per the drawings.
2.
The Input Voltage: For example, "480/277V 3 PHASE, 4 WIRE".
3.
The Output Voltage: For example, "120/208V 3 PHASE, 4 WIRE".
4.
The designation of the panelboard or switchboard which this unit is served from.
5.
The room where the source panelboard or switchboard is located if remote from
the unit.
6.
The designation of the panelboard or switchboard served by this unit. Utilize the
designation indicated on the drawings.

224051.01

Attachment: Project Documents_Invitation for Bid_Justice_Dispatch_Electrical_FINAL_2-27-2025 (Review/Approve Dispatch Center Electrical

8.a.1.b

26 05 53-4

Packet Pg. 110

8.a.1.b
3.4

HVAC & PLUMBING EQUIPMENT NAMEPLATES:
1.
2.

3.

Install with corrosive-resistant mechanical fasteners or adhesive.
Major Equipment Locations:
a.
Pumps (including steam condensate pumps/receivers).
1). Identify the following on nameplates for steam condensate
pumps/receivers:
a). Equipment served by the pump/receiver.
b). Electrical source and circuit numbers (i.e.: 3BHQ1-1, 3, 5).
c). Location of electrical source, building, room number or “this
room.”
2). Identify the following on nameplates for water pumps: HVAC
Equipment tag.
b.
Computer Room Units. Identify the following on these nameplates:
1). Equipment/space served by the computer room unit if the computer
room unit is not located within the same space it serves.
2). Electrical source and circuit numbers (i.e.: 3BHQ1-1, 3, 5).
3). Location of electrical source, building, room number or “this room.”
Minor Equipment Locations:
a.
Major control components outside panels.
b.
Fire dampers, fire/smoke dampers, smoke dampers, control dampers.
c.
Starters. Identify the following on these nameplates:
1). Equipment served by starter (i.e.: CHWP-7B, AHU-7B-SAF-1).
2). Electrical source and circuit numbers (i.e.: 3BHQ1-1, 3, 5).
3). Location of electrical source, building, room number or “this room.”
d.
Disconnects furnished by Division 23. Identify the following on these
nameplates:
1). Equipment served by disconnect (i.e.: CHWP-7B, AHU-7B-SAF-1).
2). Electrical source and circuit numbers (i.e.: 3BHQ1-1, 3, 5).
3). Location of electrical source, building, room number or “this room.”
e.
Variable Frequency Drives. Identify the following on these nameplates:
1). Equipment served by variable frequency drive (i.e.: CHWP-7B, AHU7B-SAF-1).
2). Electrical source and circuit numbers (i.e.: 3BHQ1-1, 3, 5).
3). Location of electrical source, building, room number or “this room.”
f.
Manual Motor Protectors. Identify the following on these nameplates:
1). Equipment served by manual motor protector (i.e.: CHWP-7B, AHU7B-SAF-1).
2). Electrical source and circuit numbers (i.e.: 3BHQ1-1, 3, 5) if not
immediately adjacent to the variable frequency drive serving the
manual motor protector.
3). Location of electrical source, building, room number or “this room,” if
the variable frequency drive identifying the electrical source location is
not immediately adjacent to the manual motor protector.
g.
Fan Powered VAV Boxes. Identify the following on these nameplates:
1). Space/spaces served by fan powered VAV box if not located within
space served.
2). Electrical source and circuit numbers (i.e.: 3BHQ1-1, 3, 5).
3). Location of electrical source, building, room number or “this room.
h.
Fan Coil Units. Identify the following on these nameplates:
1). Space/spaces served by fan coil units if not located within space
served.
2). Electrical source and circuit numbers (i.e.: 3BHQ1-1, 3, 5).
3). Location of electrical source, building, room number or “this room.
i.
Blower Coil Units. Identify the following on these nameplates:
1). Space/spaces served by blower coil unit if not located within space
served.
2). Electrical source and circuit numbers (i.e.: 3BHQ1-1, 3, 5).
3). Location of electrical source, building, room number or “this room.”
224051.01

Attachment: Project Documents_Invitation for Bid_Justice_Dispatch_Electrical_FINAL_2-27-2025 (Review/Approve Dispatch Center Electrical

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59

26 05 53-5

Packet Pg. 111

8.a.1.b
j.

4.

Cabinet Unit Heaters. Identify nameplates inside the front cover of the unit.
Identify the following on these nameplates:
1). Electrical source and circuit numbers (i.e.: 3BHQ1-1, 3, 5).
2). Location of electrical source, building, room number or “this room.”
k.
Cooling Coil Condensate Pumps.
1). Equipment served by cooling coil condensate pumps.
2). Electrical source and circuit numbers (i.e.: 3BHQ1-1, 3, 5).
3). Location of electrical source, building, room number or “this room.
l.
Unit Heaters.
1). Electrical source and circuit numbers (i.e.: 3BHQ1-1, 3, 5).
2). Location of electrical source, building, room number or “this room.
m. UV Lighting Sections. Identify the following on these nameplates:
1). Equipment served by UV lighting section.
2). Electrical source and circuit numbers (i.e.: 3BHQ1-1, 3, 5).
3). Location of electrical source, building, room number or “this room.
n.
Temperature Control Panels (TCP) and Temperature Control Power Supply
Enclosures. Identify the following on these nameplates:
1). Building served, floor in which the panel is located, TCP, three digit
panel number in sequence (i.e.: CT-LL-TCP-008).
2). Electrical source and circuit numbers (i.e.: 3BHQ1-1, 3, 5).
3). Location of electrical source, building, room number or “this room.”
Responsibilities of Division 23:
a.
Sheet Metal Plate:
1). Provide a minimum 16 gauge sheet metal plate of adequate size for
the information required to be provided on each nameplate for the
following devices:
a). Starters.
b). Disconnects.
c). Variable frequency drives.
d). Manual motor protectors.
e). UV lighting sections.
f).
Water system pumps.
g). Heat transfer equipment.
h). Tanks.
i).
Major control components located outside panels.
j).
Duct mounted humidifier distributors.
k). Water treatment devices.
l).
Cooling coil condensate pumps.
m). Round shaped steam condensate pumps/receivers.
2). Coordinate the size of the sheet metal plate with the Division 26
contractor for those nameplates provided by the Division 26 Contractor.
3). Permanently affix the nameplate to one of the following:
a). Equipment support stand provided by division 23 contractor.
Provide support stands of adequate size to include the
nameplate. Locate the nameplate either above the equipment
served or to the side of the equipment served.
b). Mechanical equipment. The only mechanical equipment to which
nameplates may be affixed is as follows:
1). Square/rectangular shaped steam condensate pumps/
receivers.
2). Computer room units.
3). Fan powered VAV boxes.
4). Fan coil units.
5). Blower coil units.
6). Cabinet unit heaters.
7). Unit heaters.
8). Air handling units.
9). Fans.
10). Fire dampers, fire/smoke dampers, smoke dampers, and
224051.01

Attachment: Project Documents_Invitation for Bid_Justice_Dispatch_Electrical_FINAL_2-27-2025 (Review/Approve Dispatch Center Electrical

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59

26 05 53-6

Packet Pg. 112

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58

5.

control dampers.
11). VAV boxes.
12). Duct mounted silencers.
c). To the wall. Locate the nameplate either above the equipment
served or to the side of the equipment served.
d). Under no circumstance shall nameplates be affixed to curved
pieces of equipment.
b.
Furnish the final HVAC equipment tag numbering information to Division 26
for the following devices:
1). Steam Condensate Pumps/Receivers.
2). Computer Room Units.
3). Starters.
4). Disconnects.
5). Variable Frequency Drives.
6). Manual Motor Protectors.
7). Fan Powered VAV Boxes.
8). Fan Coil Units.
9). Blower Coil Units.
10). Cabinet Unit Heaters.
11). Cooling Coil Condensate Pumps.
12). Unit Heaters.
13). UV Lighting Sections.
c.
Provide nameplates associated with the following devices:
1). Air Handling Units.
2). Water System Pumps.
3). Heat Transfer Equipment.
4). Tanks.
5). Fans.
6). Major control components outside panels.
7). Fire dampers, fire/smoke dampers, smoke dampers, and control
dampers.
8). VAV Boxes.
9). Duct Mounted Silencers.
10). Duct Mounted Humidifier Distributors.
11). Water Treatment Devices.
Responsibilities of Division 23 09 00 Contractor:
a.
Furnish the TCP equipment tag numbering information to Division 26 for
temperature control panels and temperature control power supply
enclosures.
b.
Provide nameplates for major control components outside panels (i.e. – duct
differential pressure sensing locations, water-side differential pressure
transmitters, control dampers, and similar devices).
c.
JCI shall provide a typewritten list, letter sized, of all temperature control
panels within the facility used by JCI. In addition, provide a PDF file of the
typewritten list to the facility.
d.
ALC shall provide a typewritten list, letter sized, of all temperature control
panels within the facility used by ALC. In addition, a PDF file of the
typewritten list shall be provided to the facility.
e.
It is the responsibility of each temperature control contractor to maintain their
master overall list of all temperature control panels within the facility.
f.
Tabulate the following:
1). Indicate once per page the name of the temperature control
manufacturer (JCI/ALC).
2). Separate and sort the temperature control panels by floor.
3). Identify the panel number.
4). Identify all controllers located in the panel.
5). Identify the primary purpose of the temperature control panel (i.e.: MRI
Chiller, Fire/Smoke Dampers, AHU-17, etc.).

224051.01

Attachment: Project Documents_Invitation for Bid_Justice_Dispatch_Electrical_FINAL_2-27-2025 (Review/Approve Dispatch Center Electrical

8.a.1.b

26 05 53-7

Packet Pg. 113

8.a.1.b
6).

6.

3.5

FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A.
B.

3.6

Under no circumstances shall there be duplicate temperature control
panel or temperature control power supply enclosure numbers.
g.
Include final panel schedule in O&M Manuals.
Responsibilities of Division 26:
a.
Provide the nameplates associated with the following devices:
1). Steam Condensate Pumps/Receivers.
2). Computer Room Units.
3). Starters.
4). Disconnects.
5). Variable Frequency Drives.
6). Manual Motor Protectors.
7). Fan Powered VAV Boxes.
8). Fan Coil Units.
9). Blower Coil Units.
10). Cabinet Unit Heaters.
11). Cooling Coil Condensate Pumps.
12). Unit Heaters.
13). UV Lighting Sections.
14). Temperature Control Panels.
15). Temperature Control Power Supply Enclosures.
b.
Sheet Metal Plate:
1). The Division 23 contractor shall provide a sheet metal plate of
adequate size for the information required to be provided on each
nameplate.
2). Coordinate the size of the sheet metal plate with the Division 23
contractor for those nameplates provided by the Division 26 Contractor.
3). Permanently affix the nameplate to the sheet metal plate provided at
one of the following:
a). Equipment support stand provided by division 23 contractor. The
nameplate shall be located either above the equipment served or
to the side of the equipment served.
b). Mechanical equipment. The only mechanical equipment to which
nameplates may be affixed is as follows:
1). Steam condensate pumps/receivers.
2). Computer room units.
3). Fan powered VAV boxes.
4). Fan coil units.
5). Blower coil units.
6). Cabinet unit heaters.
7). Unit heaters.
8). Air handling units.
9). Fans.
10). Fire dampers, fire/smoke dampers, smoke dampers, and
control dampers.
11). VAV boxes.
12). Duct mounted silencers.
c). To the wall. Locate the nameplate either above the equipment
served or to the side of the equipment served.
d). Under no circumstance shall nameplates be affixed to curved
pieces of equipment.

Verify all nameplates have the correct equipment designations and room information.
Verify all nameplates are securely fastened to the equipment.

ADJUSTMENT AND CLEANING
A.

Clean all nameplates when cleaning equipment. Remove dirt from lettering.
224051.01

Attachment: Project Documents_Invitation for Bid_Justice_Dispatch_Electrical_FINAL_2-27-2025 (Review/Approve Dispatch Center Electrical

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59

26 05 53-8

Packet Pg. 114

8.a.1.b

3.7

START UP/MANUFACTURER FIELD SERVICES
A.

3.8

Attachment: Project Documents_Invitation for Bid_Justice_Dispatch_Electrical_FINAL_2-27-2025 (Review/Approve Dispatch Center Electrical

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11

None required.

DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING
A.

None required.

END OF SECTION

224051.01

26 05 53-9

Packet Pg. 115

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58

DIVISION 26
ELECTRICAL WORK
SECTION 26 05 71
ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM STUDIES

PART 1
1.1

GENERAL
SECTION INCLUDES
A.
B.
C.

1.2

Short Circuit Study
Protective Device Coordination Study
Arc-Flash Hazard Analysis

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A.

B.

C.
D.

The electrical system short-circuit and protective device coordination studies shall
include the following portions of the distribution system associated with this project.
1.
All new distribution system associated with this project.
2.
All the existing distribution equipment as specified herein.
a.
List the required existing equipment
3.
All equipment control panels where both line voltage and controls are present.
The electrical system short-circuit and protective device coordination study shall be
performed in two phases, a preliminary and a final phase.
1.
Preliminary Report: This is a partial report, and is required to be submitted prior
to, or at the same time as, the distribution equipment and overcurrent protective
device shop drawings. It is understood that at the time of shop drawings that exact
feeder routing and lengths are unknown. The intent of the preliminary submittal is
to avoid equipment field changes resulting from interrupting ratings being too low
and/or NEC article 700 and 701 selective coordination requirements not being
achieved.
a.
Short Circuit Study. Provide a tabular summary of all calculated short circuit
ratings based on utility information and estimated feeder lengths. For this
report, estimated feeder lengths should be conservative (shorter) than what
may be installed in the field. As a minimum, use “point-to-point” dimensions
between equipment as located on the drawings, and 10’ floor-to-floor
dimensions for vertical runs.
b.
Coordination Study. Provide a coordination study based on overcurrent
devices that will be submitted in the distribution equipment shop drawing
package. For NEC article 700 and 701 selective coordination requirements,
include any overcurrent device changes or recommendations required to
meet code required selective coordination requirements. Article 700 and 701
branches are identified on the oneline diagrams and include:
1). Emergency Branch
c.
Arc Flash Study. Provide a tabular summary of the arc flash calculations at
each distribution point, along with the required PPE level.
d.
Comments. Provide an executive summary including any recommended
equipment changes necessary to meet all code requirements.
2.
Final Phase: Provide a complete final report as detailed in this specification, based
on updated feeder dimensions and approved distribution and overcurrent device
shop drawings.
Collect field data as required. This shall include gathering information on new and
existing motors, length and clarification of new feeders and new device characteristics.
The studies shall be accomplished so that circuit breaker and/or relay specification
recommendations, this would include all protective relay settings for the medium votlage
generators and distribution, are submitted prior to or at the same time as the distribution
equipment shop drawings so that the correct relays or circuit breaker options are ordered
in a timely manner at no added cost to the Owner.

224051.01

Attachment: Project Documents_Invitation for Bid_Justice_Dispatch_Electrical_FINAL_2-27-2025 (Review/Approve Dispatch Center Electrical

8.a.1.b

26 05 71-1

Packet Pg. 116

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59

E.

F.

Perform a short-circuit study using the latest ANSI/IEEE Standards calculation methods
and EasyPower or SKM PowerTools software. Provide an electronic copy of all
EasyPower or SKM files for the project on a CD.
1.
System connections which result in maximum fault conditions shall be adequately
covered in the study.
2.
Short-circuit momentary duty values and interrupting duty values shall be
calculated on the basis of assumed three-phase bolted faults, line-to-line faults,
line-to-line-to-ground faults, line-to-ground faults, and three-phase-to-ground faults
at each switchboard and switchgear bus, transformer, panel boards and significant
location in the system. Short circuit study shall also include calculations based
upon multiple sources, such as alternate utility sources, system bus ties (in
optional system configurations), standby emergency systems, etc.
3.
The short-circuit tabulations shall include symmetrical fault currents and X/R ratios.
For each fault location, the total duty on the bus as well as the individual
contribution from each connected branch shall be listed with its respective X/R
ratio.
4.
Compare the results of the short circuit study with the short circuit ratings of the
new and existing equipment (if applicable) to evaluate their capability to withstand
and clear a fault condition and provide personnel protection, without heavy
damage to the equipment or surroundings. Verify that all equipment is applied
within its rating. Provide a report to summarize the data and the results of the
short-circuit study. Provide recommendations to adjust or replace equipment that
is not properly rated for the available short-circuit current.
5.
Conductor for data table including all feeder characteristics and overcurrent
protection.
Using the results of the short-circuit study; perform a protective device coordination study
for the system described in Section 1.2.A above.
1.
The coordination study shall include computer-drawn coordination curves which
illustrate proper relay/breaker settings and fuse size selection to obtain proper
coordination and protection of the equipment. The coordination curves shall be
drawn on Keuffel and Esser log-log paper #48-5258 or approved computer
equivalent.
2.
The plots (no longer than 11" x 17") shall include complete titles, a simplified singleline diagram for the portion of the system being coordinated, significant motor
starting characteristics, complete parameters of transformers, minimum melt and
total clearing characteristics of fuses, and complete operating bands of low voltage
circuit breaker trip curves. The coordination plots shall indicate the type of
protective devices selected, proposed relay taps, time dial and instantaneous
settings, transformer magnetizing inrush and ANSI withstand curves, cable
thermal overcurrent withstand limits, and significant symmetrical and asymmetrical
fault currents. A maximum of eight (8) devices shall be shown on any sheet.
3.
All restrictions of the NEC shall be adhered to and proper coordination intervals
and separation of characteristic curves shall be maintained.
a.
Normal branches shall be coordinated.
b.
Life Safety, Critical, Equipment, Elevator, and Fire Pump branches shall be
selectively coordinated including the following:
1). Over current protective devices between the utility services and the
smallest branch circuit over current protective devices,
2). Over current protective devices between the generators and the
smallest branch circuit overcurrent protective devices.
4.
Separate coordination plots shall be provided for phase devices and ground-fault
devices.
5.
The coordination study shall include protective device setting records for each
substation, switchgear lineup, switchboard, panelboard, etc. A report shall be
provided to summarize the results of the protective device coordination study. The
report shall include relay and circuit breaker setting sheets and coordination
curves. Recommendations shall be provided including but not limited to missing
devices, misapplied devices, NEC violations, or devices that are not providing
satisfactory protection and/or coordination.
224051.01

Attachment: Project Documents_Invitation for Bid_Justice_Dispatch_Electrical_FINAL_2-27-2025 (Review/Approve Dispatch Center Electrical

8.a.1.b

26 05 71-2

Packet Pg. 117

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59

G.
H.

1.3

REFERENCES
A.

1.4

As part of the studies, a listing of recommended relays, circuit breakers, fuses, etc.,
including complete ordering information, shall be provided in a timely fashion.
The Arc-Flash Hazard Analysis
1.
The analysis shall be performed with the aid of computer software intended for this
purpose in order to calculate Arc-Fault Incident Energy (AFIE) levels and flash
protection boundary distances.
2.
The analysis shall be performed on conjunction with a short-circuit analysis and a
time-current coordination analysis.
3.
Results of the analysis shall be submitted in tabular form, and shall include device
or bus name, bolted fault and arching fault current levels, flash protection boundary
distances, personal-protective equipment classes and AFIE levels.
4.
The analysis shall be performed under worst-case arch-flash conditions, and the
final report shall describe, when applicable, how these conditions differ from worstcase bolted fault conditions.
5.
The analysis shall be performed by a registered professional engineer.
6.
The analysis shall be performed in compliance with IEEE Standard 1584-2002, the
IEEE Guide for Performing Arc-Flash Calculations.
7.
The analysis shall include recommendations for reducing AFIE levels and
enhancing worker safety.
8.
The proposed vendor shall demonstrate experience with Arc-Flash Hazard
Analysis by submitting names of at least ten actual arc-flash hazard analyses is
has performed in the past year.
9.
The proposed vendor shall demonstrate capabilities in providing equipment,
services and training to reduce arc-flash exposure and train workers in accordance
with NFPA 70E and other applicable standards.
10. The proposed vendor shall provide equipment labels in compliance with NEC-2002
Section 110 and ANSI Z535.4 to identify AFIE and appropriate Personal Protective
Equipment classes.

Refer to section 26 05 00 for applicable codes and standards for the material and
installation related to this section.

SUBMITTALS
A.

B.

For Approval
1.
Within two (2) weeks of award of the Contract, submit resume of the Study
Engineer's qualifications.
2.
Submit the final report in the quantity dictated by the Architect/Engineer. The final
report shall include the following:
a.
Description, purpose, basis, and scope of the study and a single-line diagram
of that portion of the power system which is included within the scope of the
study.
b.
Tabulations of circuit breakers, fuse, and other protective device ratings
versus calculated short circuit duties and commentary on same.
c.
Fault current calculations including a definition of terms and guide for
interpretation of computer print-out.
d.
Protective device time versus current coordination curves, tabulations of
relay and circuit breaker trip settings, fuse selection, and commentary on
same.
For Record Purpose
1.
For the Owner
a.
Bound copy of the final approved report. Also provide a pdf copy of the final
report as requested by the owner.
2.
For the Engineer
a.
Bound copy of the final approved report. Also provide a pdf copy of the final
report as requested by the Engineer.
b.
An electronic copy of all SKM Powertools files used in creating the study.
224051.01

Attachment: Project Documents_Invitation for Bid_Justice_Dispatch_Electrical_FINAL_2-27-2025 (Review/Approve Dispatch Center Electrical

8.a.1.b

26 05 71-3

Packet Pg. 118

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59

C.

1.5

EQUIPMENT DIMENSIONS
A.

1.6

B.

Spare Materials
1.
None required.
Maintenance Materials
1.
None required.

WARRANTY
A.

1.8

None required.

EXTRA MATERIALS
A.

1.7

Operations and Maintenance Manuals
1.
None required.

Refer to warranty requirements in section 26 05 00.

QUALIFICATIONS
A.

B.
C.
D.

PART 2

The Contractor shall have the studies performed by qualified Engineers of the
switchgear manufacturer or by an Owner-approved consultant. The Contractor is
responsible for providing all pertinent information required by the preparers of the
studies.
The study shall be performed by an engineer registered in the state where the project is
located.
The final study shall be sealed and signed by the study engineer.
The equipment manufacturer or consulting engineer shall specialize in perform short
circuit and protection devices studies and shall have a minimum of five years experience.

PRODUCTS

Not used.

PART 3
3.1

EXECUTION
SHIPPING, DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A.

3.2

EXAMINATION AND PREPARATION
A.

B.
C.

3.3

None required.

Examine project overcurrent protective device submittals for compliance with electrical
distribution system coordination requirements and other conditions affecting
performance. Refer to drawings and the NEC for devices requiring coordination.
Proceed with preliminary coordination study only after relevant equipment submittals
have been assembled.
Final coordination study shall be based on the final approved submittals and the actual
equipment supplied for the project.

INSTALLATION
A.
B.

Implementation of the study recommendations shall take place only after the Engineer
and Owner's approval.
The Contractor shall hire an independent testing contractor to perform protective device
calibration and apply prescribed settings. This Contractor shall assist testing contractor
by providing work force and materials as required.
224051.01

Attachment: Project Documents_Invitation for Bid_Justice_Dispatch_Electrical_FINAL_2-27-2025 (Review/Approve Dispatch Center Electrical

8.a.1.b

26 05 71-4

Packet Pg. 119

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24

C.

3.4

FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A.
B.

3.5

Adjust any circuit breaker settings not in compliance with study.
Replace any fuses not in compliance with the study.

START UP/MANUFACTURER FIELD SERVICES
A.

3.7

Verify all overcurrent protective devices in the study match the devices installed
Verify all circuit breaker settings and fuse ratings match the study requirements.

ADJUSTMENT AND CLEANING
A.
B.

3.6

The Contractor shall install and mark the arc flash equipment labels after the short circuit
and protective device coordination studies have been completed and implemented.
Clean areas of equipment to receive arc flash stickers for proper adhesion of sticker.

None required.

DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING
A.

None required.

END OF SECTION

224051.01

Attachment: Project Documents_Invitation for Bid_Justice_Dispatch_Electrical_FINAL_2-27-2025 (Review/Approve Dispatch Center Electrical

8.a.1.b

26 05 71-5

Packet Pg. 120

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30

DIVISION 26
ELECTRICAL WORK
SECTION 26 08 11
TESTING ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

PART 1
1.1

GENERAL
SECTION INCLUDES
A.

1.2

Field testing of electrical distribution equipment.

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A.
B.
C.

D.

E.
F.

This section specifies the acceptance electrical testing required for the various
components of the electrical power system.
Refer to the various system specifications for testing requirements of those systems.
Prior to energizing equipment, the Electrical Contractor shall perform the tests as
specified herein. The Electrical Contractor shall also retain the services of a recognized independent testing contractor for purpose of performing inspections and tests
wherever indicated in this Section.
All new electrical equipment installed as part of this project shall be tested, where a
test is specified herein. Test values shall conform to the equipment manufacturer's
recommendations and the latest edition of the NETA Acceptance Testing
Specifications.
Assure that electrical equipment is operational within industry and manufacturer's
tolerances and is installed in accordance with design specifications.
The following table will indicate which testing is the responsibility of the Electrical
Contractor and the Independent Testing Contractor:
Responsibility of:
Independent
Electrical
Testing
Contractor
Contractor

Item to be tested
General Field Testing
Receptacles
Branch Circuit Wiring
Feeders
Grounding
Dry-Type Transformers (600 volts and less primary)
Panelboards
Circuit Breakers - Low Voltage
Transfer Switches
Uninterruptible Power Supplies (UPS)
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43

G.

H.

X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X

Inspections and tests shall utilize the following references:
1.
Project design specifications.
2.
Project design drawings.
3.
Manufacturer's instruction manuals applicable to each particular apparatus.
4.
Above referenced standards.
Electrical Contractor's responsibilities:
1.
Supply a source of test power to independent testing contractor at each test site
2.
Notify the Independent Testing Contractor when equipment becomes available for
acceptance tests.
3.
Coordinate work to minimize project delay.
4.
Supply a complete set of electrical drawings, specifications, and pertinent change
orders to the Independent Testing Contractor prior to commencement of testing.
224051.01

Attachment: Project Documents_Invitation for Bid_Justice_Dispatch_Electrical_FINAL_2-27-2025 (Review/Approve Dispatch Center Electrical

8.a.1.b

26 08 11-1

Packet Pg. 121

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59

I.

J.

1.3

REFERENCES
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.

1.4

B.

C.

B.

Refer to warranty requirements in section 26 05 00.

QUALIFICATIONS
A.

B.

PART 2

Spare Materials
1.
None required.
Maintenance Materials
1.
None required.

WARRANTY
A.

1.8

None required.

EXTRA MATERIALS
A.

1.7

For Approval
1.
Submit proof of independent testing contractor qualifications.
2.
Submit preliminary report no later than 10 calendar days after completion of testing.
For Record Purpose
1.
Record actual equipment nameplate information.
2.
Permanently record checks and tests and make available to Engineer and Owner.
3.
For the Owner
a.
Three bound copies of the final approved report. Also provide a pdf copy of
the final report as requested by the owner.
4.
For the Engineer
a.
One bound copy of the final approved report. Also provide a pdf copy of the
final report as requested by the Engineer.
Operations and Maintenance Manuals
1.
None Required.

EQUIPMENT DIMENSIONS
A.

1.6

National Electrical Manufacturer's Association (NEMA).
American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM).
Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE).
National Electrical Testing Association (NETA).
Insulated Cable Engineers Association (ICEA).
American National Standards Institute (ANSI).

SUBMITTALS
A.

1.5

Independent Testing Contractor's responsibilities:
1.
Notify Engineer 72 hours prior to commencement of testing.
2.
Provide material, equipment, labor, and technical supervision to perform such tests
and inspections.
Recommendations for acceptance or rejection shall be given upon consultation of
Engineer, Owner, Contractor and Independent Testing Contractor's Representative.

Meet federal, state, and local safety requirements for accreditation of testing laboratories,
Title 29, Part 1907. Membership in National Electrical Testing Association constitutes
proof of meeting such criteria.
Meet Federal Department of Commerce requirements for nationally independent testing
laboratory certification.

PRODUCTS

224051.01

Attachment: Project Documents_Invitation for Bid_Justice_Dispatch_Electrical_FINAL_2-27-2025 (Review/Approve Dispatch Center Electrical

8.a.1.b

26 08 11-2

Packet Pg. 122

8.a.1.b
2.1

APPROVED TESTING CONTRACTORS
A.
B.
C.

PART 3
3.1

EXECUTION
SHIPPING, DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A.

3.2

High Voltage Maintenance, HVM.
AC Engineering
Electrical Energy Experts, EEE.

None required.

EXAMINATION AND PREPARATION
A.

B.

C.
D.

E.

GENERAL FIELD TESTING REQUIREMENTS
1.
Test work and equipment installed to ensure its proper and safe operation in
accordance with intent of drawings and specifications.
2.
Check interlocking and automatic control sequences and test operation of safety
and protective devices.
3.
Correct defects.
4.
Cooperate with electrical utility, suppliers, and manufacturer's representatives in
order to achieve proper and intended operation of equipment.
5.
Test, adjust and record operating voltages at each system level before energizing
branch circuits.
6.
Transformer taps must be adjusted to obtain as near as possible nominal system
voltage.
7.
Where transformer is under utility jurisdiction, obtain services of utility to correct
voltage.
8.
Replace devices and equipment damaged due to failure to comply with this
requirement.
9.
Balance load among feeder’s conductors at each panelboard, switchboard, or
substation, and reconnect loads as may be necessary to obtain a reasonable
balance of load on each phase. Electrical unbalance shall not exceed 7-1/2% between phases. If the Electrical Contractor feels that because of the nature of the
load, a 7 1/2% or less unbalance cannot be achieved, the Electrical Contractor shall
submit written request to the Engineer for approval.
RECEPTACLES
1.
Verify that each receptacle device is energized.
2.
Test each receptacle device for proper polarity.
3.
Test each GFCI receptacle device for proper operation.
4.
Test each receptacle device in patient care areas, including receptacles install in
manufactured headwalls or columns, per NFPA 99 Section 3-3.3.3 and record the
results per NFPA 99 Section 3-3.4.3. Record results in a format acceptable to the
owner.
BRANCH CIRCUIT WIRING
1.
See Section 26 05 21 for additional information.
FEEDERS
1.
Verify cable color coding with applicable specifications and the National Electrical
Code.
2.
Each feeder shall be megger tested for insulation resistance.
GROUNDING
1.
VISUAL AND MECHANICAL INSPECTION
a.
Inspect ground system for compliance with drawings and specifications.
b.
Verify that all electrical distribution equipment is properly grounded.
2.
ELECTRICAL TESTS
a.
Fall of Potential test per IEEE Standard No. 81 on main grounding electrode or
system.

224051.01

Attachment: Project Documents_Invitation for Bid_Justice_Dispatch_Electrical_FINAL_2-27-2025 (Review/Approve Dispatch Center Electrical

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58

26 08 11-3

Packet Pg. 123

8.a.1.b
b.

F.

G.

H.

Two Point Method test per IEEE Standard No. 81 to determine ground
resistance between main grounding system, and major electrical equipment
frame, system neutral and/or derived neutral points.
DRY TYPE TRANSFORMERS (600 VOLTS AND LESS PRIMARY)
1.
VISUAL AND MECHANICAL INSPECTION
a.
Inspect for physical damage.
b.
Verify equipment is supplied and connected in accordance with design
specifications.
c.
Check tightness of external bolted electrical joints in accordance with
manufacturer's instructions.
d.
Verify resilient mounts are released.
e.
Perform specific inspection and mechanical tests as recommended by
manufacturer.
2.
ELECTRICAL TESTS
a.
Insulation resistance tests shall be performed winding-to-winding and
winding-to-ground. Appropriate guard circuit shall be utilized over all
bushings. Test voltage and minimum acceptable values shall be in
accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations.
b.
Perform a turns-ratio test on all tap connections. Verify that winding polarities
are in accordance with nameplate.
c.
Perform power-factor or dissipation-factor tests in accordance with the test
equipment manufacturer’s published data.
d.
Testing shall occur prior to making primary and secondary feeder connections
(i.e. prior to placing in service).
e.
Voltage
1). Record voltage at new distribution lineup after the following transformer:
a). T/RAD/UPS
b). T/CU/03
c). T/CU/10
2). Record voltage at the furthest point of distribution out of each lineup.
3). Adjust transformer taps as required to regulate the voltage across the
system.
PANELBOARDS
1.
VISUAL AND MECHANICAL INSPECTION
a.
Inspect for physical damage.
b.
Verify equipment is supplied and connected in accordance with design
specifications.
c.
Inspect for proper alignment, anchorage, and grounding.
d.
Check tightness of accessible bolted bus joints by calibrated torque wrench
method. Refer to manufacturer's instructions for proper foot-pound levels.
e.
Doors, panels and Sections shall be inspected for paint, scratches and fit.
f.
Physically test all key interlocking systems.
g.
Proper mechanical operation of relays, switches, and other devices.
h.
Where applicable, verify fuse size are per coordination study.
2.
ELECTRICAL TESTS
a.
Measure steady state load currents at each panelboard feeder; rearrange
circuits in the panelboard to balance the phase loads to within 7 1/2 percent of
each other. Maintain proper phasing for multi-wire branch circuits.
b.
Megger check of phase-to-phase and phase-to-ground insulation levels prior
to connection of any load circuits.

CIRCUIT BREAKERS - LOW VOLTAGE
1.
All circuit breakers regardless of size shall receive the visual and mechanical
inspection as indicated below. All circuit breakers which are either 225 amp frame
and larger or with a trip setting of 100 amps and larger shall be tested per this
Section.
224051.01

Attachment: Project Documents_Invitation for Bid_Justice_Dispatch_Electrical_FINAL_2-27-2025 (Review/Approve Dispatch Center Electrical

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59

26 08 11-4

Packet Pg. 124

8.a.1.b
2.

I.

VISUAL AND MECHANICAL INSPECTION
a.
All circuit breakers regardless of ampacity shall inspected as indicated below:
1). Circuit breaker shall be checked for proper mounting, conductor size
and feeder designation.
2). Operate circuit breaker to ensure smooth operation.
3). Inspect case for cracks or other defects.
4). Check tightness of connection with torque wrench in accordance with
manufacturer's recommendations.
3.
ELECTRICAL TESTS
a.
All circuit breakers which are either 225 amp frame and larger or with a trip
setting of 100 amps and larger shall be tested as indicated below:
1). Measure contact resistance.
2). Insulation resistance shall be determined phase to phase and phase to
ground. Test voltage shall be 1,000 v dc.
3). Perform long-time delay time-current characteristic tests by passing 300
percent rated primary current through each pole separately unless
series testing is required to defeat ground fault functions.
4). Determine short-time pickup and delay by primary current injection.
5). Determine ground-fault pickup and time delay by primary current
injection.
6). Determine instantaneous pickup current by primary injection using runup or pulse method.
TRANSFER SWITCHES
1.
VISUAL AND MECHANICAL INSPECTION SHALL BE PERFORMED BY THE
INDEPENDENT TESTING CONTRACTOR
a.
Inspect for physical damage, proper anchorage and grounding.
b.
Check switch to ensure positive mechanical and electrical interlocks between
normal and alternative sources.
c.
Check tightness of all control and power connections.
d.
Perform manual transfer operation with no load connected.
e.
Ensure manual transfer warnings are attached and visible to operator.
2.
ELECTRICAL TESTS SHALL BE PERFORMED BY THE INDEPENDENT TESTING
CONTRACTOR
a.
Insulation Resistance Test: Measure insulation resistance phase-to-phase
and phase-to-ground.
b.
Contact Resistance Test: Measure the contact resistance across each pole,
both normal and alternative.
3.
MANUFACTURERS TRAINED TECHNICIAN SHALL PERFORM THE
FOLLOWING:
a.
Verify settings and operation of control devices in accordance with the project
specifications.
1). Voltage and frequency sensing relays.
2). All time delays.
3). Engine start and shutdown.
b.

c.

Perform automatic transfer tests:
1). Simulate loss of normal power.
2). Return to normal power.
3). Simulate loss of emergency power.
4). Simulate all forms of single-phase conditions.
Monitor and verify correct operation and timing. Record actual settings. A
copy of all relay settings shall be turned over to the Owner’s representative.
1). Normal voltage sensing relays.
2). Engine start sequence.
3). Time delay upon transfer.
4). Alternate voltage sensing relays.
5). Automatic transfer operation.
6). Interlocks and limit switch operation.
7). Time delay and retransfer upon normal power restoration.
224051.01

Attachment: Project Documents_Invitation for Bid_Justice_Dispatch_Electrical_FINAL_2-27-2025 (Review/Approve Dispatch Center Electrical

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59

26 08 11-5

Packet Pg. 125

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48

J.

3.3

INSTALLATION
A.

3.4

written

Adjust, clean and correct any deficiencies from inspection and testing.

START UP/MANUFACTURER FIELD SERVICES
A.

3.7

Perform testing in accordance with the equipment manufacturer’s
recommendations and NETA Acceptance Testing Standards.

ADJUSTMENT AND CLEANING
A.

3.6

None required.

FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A.

3.5

8). Engine cooldown and shutdown feature.
UNINTERRUPTIBLE POWER SUPPLIES (UPS)
1.
VISUAL AND MECHANICAL INSPECTION
a.
Inspect for physical damage.
b.
Verify equipment is supplied and connected in accordance with design
specifications.
c.
Check tightness of external bolted electrical joints in accordance with
manufacturer's instructions.
d.
Test all electrical and mechanical interlock systems for correct operation and
sequencing.
e.
Verify resilient mounts are released.
f.
Perform specific inspection and mechanical tests as recommended by
manufacturer.
2.
ELECTRICAL TESTS
a.
Test static transfer from inverter to bypass and back. Use normal load, if
possible.
b.
Set free-running frequency of inverter.
c.
Test dc undervoltage trip level on inverter input breaker. Set according to
manufacturer’s published data.
d.
Test alarm circuits.
e.
Verify sync indicators for static switch and bypass switches are functioning
properly.

These services are described above in Examination section for each type of equipment.

DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING
A.

None required.

END OF SECTION

224051.01

Attachment: Project Documents_Invitation for Bid_Justice_Dispatch_Electrical_FINAL_2-27-2025 (Review/Approve Dispatch Center Electrical

8.a.1.b

26 08 11-6

Packet Pg. 126

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58

DIVISION 26
ELECTRICAL WORK
SECTION 26 09 23
LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES

PART 1
1.1

GENERAL
SECTION INCLUDES
A.
B.
C.
D.

1.2

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A.

B.
C.

D.
E.
F.

G.
1.3

The objective of this section is to ensure the proper installation of the occupancy sensorbased lighting control system so that lighting is turned off automatically after reasonable
time delay when a room or area is vacated by the last person to occupy said room or area.
The occupancy sensor-based lighting control shall accommodate all conditions of space
utilization and all irregular work hours and habits.
Contractor's work to include all labor, materials, tools, appliances, control hardware,
sensor, wire, junction boxes and equipment necessary for and incidental to the delivery,
installation and furnishing of a completely operational occupancy sensor lighting control
system, as described herein.
Occupancy Sensor controlled rooms: Spaces with occupancy sensors shall have a
minimum control of Auto On/ Auto Off from motion detection.
Vacancy Sensor controlled rooms: Spaces with Vacancy sensors shall have a minimum
control of Manual On/ Auto Off from motion detection and low voltage switches.
Wireless Devices: Wireless switches shall be battery powered to communicate with
compatible power packs mounted at select fixtures. Switches shall be programmed to
control individual fixtures as shown on plan in accordance with owner’s standard.Sensors
shall have a minim control of Auto On/Auto Off from motion detection.
Refer to Sequence of Operations Schedule for controls strategies applied to spaces.

REFERENCES
A.
B.

1.4

Room Occupancy/Vacancy Sensors
Wireless Devices
Emergency Lighting Control Devices
Hardware & Wiring

Refer to section 26 05 00 for applicable codes and standards for the material and
installation related to this section.
IECC 2015 – International Energy Conservation Code.

SUBMITTALS
A.

B.

C.

For Approval
1.
Shop Drawings: Indicate electrical characteristics and connection requirements;
cable routing; connection diagrams; and equipment arrangement.
2.
Submit a lighting plan clearly marked by manufacturer showing proper product,
location, and orientation of each sensor in every room.
3.
Product Data: Provide electrical and operation characteristics and connection
requirements.
4.
Any deviations to this specification must be clearly stated by letter and submitted.
For Record Purposes
1.
Test Reports: Indicate satisfactory completion of required tests and inspections.
2.
“As-Built” documents shall include final location and type of each sensor.
3.
Provide “As-Built” wiring diagrams showing interconnection of all components and
accessories.
Operations and Maintenance Manuals
224051.01

26 09 23 -1

Attachment: Project Documents_Invitation for Bid_Justice_Dispatch_Electrical_FINAL_2-27-2025 (Review/Approve Dispatch Center Electrical

8.a.1.b

Packet Pg. 127

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58

1.

1.5

EXTRA MATERIALS
A.
B.

1.6

PART 2

Refer to warranty requirements in section 26 05 00.
The contractor shall warrant all equipment furnished in accordance with this specification
to be undamaged, free of defects in materials and workmanship, and in conformance with
the specifications. The supplier’s obligation shall include repair or replacement, and
testing without charge to the owner, all or any parts of equipment which are found to be
damaged, defective, or non-conforming and returned to the supplier. The warranty shall
commence upon the owner's acceptance of the project. Warranty on labor shall be for a
minimum period of one (1) year.

PRODUCTS
MANUFACTURERS
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.

2.2

Spare Materials
1.
Provide one type of each type of sensor and power pack installed on this project.
Maintenance Materials
1.
None required.

WARRANTY
A.
B.

2.1

Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate application conditions and
limitations of use stipulated by Product testing agency. Include instructions for
storage, handling, protection, examination, preparation, installation, and starting of
products.

The Watt Stopper
Greengate
Hubbell
Leviton
Sensor Switch (microphonic technologies acceptable as alternate to ultrasonic).
Steinel
Substitutions: Under provisions of Section 26 05 00.

OCCUPANCY/VACANCY SENSORS
A.
B.

C.

D.

All products shall be of the same manufacturer.
Occupancy Sensor: Unless otherwise indicated, turn lights on when coverage area is
occupied, and turn them off when unoccupied; with a time-delay for turning lights off,
adjustable over a minimum range of 1 to 15 minutes.
Vacancy Sensor: Unless otherwise indicated, lights are manually turned on and sensor
turns lights off when the room is unoccupied; with a time-delay for turning lights off,
adjustable over a minimum range of 1 to 15 minutes.
The drawings indicate the types of sensors and their relative location. Below is a listing of
these type designations, a description of each, and basis of design product information:
1.
Type A: 600 sqft 360-degree coverage, ultrasonic, ceiling mounted.
2.
Type B: 1000 sqft 360-degree coverage, ultrasonic, ceiling mounted.
3.
Type C: 90 lineal feet coverage, ultrasonic, ceiling mounted.
4.
Type D: 600 sqft 180-degree coverage, passive infrared, wall switch sensor with 010V dimming. Adjust settings for Manual-On, if required for project.
5.
Type E: 1500 sqft 120-degree coverage, passive infrared, corner mounted.
6.
Type F: Timer switch, adjustable from 10 minutes to 2 hours, wall mounted.
7.
Type G: 1000 sqft. 360-degree coverage, Dual Technology, ceiling mounted.
8.
Type H: 600 sqft 180-degree coverage, dual technology, wall switch sensor, dual
level. Adjust settings for 50% Auto-On, 50% Manual On as needed per Code
Requirements.
224051.01

26 09 23 -2

Attachment: Project Documents_Invitation for Bid_Justice_Dispatch_Electrical_FINAL_2-27-2025 (Review/Approve Dispatch Center Electrical

8.a.1.b

Packet Pg. 128

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58

9.
10.

E.
F.
G.

H.

I.
J.
K.
L.

M.
N.
O.

P.

Q.
R.
S.
T.

2.3

Type J: 1500 sqft 120-degree coverage, dual technology, corner mounted.
Type K: 600 sqft 180-degree coverage, passive infrared, wall switch sensor, single
level. Adjust settings for Manual-On.
11. “/HV” represents an HVAC interface requirement. When shown on plans, provide
auxiliary relay or isolated relay for interface with HVAC. Auxiliary relay may be
provided integral to the sensor or as a separate module.
a.
Refer to schedules, specification, and sequence of operations in Division 23
for interface requirements.
12. “/D” represents the Digital version of sensor Type to be used on the lighting control
system defined in specification 26 09 29.
13. “/WP” represents a sensor requiring a wet listing per space requirement. Provide
technology and coverage as identified in Types above.
All sensors to be listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency,
and marked for intended location and application.
Power and Auxiliary Packs rated at 20A, 120/277VAC.
All powerpacks and auxiliary packs shall be wired ahead or separate of any switching
devices to remain active from motion, regardless of switch status. A switch device can
include, but is not limited to, line voltage switches, wallbox dimmers, etc.
All powerpacks and auxiliary packs shall not be wired in line with a relay-controlled circuit.
Continuous switching of power to the powerpack and auxiliary pack may result in loss of
programming or shortened device lifespan. Wall switch sensors shall be capable of
detection of motion at desk top level up to 300 square feet and shall have manual on,
automatic off.
Wall switch sensors shall accommodate loads from 0 to 800 watts at 120 volts; 0 to 1200
watts at 277 volts and shall have 180 degrees coverage capability.
Passive infrared sensors shall have a multiple segmented lens, in a multiple-tier
configuration, with grooves-in to eliminate dust and residue built-up.
All sensors shall be capable of operating normally with any electronic ballast, PL lamp
systems and rated motor loads.
Coverage of sensors shall remain constant after sensitivity control has been set. No
automatic reduction shall occur in coverage due to the cycling of air conditioner or heating
fans.
All sensors shall have readily accessible, user adjustable controls for time delay and
sensitivity. Controls shall be recessed to limit tampering.
All wall mounted sensors shall have selectable Manual-On and Auto-On function.
In the event of failure, a bypass manual "override on" shall be provided on each sensor.
When a bypass is utilized, lighting shall remain on constantly or control shall divert to a
wall switch until sensor is replaced. This control shall be recessed to prevent tampering.
Ultrasonic operating frequency, minimum 30kHz, shall be crystal controlled to within plus
or minus 0.005% tolerance to assure reliable performance and eliminate sensor crosstalk.
Sensors using multiple frequencies are not acceptable.
All sensors shall provide a method of indication to verify that motion is being detected
during testing and that the unit is working.
All sensors shall have no leakage current to load, in Manual or in Auto/Off mode, for safety
purposes and shall have voltage drop protection.
All sensors shall have UL rated 94V-O plastic enclosures.
Sensors shall control all lighting within a space, including undercabinet lighting shown on
plans, unless noted otherwise. Specific zone control shall be as indicated on drawings with
switch legs. EC shall provide the required powerpacks and auxiliary packs as required to
achieve.

WIRELESS STANDALONE SYSTEM
A.

B.

ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS:
1.
Lutron
2.
Substitutions: None, facility standard.
WIRELESS/BATTERY CONTROL STATIONS
224051.01

26 09 23 -3

Attachment: Project Documents_Invitation for Bid_Justice_Dispatch_Electrical_FINAL_2-27-2025 (Review/Approve Dispatch Center Electrical

8.a.1.b

Packet Pg. 129

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.

12.
13.

14.
15.

2.4

Basis of Specification: Lutron Pico Wireless
Type A: 2 Button switch. May be used with single zone on/off or bilevel control.
Type B: 2 Button switch with nightlight. May be used with single zone on/off or
bilevel control.
Type C: 2 Button switch for On/Off with Raise/Lower control
Type D: 3 Button switch. Buttons provided with On/Off and 1 preset control.
Type F: 3 Button switch with Raise/Lower. Buttons provided with On/Off, 1 preset
control and raise/lower control.
Type G: 3 Button switch with Raise/Lower and Nightlight. Buttons provided with
On/Off, 1 preset control and raise/lower control.
Communicates directly to compatible RF receiving devices through use of a radio
frequency communications link.
Does not require external power packs, power or communication wiring.
Allows for easy reprogramming without replacing the unit.
Button Programming:
a.
Single action.
b.
Toggle action.
Includes LED to indicate button press or programming mode status.
Capable of being mounted with a table stand or directly to a wall under a faceplate.
a.
For Wall Mounting provide: Screw Mounting Kit; Model PICO-SM-KIT and
Wallbox Adapter; Model PICO-WBX-ADAPT. Provide concealed mounting
hardware for faceplates.
b.
For tabletop applications provide: Tabletop pedestals; model L-PED#-WH.
c.
EC to determine switch ganging from plans. EC to confirm mounting style with
Owner prior to purchase.
Power: Battery-operated with minimum ten-year battery life or 3-year battery life for
night light models.
Finish: Refer to Wiring Device Specification.

CIRCUIT CONTROL HARDWARE
A.

B.

WIRED
1.
Control Units - For ease of mounting, installation and future service, control unit(s)
shall be able to externally mount through a 2" knock-out on a standard electrical
enclosure and be an integrated, self-contained unit consisting internally of an
isolated load switching control relay and a transformer to provide low-voltage power.
Transformers shall provide power to a minimum of two (2) sensors.
2.
Relay Contacts shall have ratings of:
13A - 120 VAC Tungsten.
20A - 120 VAC Ballast.
20A - 277 VAC Ballast.
WIRELESS
1.
Control Units - For ease of mounting, installation and future service, control unit(s)
shall be able to externally mount through a 2" knock-out on a standard electrical
enclosure and be an integrated, self-contained unit consisting internally of an
isolated load switching control relay.
2.
Communicates via radio frequency with up to nine compatible wireless control
stations, up to six occupancy/vacancy sensors, and one daylight sensor.
3.
Plenum rated.
4.
Relay Modules:
a.
5 A relay module, without contact closure output.
b.
16 A relay module, without contact closure output.
c.
Rated Life of Relay: Typical of 1,000,000 cycles at fully rated 16 A for all
lighting loads.
d.
The load switched in manner that prevents arcing at mechanical contacts
when power is applied and removed from load circuits.

224051.01

26 09 23 -4

Attachment: Project Documents_Invitation for Bid_Justice_Dispatch_Electrical_FINAL_2-27-2025 (Review/Approve Dispatch Center Electrical

8.a.1.b

Packet Pg. 130

8.a.1.b
e.
5.

2.5

CONTROL WIRING
A.

B.

PART 3
3.1

SHIPPING, DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
Accept material on site. Inspect for damage.
Protect material from corrosion and entrance of debris by storing above grade. Provide
appropriate covering.

EXAMINATION AND PREPARATION
A.
B.

3.3

WIRED
1.
Control wiring between sensors and controls units shall be Class II, 18-24 AWG,
stranded UL Classified, PVC or TEFLON jacketed cable approved for use in
plenums, where applicable.
WIRELESS
1.
There shall be no control wiring between the Load Control modules to either motion
sensors or control stations.
2.
Follow Class 1 standards for line voltage wiring from Load Control modules to
fixtures. Consult Manufacturer’s wiring diagram for all product requirements as
each device and system may differ in wire topologies.

EXECUTION

A.
B.

3.2

Fully rated output continuous duty for inductive, capacitive, and resistive
loads.
Dimming modules: EC shall reference Lighting Fixture Schedule to determine
dimming compatibility. Available modules include:
a.
5A dimming module with 0-10V control.
b.
EcoSystem Dimming module with addressable control of 32 EcoSystem
ballasts.
c.
Single low voltage dimming module with Class 1 or Class 2 isolated 0-10V
output signal conforming to IEC 60929 Annex E.2; source or sink
automatically configures.
d.
Configurable high- and low-end trim.
e.
Relay: Rated for 0-10 V ballasts, LED drivers, or fixtures that conform with
NEMA 410.

Verify that surfaces are ready to receive work.
Verify specified sensor will provide proper coverage of the room.

INSTALLATION
A.
B.
C.

D.

Do not install products until the building is enclosed and tempered.
Maintain conditions to manufacturer's instructions during and after installation of
occupancy sensor system.
It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to locate and aim sensors in the correct location
required for complete and proper volumetric coverage within the range of coverage(s) of
controlled areas per the manufacturer's recommendations. Rooms shall have ninety (90)
to one hundred (100) percent coverage to completely cover the controlled area to
accommodate all occupancy habits of single or multiple occupants at any location within
the room(s). The locations and quantities of sensors shown on the drawings are
diagrammatic and indicate only the rooms which are to be provided with sensors. The
Contractor shall provide additional sensors if required to cover the respective room
properly and completely.
Sensors shall be located so they are not affected by activities in corridors or adjacent
rooms. Sensors which are activated by activity in adjacent rooms shall be relocated at no
additional cost.
224051.01

26 09 23 -5

Attachment: Project Documents_Invitation for Bid_Justice_Dispatch_Electrical_FINAL_2-27-2025 (Review/Approve Dispatch Center Electrical

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58

Packet Pg. 131

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58

E.
F.

G.
H.
I.
J.

K.

L.

M.

3.4

FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A.
B.
C.

3.5

Perform operation test on completed installation to verify proper operation.
Replace equipment, components, and wiring which are defective.
System shall be tested to be free from grounds, shorts, and open circuits.

ADJUSTMENT AND CLEANING
A.

3.6

Install motion sensors 4-6 ft. away from ceiling air vents to eliminate potential falsetriggers from HVAC system.
It is the Contractor's responsibility to arrange a pre-installation meeting with the
manufacturer's factory authorized representative, at the owner's facility, to verify
placement of sensors and installation criteria.
Install products and size conductors in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
Provide 4 feet of slack cable at each sensor to allow field adjustment of sensor location.
Low voltage wiring shall comply with section 26 05 21.
All low voltage wiring:
1.
Wiring above an accessible ceiling shall be either installed in conduit or the cable
may be installed without a raceway system if the cable has a plenum rated jacket
and is installed in a neat and workmanlike manner. All wiring where not contained in
conduits shall be firmly supported without resting on suspended ceilings and without
being attached directly to electrical conduits, etc. Exposed cabling shall be
supported by means of "D" rings or other approved cable suspension devices.
When low voltage wiring is installed in conduit, utilize flexible metal conduit to ceiling
mounted occupancy sensors to allow for repositioning.
2.
Wiring above a non-accessible ceiling or in an exposed structure shall be routed in
conduit. In an exposed structure, the conduit shall be routed along or near the
structural members to minimize the conduit visibility. Conduits installed after the
structure painting shall be painted by the EC to match the adjacent finish as
approved by the Architect.
EC shall install all powerpacks and auxiliary packs feeding area/space centralized over an
entry door to the space, above an accessible ceiling, unless directed otherwise.
Powerpack(s) shall be accessible with the owner’s standard-height maintenance ladder.
EC shall label powerpacks with self-adhesive tape with panel and circuit supplying
controller and area served by powerpacks).
Identification: Identify components and power and control wiring in accordance with
Section 260553 “Identification for Electrical Systems”. Identify circuits or luminaires
controlled by occupancy sensors at each sensor.
Emergency Lighting Control Devices
1.
Coordinate exact location of device with Owner prior to rough-in.
2.
Install devices per manufacturer’s instructions.
3.
Label device with Emergency/Life Safety panel and circuit information and normal
sensing circuit and panel information.
4.
Verify proper operation of device.

At substantial completion, clean all sensor lenses.

START UP/MANUFACTURER'S FIELD SERVICES
A.

B.

C.

It shall be the Electrical Contractor’s responsibility to verify all proper adjustments of
occupancy/vacancy sensors, including sensitivity and time delay setting, and train their
and the owner's personnel to ensure owner's satisfaction with the control system.
Upon completion of the installation, the wireless control system shall be completely
commissioned by the manufacturer's factory authorized technician who will verify and
document all adjustments and sensor placement to ensure a trouble-free sensor-based
lighting control system.
The Electrical Contractor shall provide both the manufacturer and the electrical engineer
with ten (10) working days’ written notice of the scheduled commissioning date. Engineer’s
224051.01

26 09 23 -6

Attachment: Project Documents_Invitation for Bid_Justice_Dispatch_Electrical_FINAL_2-27-2025 (Review/Approve Dispatch Center Electrical

8.a.1.b

Packet Pg. 132

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12

presence may be required to verify sensor calibration and programmed light levels during
commissioning. Upon completion of the system fine tuning the factory authorized
technician shall provide the proper training to the owner's personnel in the adjustment and
maintenance of the sensors. The Electrical Contractor shall also provide the owner and
engineer complete copies of all settings of all devices.
3.7

DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING
A.

Demonstrate modes of operation and required responses.

END OF SECTION

224051.01

26 09 23 -7

Attachment: Project Documents_Invitation for Bid_Justice_Dispatch_Electrical_FINAL_2-27-2025 (Review/Approve Dispatch Center Electrical

8.a.1.b

Packet Pg. 133

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59

DIVISION 26
ELECTRICAL WORK
SECTION 26 22 14
DRY TYPE TRANSFORMERS

PART 1
1.1

GENERAL
SECTION INCLUDES
A.

1.2

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A.

1.3

B.

B.
C.

Refer to floor plan drawings for approximate overall dimensions for the equipment of this
section. Minor dimensional increases of 6 inches or less are acceptable unless specific
dimensions are indicated for the equipment. Notify the engineer in writing 5 days prior
to submitting bid if the dimensional increases will be greater than 6 inches in any
dimension.

EXTRA MATERIALS
A.
B.

1.7

For Approval
1.
Product Data: Provide outline and support point dimensions of enclosures and
accessories, unit weight, voltage, KVA, and impedance ratings and characteristics,
tap configurations, insulation system type, and rated temperature rise.
2.
Test Reports: Indicate loss data, efficiency at 25, 50, 75 and 100 percent rated
load, and sound level.
3.
Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that Products meet or exceed specified
requirements.
For Record Purposes
1.
Indicate which tap is currently connected in all transformers.
Operations and Maintenance Manuals
1.
Manufacturer's Instructions: Indicate application conditions and limitations of use
stipulated by Product testing agency specified under Regulatory Requirements.
Include instructions for storage, handling, protection, examination, preparation,
installation, and starting of Product.

EQUIPMENT DIMENSIONS
A.

1.6

Refer to section 26 05 00 for applicable codes and standards for the material and
installation related to this section.
See the one-line diagrams for specific features required for this project.

SUBMITTALS
A.

1.5

Provide the dry type transformers as indicated on the drawings and specified herein.

REFERENCES
A.

1.4

Energy efficient dry type transformers.

Spare Materials
1.
None required.
Maintenance Materials
1.
None required.

WARRANTY
A.

Refer to warranty requirements in section 26 05 00.

224051.01

Attachment: Project Documents_Invitation for Bid_Justice_Dispatch_Electrical_FINAL_2-27-2025 (Review/Approve Dispatch Center Electrical

8.a.1.b

26 22 14-1

Packet Pg. 134

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20

PART 2
2.1

PRODUCTS
ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
A.
B.
C.
D.

2.4

Square D.
ABB.
Siemens.
Eaton.

ENERGY EFFICIENT TRANSFORMERS
A.
B.

C.

Description: NEMA ST 20, factory-assembled, air cooled dry type transformers, ratings
as indicated with a K-1 rating.
Transformers shall be low loss type with minimum efficiencies per DOE 2016 standards
when operated at 35% of full load capacity. Efficiencies shall be tested in accordance
with NEMA TP-2.
Efficiency Ratings:
Single Phase
KVA
Efficiency
15
97.7
25
98.0
37.5
98.2
50
98.3
75
98.5
100
98.6
167
98.7
250
98.8
333
98.9

21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47

D.

E.
F.

G.

H.

I.

Three Phase
KVA
Efficiency
15
97.89
30
98.23
45
98.40
75
98.60
112.5
98.74
150
98.83
225
98.94
300
99.02
500
99.14
750
99.23
1000
99.28

Insulation system and average winding temperature rise for rated KVA as follows:
1.
15 KVA and larger: Rated for 220 degree C UL Component Recognized insulation
system, 150 degrees C. rise above a 40 degree C ambient.
2.
Transformer coils shall be of the continuous wound type and shall be impregnated
with a nonhygroscopic, thermosetting varnish.
Case temperature: Do not exceed 50 degrees C. rise above ambient at warmest point.
Winding Taps:
1.
Transformers Less than 25 KVA: Two 5 percent full capacity taps on primary
winding below rated voltage.
2.
Transformers 25 KVA and Larger: Six 2 1/2 percent full capacity taps on primary
winding, 2 above and 4 below rated voltage.
Sound Levels: Maximum sound levels for 150 degree C Rise are as follows:
1.
0 to 45 KVA - 40 dB.
2.
46 to 112.5 KVA - 45 dB.
3.
113 to 150 KVA - 47 dB.
4.
151 to 300 KVA - 49 dB.
5.
301 to 750 KVA - 58 dB.
6.
751 to 1000 KVA - 60 dB.
Sound Levels: Maximum sound levels for 80 degree C Rise are as follows:
1.
0 to 30 KVA - 40 dB.
2.
31 to 75 KVA - 45 dB.
3.
76 to 112.5 KVA - 47 dB.
4.
113 to 225 KVA - 49 dB.
5.
226 to 300 KVA - 56 dB.
6.
301 to 500 KVA - 58 dB.
Basic Impulse Level: 10 KV.
224051.01

Attachment: Project Documents_Invitation for Bid_Justice_Dispatch_Electrical_FINAL_2-27-2025 (Review/Approve Dispatch Center Electrical

8.a.1.b

26 22 14-2

Packet Pg. 135

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58

J.

K.
L.

M.
N.
O.

2.5

OPTIONS
A.

PART 3
3.1

DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

D.

Deliver transformers individually wrapped for protection and mounted on shipping skids.
Accept transformers on site. Inspect for damage.
Store in a clean, dry space. Maintain factory wrapping or provide an additional heavy
canvas or heavy plastic cover to protect units from dirt, water, construction debris, and
traffic.
Handle in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. Lift only with lugs
provided for the purpose. Handle carefully to avoid damage to transformer internal
components, enclosure, and finish.

EXAMINATION AND PREPARATION
A.
B.
C.

3.3

The accessories below apply to each transformer as indicated on the one-line diagrams.
1.
OPTION 1:
a.
Non ventilated enclosure.
2.
OPTION 2:
a.
Integral strip heaters: 120V 250W with thermostat.
3.
OPTION 3:
a.
Weathershield to upgrade enclosure to a NEMA 3R rating.
4.
OPTION 4:
a.
Visual clear lexan material and IR polymer backed by impact resistant metal
mesh for visual and IR inspection without disturbing operations.

EXECUTION

A.
B.
C.

3.2

All cores to be constructed with low hysteresis and eddy current losses. The core flux
density shall be well below the saturation point to prevent core overheating. The
complete core and coil shall be bolted to the base of the enclosure, but isolated by
means of rubber vibration-absorbing mounts.
Ground core and coil assembly to enclosure by means of a visible flexible copper
grounding conductor sized in accordance with applicable UL and NEC standards.
Enclosure: NEMA ST 20; Type 1. The transformer enclosures shall be ventilated and
fabricated of heavy gauge sheet steel construction. The entire enclosure shall be
finished utilizing a continuous process consisting of degreasing, cleaning, and
phosphatizing, followed by electrostatic deposition of a polymer polyester powder
coating and baking cycle to provide uniform coating of all edges and surfaces. The
coating shall be UL recognized for outdoor use. The coating color shall be ANSI 49.
Provide lifting eyes or brackets.
Mounting: Suitable for wall, floor, or trapeze mounting, except transformers larger than
75 KVA, suitable for floor or trapeze mounting.
Coil Conductors: Aluminum, continuous windings with terminations brazed or welded.
Nameplate: Include transformer connection data; KVA, primary and secondary voltage
ratings; percent impedance and overload capacity based on rated allowable temperature
rise.

Examine areas and conditions under which transformers are to be installed and notify
Engineer, in writing, of conditions detrimental to proper and timely completion of work.
Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
Provide 3 1/2" high concrete pad under floor mounted transformers.

INSTALLATION
A.
B.

Install Products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
Set transformer plumb and level.

224051.01

Attachment: Project Documents_Invitation for Bid_Justice_Dispatch_Electrical_FINAL_2-27-2025 (Review/Approve Dispatch Center Electrical

8.a.1.b

26 22 14-3

Packet Pg. 136

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31

C.

D.
E.
F.
3.4

FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A.
B.
C.

3.5

Adjust voltage taps for required system voltage and check grounding requirements.
Tighten lugs and bus connections.
Clean interior of equipment.
Sand, prime and paint scratched or marred surfaces to match the original finish.

START UP/MANUFACTURER FIELD SERVICES
A.

3.7

Field testing will be performed under provisions of Section 26 08 11.
Check for damage and tight connections prior to energizing transformer.
Measure primary and secondary voltages and make appropriate tap adjustments.

ADJUSTMENT AND CLEANING
A.
B.
C.
D.

3.6

Use flexible conduit, under the provisions of Section 26 05 31, 2 ft (0.6 M) minimum
length, for connections to transformer case. Make conduit connections to side panel of
enclosure.
Release resilient mounts in transformer enclosure. Mount transformers on vibration
isolating pads suitable for isolating the transformer noise from the building structure.
Provide grounding and bonding in accordance with Section 26 05 26.
Provide engraved plastic nameplates under provisions of Section 26 05 53.

None required.

DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING
A.

Demonstrate changing of transformer taps.

END OF SECTION

224051.01

Attachment: Project Documents_Invitation for Bid_Justice_Dispatch_Electrical_FINAL_2-27-2025 (Review/Approve Dispatch Center Electrical

8.a.1.b

26 22 14-4

Packet Pg. 137

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59

DIVISION 26
ELECTRICAL WORK
SECTION 26 24 16
PANELBOARDS

PART 1
1.1

GENERAL
SECTION INCLUDES
A.
B.

1.2

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A.

1.3

B.

C.

Refer to floor plan drawings for approximate overall dimensions for the equipment of
this section. Minor dimensional increases of 6 inches or less are acceptable, unless
specific dimensions are indicated for the equipment. Notify the engineer in writing 5
days prior to submitting bid if the dimensional increases will be greater than 6 inches in
any dimension.

EXTRA MATERIALS
A.
B.

1.7

For Approval
1.
Shop Drawings shall indicate outline and support point dimensions, component
list, conduit entry/exit locations, voltage, main bus ampacity, integrated short
circuit ampere rating, circuit breaker and fusible switch arrangement and sizes.
For Record Purposes
1.
As-built/Record Drawings shall accurately indicate the location of the equipment
and the equipment shall be identified with the final designation as directed by the
Owner.
Operations and Maintenance Manuals
1.
Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate application conditions and
limitations of use stipulated by Product testing agency. Include instructions for
storage, handling, protection, examination, preparation, installation, and starting
of Product.
2.
Maintenance Data: Include spare parts data listing; source and current prices of
replacement parts and supplies; and recommended maintenance procedures
and intervals.

EQUIPMENT DIMENSIONS
A.

1.6

Refer to section 26 05 00 for applicable codes and standards for the material and
installation related to this section.

SUBMITTALS
A.

1.5

Provide the power and branch circuit panelboards as indicated on the drawings.

REFERENCES
A.

1.4

Power panelboards.
1.
Circuit Breaker Type
Branch circuit panelboards.

Spare Materials
1.
Provide three fuses of each size, type and rating.
Maintenance Materials
1.
None.

WARRANTY

224051.01

Attachment: Project Documents_Invitation for Bid_Justice_Dispatch_Electrical_FINAL_2-27-2025 (Review/Approve Dispatch Center Electrical

8.a.1.b

26 24 16-1

Packet Pg. 138

8.a.1.b
A.

PART 2
2.1

PRODUCTS
ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
A.
B.
C.
D.

2.2

Square D.
ABB.
Siemens.
Eaton.

POWER PANELBOARDS
A.

B.

C.

D.
E.

F.

2.3

Refer to warranty requirements in section 26 05 00.

Circuit Breaker Type:
1.
Circuit Breaker Panelboards: NEMA PB 1, 22,000 RMS symmetrical amperes
minimum at 250 volts AC or 18,000 RMS symmetrical amperes minimum at 480
volts AC or as specified on the drawings. Equivalent to Square D I-Line.
Service Conditions:
1.
Temperature: 104 degrees F, 40 degrees C.
2.
Altitude: 1000 feet.
Panelboard Bus:
1.
Plated Copper
Plated Aluminum, ratings as indicated. The panelboard
bussing shall be of sufficient cross-sectional area to meet UL Standard 891
temperature rise requirements.
2.
Provide ground bus in each panelboard.
3.
Provide neutral bus where required by the utilization voltage.
4.
Circuit breakers requiring intermediate bussing between the main vertical bus
and the circuit breaker are not acceptable.
5.
Main Lug Only Panels: UL listed for type and temperature rating of wire
specified.
Indoor Enclosure: NEMA PB 1, Type 1. Minimum cabinet box dimensions: 6 inches
deep; 20 inches wide.
Cabinet Front: Flush or surface type, hinged one-piece with door, fastened with
concealed hardware and trim clamps. Provide concealed hinged door with flush lock.
Finish in manufacturer's standard gray enamel.
Nameplates:
1.
Manufacturer’s nameplate, located on panel interior front, shall contain system
information (such as but not limited to voltage and current ratings) and catalog
number or factory order number. Interior wiring diagram, neutral wiring diagram,
UL Listed label and Short Circuit Current Rating including series rating. When
Series rating method is acceptable as indicated on the One Line diagram, Series
rating information shall be:
a.
Size and type of upstream device.
b.
Branch devices that can be used.
c.
UL series short-circuit rating.
2.
Refer to specification section 26 05 53 for additional nameplate requirements.

BRANCH CIRCUIT PANELBOARDS
A.
B.

Lighting and Appliance Branch Circuit Panelboards: NEMA PB1, circuit breaker type.
Panelboard Bus:
1.
Plated Aluminum, ratings as indicated.
2.
Provide ground bus in each panelboard.
3.
Provide split neutral bus where required by the utilization voltage. Neutral bus
shall be located in the mains compartment for incoming neutral conductors to be
the same length.
4.
Main Lug Only Panels: UL listed for type and temperature rating of wire
specified.
224051.01

Attachment: Project Documents_Invitation for Bid_Justice_Dispatch_Electrical_FINAL_2-27-2025 (Review/Approve Dispatch Center Electrical

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59

26 24 16-2

Packet Pg. 139

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59

C.
D.
E.

F.
G.
H.

I.

J.

2.4

OPTIONS AND ACCESSORIES
A.

PART 3
3.1

Minimum integrated short circuit rating for 240 volt panelboards: 10,000 amperes rms
symmetrical at 240 volt. Equivalent to Square D NQOD.
Minimum integrated short circuit rating for 480 volt panelboards: 14,000 amperes rms
symmetrical at 480 volt. Equivalent to Square D NF.
Interiors: Field convertible for top or bottom incoming feed. Main and sub-feed circuit
breakers shall be vertically mounted, separate from branch circuit breakers. Interior
leveling provisions for flush mounted applications. Interior trim shall be dead-front
construction.
Panel Circuit Capacity: 18, 30, 42, 72 or 84 as indicated on the panel schedule.
Indoor Enclosure: NEMA PB 1, Type 1. Minimum cabinet box dimensions: 5 3/4
inches deep; 20 inches wide.
Cabinet Front: Flush or surface type, hinged one-piece with door, fastened with
concealed hardware and trim clamps. Provide concealed hinged door with flush lock.
Finish in manufacturer's standard gray enamel.
Nameplates:
1.
Manufacturer’s nameplate, located on panel interior front, shall contain system
information (such as but not limited to voltage and current ratings) and catalog
number or factory order number. Interior wiring diagram, neutral wiring diagram,
UL Listed label and Short Circuit Current Rating including series rating. When
Series rating method is acceptable as indicated on the One Line diagram, Series
rating information shall be:
a.
Size and type of upstream device.
b.
Branch devices that can be used.
c.
UL series short-circuit rating.
2.
Refer to specification section 26 05 53 for additional nameplate requirements.
Panels feeding existing circuits.
1.
Provide multi pole circuit breakers or handle ties for new circuit breakers that
feed existing multi wire branch circuits that share a common neutral.

The accessories below apply to each panelboard or load center shown on the
drawings.
1.
OPTION 1:
a.
200% Neutral Bus: 200% rated solid neutral. Bus shall be the same
material as the main bus of the panelboard. Panelboard shall be marked
for non-linear load.
2.
OPTION 2:
a.
Isolated Ground Bus: Isolated and insulated from the panelboard
enclosure. Bus shall be the same material as the main bus of the
panelboard.
3.
OPTION 3:
a.
Dual Main Lugs: Fully rated for ampere rating of the panelboard, conductor
range centered on panelboard ampere rating.
4.
OPTION 4:
a.
Feed Through Lugs: Fully rated for ampere rating of the panelboard,
conductor range centered on panelboard ampere rating.
5.
OPTION 5:
a.
Compression Lugs: Tool and die applied compression lugs.
EXECUTION

SHIPPING, DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A.
B.
C.

Inspect and report concealed damage to carrier.
Handle carefully to avoid damage to panelboard internal components, enclosure and
finish.
Store in a clean, dry location. Maintain factory packaging and, as required, provide
additional heavy canvas or heavy plastic cover to protect panelboards from dirt, water
224051.01

Attachment: Project Documents_Invitation for Bid_Justice_Dispatch_Electrical_FINAL_2-27-2025 (Review/Approve Dispatch Center Electrical

8.a.1.b

26 24 16-3

Packet Pg. 140

8.a.1.b
construction debris and traffic.
3.2

EXAMINATION AND PREPARATION
A.
B.

3.3

INSTALLATION
A.
B.
C.
D.

3.4

Adjust doors and operating mechanisms for free mechanical movement.
Tighten lugs and bus connections.
Clean interior of panelboard.
Sand, prime and paint scratched or marred surfaces to match original finish.

START UP/MANUFACTURER FIELD SERVICES
A.

3.7

Field inspection and testing will be performed under provisions of Section 26 08 11.

ADJUSTMENT AND CLEANING
A.
B.
C.
D.

3.6

Install equipment in accordance with NEMA PB 1.1 and in accordance with NECA
Standard of Installation and manufacturer’s written requirements.
Install equipment plumb. Install recessed equipment flush with wall finishes. Provide
supports in accordance with Section 26 05 29.
Provide filler plates for unused spaces in equipment.
Panelboards
1.
Provide typed circuit directory for each panelboard. The use of adhesive applied
directories is not acceptable. The directory shall accurately indicate the types of
devices served and the rooms in which the devices are located. The rooms and
panelboards shall be designated by the actual name or number designated by
the Owner. Revise directory to reflect circuiting changes required to balance
phase loads.
2.
Provide engraved plastic nameplates under the provisions of Section 26 05 53.
3.
Provide spare conduits out of each recessed panelboard to an accessible
location above ceiling below floor. Minimum spare conduits: 5 empty 1 inch.
Identify each as SPARE.

FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A.

3.5

Verify equipment dimension match approved submittals.
Examine areas to receive panelboards to assure adequate working clearance for
panelboard installation.

None required.

DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING
A.

Demonstrate installation and removal of circuit breaker/fused switch and associated
mounting hardware.

END OF SECTION

224051.01

Attachment: Project Documents_Invitation for Bid_Justice_Dispatch_Electrical_FINAL_2-27-2025 (Review/Approve Dispatch Center Electrical

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49

26 24 16-4

Packet Pg. 141

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59

DIVISION 26
ELECTRICAL WORK
SECTION 26 27 26
WIRING DEVICES

PART 1 GENERAL
1.1

SECTION INCLUDES
A.
B.
C.
D.

1.2

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A.

1.3

B.

C.

Notify Engineer of any devices combinations that will not fit into be in a single box as
indicated on the drawings.

EXTRA MATERIALS
A.
B.

1.7

For Approval
1.
Product Data: Provide manufacturer's catalog information showing catalog
numbers, ratings, dimensions, colors, and configurations.
For Record Purposes
1.
As-built/Record Drawings shall accurately indicate the location of all floor boxes
and poke-through fittings.
Operations and Maintenance Manuals
1.
Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate application conditions and
limitations of use stipulated by Product testing agency. Include instructions for
storage, handling, protection, examination, preparation and installation of Product.
2.
Maintenance Data: Include spare parts data listing; source and current prices of
replacement parts and supplies.

EQUIPMENT DIMENSIONS
A.

1.6

Refer to section 26 05 00 for applicable codes and standards for the material and
installation related to this section.

SUBMITTALS
A.

1.5

Provide the wiring devices as indicated on the drawings and specified herein.

REFERENCES
A.

1.4

Wall switches.
Wall dimmers.
Receptacles.
Wall plates.

Spare Materials
1.
Furnish two of each style, size and color of wall plate.
Maintenance Materials
1.
None required.

WARRANTY
A.

Refer to warranty requirements in section 26 05 00.

PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1

WIRING DEVICES - GENERAL
224051.01

Attachment: Project Documents_Invitation for Bid_Justice_Dispatch_Electrical_FINAL_2-27-2025 (Review/Approve Dispatch Center Electrical

8.a.1.b

26 27 26-1

Packet Pg. 142

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59

A.
B.

C.
D.

E.

2.2

SWITCHES
A.

2.3

Use of a manufacturer's name and model or catalog number is for the purpose of
establishing the standard of quality and general configuration desired only.
Acceptable Manufacturers:
1.
Hubbell Wiring Devices.
2.
Cooper Wiring Devices.
3.
Pass and Seymour/Legrand.
4.
Leviton
Provide wiring devices of one manufacturer.
Verify device finish at time of submittal.
1.
Devices wired to/controlling normal source circuit shall be “white” in color.
2.
Devices wired to/controlling emergency source circuits shall be “red” in color.
3.
Devices wired to/controlling UPS source circuits shall be “blue” in color.
4.
If device is not available in red, alternate acceptable method allows utilizing same
normal-source device finish with either a red faceplate or a red label. If red
faceplate strategy is used, switch shall be separately ganged.
a.
Submittals shall identify every device where alternate method is applied for
review with architect, engineer and owner.
Modularly Connected (Modular) Devices
1.
Modularly connected devices are allowed, but are not required.
2.
Devices that are manufactured for use with modular plug-in connectors may be
substituted under the following conditions:
a.
Connectors shall comply with UL 2459
b.
Polarized connector with minimum six-inch stranded copper wire leads.
c.
Connectors shall have Polycarbonate right-angle housing with finger-safe
connector housing which provides insulation from conductive surfaces.
d.
Connectors acceptable Manufactures and style:
1). Hubbell SNAPConnect
2). Leviton LevLok
3). Pass & Seymour PlugTail
4). Or an approved equal
e.
Devices shall comply with requirements listed in this Section.

Specification Grade:
1.
General Use Toggle Switches (20 amp type):
a.
Single Pole - Hubbell #1221 series.
b.
Double Pole - Hubbell #1222 series.
c.
Three Way - Hubbell #1223 series.
d.
Four Way - Hubbell #1224 series.
e.
Keylock switches - Add an “L” to catalog numbers above.
f.
Provide key type switches where indicated on the drawings.
g.
Provide toggle switches with a "red" light lexan handle for switches utilized
for controlling remote equipment. (See drawings for locations.) Provide
engraved nameplate identifying the load controlled.
2.
Momentary Contact Switches:
a.
20 amp type - Hubbell #1557.
b.
Provide key type switches where indicated on the drawings.

RECEPTACLES
A.

B.

General:
1.
All receptacles shall be grounding type.
2.
All wet location receptacles shall be weather resistant GFCI type.
3.
The use of feed-through GFCI receptacles is not allowed.
4.
Special purpose receptacles shall be specification grade and shall have the
characteristics as shown on the drawings.
Receptacles – Specification Grade:
224051.01

Attachment: Project Documents_Invitation for Bid_Justice_Dispatch_Electrical_FINAL_2-27-2025 (Review/Approve Dispatch Center Electrical

8.a.1.b

26 27 26-2

Packet Pg. 143

8.a.1.b
1.

2.4

Standard receptacles. Equals to the listed specification grade receptacles must
contain a one piece, all brass, mounting strap with integral ground contacts.
a.
20 amp, 120V, NEMA 5-20R, single - Hubbell #5361 series.
b.
20 amp, 120V, NEMA 5-20R, duplex - Hubbell #5362 series.
c.
20 amp, 120V, NEMA 5-20R, duplex, ground fault interrupter - Hubbell
#GFR5352 series.
d.
20 amp, 120V, NEMA 5-20R, duplex, isolated ground - Hubbell #CR5352IG
series.
e.
20 amp, 120V, NEMA 5-20R, duplex, hospital grade tamper resistant Hubbell #HBL8300SG series
f.
20 amp, 120V, NEMA 5-20R, duplex, surge suppression - Hubbell
#HBL5360S series.
g.
20 amp, 120V, NEMA 5-20R, duplex, tamper resistant, with duplex USB
charger - Hubbell #USB20X2 series.
WALL DIMMERS
A.

B.

2.5

General
1.
Provide wall box dimmers at locations indicated on the drawings. Part numbers
provided indicate base specification of series. Equal wall box dimmers
manufactured by Leviton, Cooper/Eaton, Legrand, Lutron, etc. are acceptable.
2.
Compatible with the voltage of the lighting circuit being controlled: 120V or 277V
3.
Provide with linear full-rage slide control.
4.
Derating is not required in multi-gang applications.
5.
Color to match receptacle and/or switches.
LED
1.
LED Wall Box Dimmers.
a.
0-10V – Leviton #IP710-DOZ, single pole or three way, 10 amp max load,
compatible with LED driver in associated luminaire. Three way operation
with standard three way switch.

WALL PLATES
A.

B.
C.

Flush Mounted Device Cover Plates: High impact smooth nylon.
a.
Wallplates with devices wired to/controlling normal source circuit shall be
stainless steel
b.
Wallplates
with
devices
wired
to/controlling
emergency/life
safety/critical/equipment source circuits shall be stainless steel.
c.
Wallplates with devices wired to/controlling UPS source circuits shall be
stainless steel.
d.
If device is not available in red, alternate acceptable method allows utilizing
same normal-source device finish with either a red faceplate or a red label.
If red faceplate strategy is used, switch shall be separately ganged.
1). Submittals shall identify every device where alternate method is
applied for review with architect, engineer and owner.
Surface Mounted Device Cover Plates: 1/2 inch raised galvanized steel covers with a
minimum of two screws mounting the wiring device to the coverplate.
Weatherproof Cover Plate:
1.
New Construction:
a.
Vertical Mount: Gasketed, molded high impact, UV stabilized polycarbonate
resin with hinged gasketed device cover, TayMac Corp. #72204. Assembly
shall be rainproof while in use. Color as selected by Architect from
manufacturer’s standard colors.
2.
Existing construction or where outlet box can not be recessed in wall:
a.
Vertical Mount: Gasketed, flame retardant, UV stabilized, non conductive
polycarbonate with hinged gasketed device cover, TayMac Corp. #20350.
Assembly shall be rainproof while in use. Color as selected by Architect from
manufacturer’s standard colors.
b.
Horizontal Mount: Gasketed, flame retardant, UV stabilized, non conductive
polycarbonate with hinged gasketed device cover, TayMac Corp. #60350.
224051.01

Attachment: Project Documents_Invitation for Bid_Justice_Dispatch_Electrical_FINAL_2-27-2025 (Review/Approve Dispatch Center Electrical

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59

26 27 26-3

Packet Pg. 144

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58

D.

Assembly shall be rainproof while in use. Color as selected by Architect from
manufacturer’s standard colors.
All wall plates covering receptacle circuits shall have the plate marked, in a neat, concise
manner, with the panel and circuit number. Utilize a permanent marking system.
Handwritten identification will not be accepted.

PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1

SHIPPING, DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A.
B.
C.

3.2

EXAMINATION AND PREPARATION
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
H.

3.3

Inspect and report concealed damage to carrier.
Handle carefully to avoid damage to devices, enclosure and finish.
Store in a clean, dry location. Maintain factory packaging and, as required, provide
additional heavy canvas or heavy plastic cover to protect devices from dirt, water
construction debris and traffic.

Verify existing conditions prior to beginning work.
Verify that outlet boxes are installed at proper height.
Verify that wall openings are neatly cut and will be completely covered by wall plates.
Verify that floor boxes are adjusted properly.
Verify that branch circuit wiring installation is completed, tested, and ready for
connection to wiring devices.
Verify that all outlet boxes for GFI receptacles are located in an accessible location after
intended equipment is installed.
Provide extension rings to bring outlet boxes flush with finished surface.
Clean debris from outlet boxes.

INSTALLATION
A.

B.

General:
1.
Install in accordance with NECA "Standard of Installation" and per manufacturer’s
written instructions.
2.
Install devices plumb and level.
3.
Install switches with OFF position down.
4.
Do not use terminals on wiring devices (hot, neutral or ground) for feed-through
connections, looped or otherwise. Make circuit connections via wire connectors
and pigtails. All conductors utilized for pigtail connections shall be solid
conductors. Do not terminate stranded conductors to any wiring device.
5.
Use a torque screwdriver when a torque is recommended or required by the
manufacturer.
6.
Connect wiring devices by manufacturer’s written instructions.
7.
Install decorative plates on switch, receptacle, and blank outlets in finished areas.
8.
Use jumbo size plates for outlets installed in masonry walls.
9.
Install galvanized steel plates on outlet boxes and junction boxes in unfinished
areas, above accessible ceilings, and on surface mounted outlets.
Install gasket plates for devices or system components having light emitting features,
such as switches with pilot lights. Where installed on rough textured surfaces, seal
plates with black self-adhesive poly-foam.Switches/Dimmers
1.
All toggle switches controlling lighting, equipment and etc. served from an isolated
power system shall be 2-pole devices.
2.
Wall box dimmers shall be ganged where possible in accordance with the
manufacturer's derating factors.
3.
Install wall dimmers to achieve full rating specified and indicated after derating for
ganging as instructed by manufacturer or as outlined within this specification,
whichever is more stringent.

224051.01

Attachment: Project Documents_Invitation for Bid_Justice_Dispatch_Electrical_FINAL_2-27-2025 (Review/Approve Dispatch Center Electrical

8.a.1.b

26 27 26-4

Packet Pg. 145

8.a.1.b
4.

C.

D.

3.4

FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A.
B.
C.
D.

3.5

Adjust devices and wall plates to be flush and level.
Clean exposed surfaces to remove splatters and restore finish.

START UP/MANUFACTURER FIELD SERVICES
A.

3.7

Inspect each wiring device for defects.
Operate each wall switch with circuit energized and verify proper operation.
Verify that each receptacle device is energized.
For testing of wiring of receptacles refer to specification section 26 08 11.

ADJUSTMENT AND CLEANING
A.
B.

3.6

0-10V dimming control wiring for wall box dimmers can be installed in the same
conduit as the power wiring if the control wiring is 600V rated.
Receptacles
1.
Install vertically mounted receptacles with grounding pole on top, horizontally
mounted receptacles with grounding pole on left.
2.
Ground receptacles with an insulated green grounding conductor from the device
ground screw to a pigtail connection. The pigtail connection shall also be
electrically connected to the grounding conductor attached to the metallic box and
the grounding conductor from the serving panel if provided.
Cord Reels and Cord Reel Housings
1.
Support directly from structure with threaded rod or strut.

None required.

DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING
A.

Demonstrate installation and removal of poke-through fittings.

END OF SECTION

224051.01

Attachment: Project Documents_Invitation for Bid_Justice_Dispatch_Electrical_FINAL_2-27-2025 (Review/Approve Dispatch Center Electrical

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34

26 27 26-5

Packet Pg. 146

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59

DIVISION 26
ELECTRICAL WORK
SECTION 26 28 14
OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES

PART 1
1.1

GENERAL
SECTION INCLUDES
A.
B.
C.

1.2

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A.
B.

1.3

B.

C.

Refer to floor plan drawings for approximate overall dimensions for the equipment of
this section. Minor dimensional increases of 6 inches or less are acceptable, unless
specific dimensions are indicated for the equipment. Notify the engineer in writing 5
days prior to submitting bid if the dimensional increases will be greater than 6 inches in
any dimension.

EXTRA MATERIALS
A.

1.7

For Approval
1.
Product Data: Provide catalog sheets showing ratings, trip units, time current
curves, dimensions, and enclosure details.
For Record Purposes
1.
As-built/Record Drawings shall accurately indicate the location of the equipment
and the equipment shall be identified with the final designation as directed by the
Owner.
Operations and Maintenance Manuals
1.
Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate application conditions and
limitations of use stipulated by Product testing agency. Include instructions for
storage, handling, protection, examination, preparation, installation, and starting
of Product.
2.
Maintenance Data: Include spare parts data listing; source and current prices of
replacement parts and supplies; and recommended maintenance procedures
and intervals.

EQUIPMENT DIMENSIONS
A.

1.6

Refer to section 26 05 00 for applicable codes and standards for the material and
installation related to this section.

SUBMITTALS
A.

1.5

Provide overcurrent protective devices as indicated on the drawings and as specified
herein.
Provide a combination type arc-fault circuit interrupter circuit breakers for all 120-volt,
15- and 20-ampere circuits within dwelling units, dormitory units, and guest rooms and
guest suites.

REFERENCES
A.

1.4

Fuses.
Circuit breakers.
Enclosed circuit breakers.

Provide three fuses of each size and type.

WARRANTY

224051.01

Attachment: Project Documents_Invitation for Bid_Justice_Dispatch_Electrical_FINAL_2-27-2025 (Review/Approve Dispatch Center Electrical

8.a.1.b

26 28 14-1

Packet Pg. 147

8.a.1.b
A.

PART 2
2.1

PRODUCTS
SHORT CIRCUIT RATINGS
A.

2.2

B.
C.
D.

E.

Acceptable Manufactures
1.
Bussmann
2.
CEPCO
Dimensions and Performance: NEMA FU 1, Class as specified or indicated.
Voltage: Provide fuses with voltage rating suitable for circuit phase-to-phase voltage.
Fuses, 0 - 600 ampere, shall be Class RK-1, one end rejection or to fit mountings
specified. Dual element, time delay with short circuit protection for motor, transformer,
welder, feeder and main service protection. 200,000 ampere interrupting rating.
1.
250 volts - Bussmann Low-Peak, LPN-R.
2.
600 volts - Bussmann Low-Peak, LPS-R.
Fuses, 601 - 6,000 ampere, shall be Class L, bolt-in. Time delay with short circuit
protection for motor, transformer, feeder and main service protection. 200,000 ampere
interrupting rating.
1.
Bussmann HI-CAP, KRP-C.

CIRCUIT BREAKERS
A.

B.

2.4

The panels and switchboards indicated on the one-line diagram shall be protected by
circuit breakers which are fully rated to provide an AIC rating greater than or equal to
rating indicated. The series rating method is not acceptable.

FUSES
A.

2.3

Refer to warranty requirements in section 26 05 00.

Acceptable Manufacturers
1.
Square D.
2.
ABB.
3.
Siemens.
4.
Eaton.
Branch Circuit Panel Circuit Breakers:
1.
Molded case type with thermal and magnetic trip elements in each pole.
2.
Single-handle common trip, two and three poles (handle ties not acceptable).
3.
Ground fault protection for personnel (5 mA) when indicated on the drawings.
4.
Ground fault protection for equipment (30 mA) when indicated on the drawings.
5.
Bolt-on type.
6.
Quick make and break toggle over center action.
7.
Handle trip indication.
8.
Handle position indication, ON in up position, OFF in down position, and TRIPPED
centered.
9.
Fixed handle padlock attachment, lockable in both ON and OFF positions, for all 3
pole circuit breakers. Part number QO1PL for QO type circuit breakers, part
number HPAFD for EDB, EGB and EJB type circuit breakers, or equal.
10. UL listed for type and temperature rating of wire specified and in accordance with
UL Standard 489.
11. UL listed short circuit rating (integrated equipment rating): Up to 240V: 10,000
RMS symmetrical amperes minimum. Up to 480V: 14,000 RMS symmetrical
amperes minimum.
12. UL SWD switching duty on 120V or 277V circuits where loads are panel switched.
13. UL listed for use with the factory installed accessories listed below.
14. Manufacturer of the circuit/breaker shall be the same as the manufacturer of the
panelboard, switchboard, MCC, substation in which it will be mounted in.

CIRCUIT BREAKER TYPES
224051.01

Attachment: Project Documents_Invitation for Bid_Justice_Dispatch_Electrical_FINAL_2-27-2025 (Review/Approve Dispatch Center Electrical

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59

26 28 14-2

Packet Pg. 148

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58

A.

B.

TYPE MC - Molded Case Circuit Breakers:
1.
Construction: Molded case type with permanent trip unit with thermal and magnetic
trip elements in each pole.
2.
Single magnetic trip adjustment for breakers with a frame size greater than 100
amperes.
3.
Single-handle common trip, two and three poles (handle ties not acceptable).
4.
Push-to-trip test button.
5.
Plug-on to bus and bolt-on to mounting strap.
6.
Quick make and break over center toggle action.
7.
Handle trip indication.
8.
Shall meet the following standard:
a.
UL
b.
CSA
c.
IEC 157-1
d.
NEMA Standard AB1-1975
e.
Fed Spec W-C-375B/GEN
9.
Handle position indication, ON in up position, OFF in down position, and TRIPPED
centered.
10. Fixed handle padlock attachment, lockable in both ON and OFF positions, for all 3
pole circuit breakers. Part number S29371 for H and J frame circuit breakers, part
number QBPA for Q frame circuit breakers, or equal.
11. UL listed for type and temperature rating of wire specified.
12. Manufacturer of the circuit breaker shall be the same as the manufacturer of the
panelboard, switchboard, MCC, substation in which it will be mounted.
13. Options and Accessories:
a.
Refer to Drawings for exact configuration of options and accessories
required for individual circuit breakers.
b.
The following is a list of accessories available for a molded case circuit
breaker. Refer to Section 2.5 for item code definitions.
1).
ALS – Alarm Switch
2).
AXS – Auxiliary Switch
3).
EOP – Electric Operator
4).
ST – Shunt Trip
5).
UVT – Under Voltage Trip
c.
The following is a list of options available for a molded case circuit breaker.
Refer to Section 2.6 for item code definitions.
1).
AF – Arc Fault Circuit Interrupter
2).
CL – Current Limiting
3).
GE – Ground Fault Protection - Equipment
4).
GP – Ground Fault Protection - Personnel
5).
GS – Ground Fault Sensing
6).
HC – HACR Rating
7).
HM – High Magnetic
8).
MS – Molded Case Switch
9).
MP – Motor Circuit Protector
TYPE SS - Solid State Molded Case Circuit Breaker:
1.
Circuit breakers shall be solid state trip units as specified on the drawings or
elsewhere in this specification. Circuit breakers shall be true RMS type.
Interrupting rating shall be greater than the value shown on the drawings. All circuit
breakers shall be constructed in accordance with UL Standard 489 and NEMA
Standard AB1-1975 and shall meet the requirements of Federal Specification
W-C- 375B/GEN as Class 25a and IEC 157-1. The circuit breakers shall be rated
for continuous duty unless otherwise indicated. The ampere rating shall be
determined by the interchangeable rating plug. Breakers shall be provided with
ampere frames, ampere sensors, ampere rating plugs as noted on the one line
drawings. Breakers shall have an integral LCD ammeter and trip indicator. The
indicator shall display the cause of a tripping occurrence such as short circuit

224051.01

Attachment: Project Documents_Invitation for Bid_Justice_Dispatch_Electrical_FINAL_2-27-2025 (Review/Approve Dispatch Center Electrical

8.a.1.b

26 28 14-3

Packet Pg. 149

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59

C.

overcurrent or ground fault. No external power source shall be required for this
trip indicator.
2.
Construction: Circuit breakers shall be constructed using glass reinforced
insulating material providing high dielectric strength. The circuit breakers shall
have quick-make, quick-break contacts with an over center operating mechanism.
Current carrying components shall be isolated from the trip unit and field installed
accessories. Breakers shall provide common tripping of all poles and shall be trip
free. The integral trip unit shall be independent of any external power source and
shall contain reliable electronic components to measure and time the output from
internal current sensors and initiate tripping action. The circuit breaker shall be UL
listed for reverse connection without requiring special construction.
3.
Circuit breakers shall be provided with seals for locking the rating plug and
adjustments to prevent unauthorized changes.
4.
UL listed for type and temperature rating of wire specified.
5.
Fixed handle padlock attachment, lockable in both ON and OFF positions. Part
number part number S32631 for D, M, P and R frame circuit breakers, or equal.
6.
Manufacturer of the circuit breaker shall be the same as the manufacturer of the
panel